THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | ||||
Pre‑Effective Amendment No. | ||||
Post-Effective Amendment No. 94 | ☒ |
Amendment No. 97 | ☒ |
(Name and Address of Agent for Service) | Copies to: | |
Ms. Stephanie Vitiello
c/o Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P.
300 Crescent Court, Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75201
|
Jon‑Luc Dupuy, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
State Street Financial Center
1 Lincoln Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
|
☐ |
immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b); or
|
☒ |
on October 31, 2021 pursuant to paragraph (b); or
|
☐ |
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1); or
|
☐ |
on pursuant to paragraph (a)(1); or
|
☐ |
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2); or
|
☐ |
on pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.
|
☐ |
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
|
Class A | Class C | Class Z | ||||
NexPoint Event Driven Fund (formerly Highland Healthcare Opportunities Fund)
|
HHCAX | HHCCX | HHCZX | |||
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund
|
HMEAX | HMECX | HMEZX |
Summary Section | ||||
1 | ||||
10 | ||||
More on Strategies, Risks and Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings | 19 | |||
19 | ||||
23 | ||||
41 | ||||
Management of the Funds | 42 | |||
42 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
44 |
Shareowner Guide — How to Invest in Highland Funds I | 45 | |||
45 | ||||
46 | ||||
48 | ||||
50 | ||||
54 | ||||
Net Asset Value (NAV) | 55 | |||
Dividends and Other Distributions | 56 | |||
Taxation | 58 | |||
Financial Highlights | 60 | |||
Mailings to Shareholders | 66 |
Class A | Class C | Class Z | ||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed On Purchases (as a % of offering price)
|
5.50% | None | None | |||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends and other Distributions (as a % of offering price)
|
None | None | None | |||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) (as a % of the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is lower)
|
1.00%1 | 1.00%2 | None | |||||||||
Exchange Fee
|
None | None | None | |||||||||
Redemption Fee
|
None | None | None |
Class A | Class C | Class Z | ||||||||||
Management fee
|
1.00% | 1.00% | 1.00% | |||||||||
Distribution and/or Service (12b‑1) Fees
|
0.35% | 1.00% | None | |||||||||
Other Expenses
|
1.27% | 1.27% | 1.27% | |||||||||
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses
|
0.03% | 0.03% | 0.03% | |||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses3
|
2.65% | 3.30% | 2.30% |
1 |
Class A Shares bought without an initial sales charge in accounts aggregating $500,000 or more at the time of purchase are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if the shares are sold within 18 months of purchase.
|
2 |
Class C Shares are subject to a 1% CDSC for redemptions of shares within one year of purchase. This CDSC does not apply to redemptions under a systematic withdrawal plan.
|
3 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses differ from the ratios of expenses to average net assets shown in the Financial Highlights, which reflect the operating expenses of the Fund and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses.
|
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A
|
$803 | $1,328 | $1,878 | $3,369 | ||||||||||||
Class C
|
||||||||||||||||
if you do not sell your shares
|
$333 | $1,015 | $1,722 | $3,595 | ||||||||||||
if you sold all your shares at the end of the period
|
$433 | $1,015 | $1,722 | $3,595 | ||||||||||||
Class Z
|
$233 | $718 | $1,230 | $2,636 |
1 Year | 5 Years | 10 Years | ||||||||||
Class A (inception 5/5/08)
|
||||||||||||
Return Before Taxes
|
14.97% | 6.90% | 6.47% | |||||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions
|
14.97% | 5.66% | 5.30% | |||||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares
|
8.86% | 4.43% | 4.49% | |||||||||
Return Before Taxes
|
||||||||||||
Class C (inception 5/5/08)
|
20.91% | 6.26% | 5.83% | |||||||||
Class Z (inception 5/5/08)
|
22.17% | 7.32% | 6.87% | |||||||||
Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
|
18.39% | 15.19% | 13.86% | |||||||||
Standard & Poor’s Healthcare Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
|
13.45% | 11.62% | 15.87% | |||||||||
Bloomberg Barclays Aggregate Bond Index1 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
|
7.51% | 4.43% | 3.84% |
1 |
Effective October 15, 2021, the Fund’s investment adviser elected to change the secondary index from the Standard & Poor’s Healthcare Index to the Bloomberg Barclays Aggregate Bond Index as this index is more reflective of the Fund’s investment strategies.
|
Portfolio Manager |
Portfolio Manager
Experience in this Fund |
Title with Adviser | ||
James Dondero | 3 years | President and Co‑Founder | ||
Eric Fritz | Less than 1 year | Director, Equity Investments |
Initial Investment
|
$ | 2,500 | ||
Subsequent Investments
|
$ | 50 |
• |
Through your Financial Intermediary
|
• |
By writing to Highland Funds I — NexPoint Event Driven Fund, PO Box 219424, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9424, or
|
• |
By calling DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. at 1‑877‑665‑1287
|
Class A | Class C | Class Z | ||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed On Purchases (as a % of offering price)
|
5.50% | None | None | |||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends and other Distributions (as a % of offering price)
|
None | None | None | |||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) (as a % of the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is lower)
|
1.00%1 | 1.00%2 | None | |||||||||
Exchange Fee
|
None | None | None | |||||||||
Redemption Fee
|
None | None | None |
Class A | Class C | Class Z | ||||||||||
Management fee
|
1.00% | 1.00% | 1.00% | |||||||||
Distribution and/or Service (12b‑1) Fees
|
0.35% | 1.00% | None | |||||||||
Other Expenses
|
1.34% | 1.34% | 1.34% | |||||||||
Interest Payments and Commitment Fees on Borrowed Funds
|
0.12% | 0.12% | 0.12% | |||||||||
Dividend Expense on Short Sales and Other Excluded Expenses4
|
0.35% | 0.35% | 0.35% | |||||||||
Remainder of Other Expenses
|
0.87% | 0.87% | 0.87% | |||||||||
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses
|
0.01% | 0.01% | 0.01% | |||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
|
2.70% | 3.35% | 2.35% | |||||||||
Expense Reimbursement3
|
-0.37% | -0.37% | -0.37% | |||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement
|
2.33% | 2.98% | 1.98% |
1 |
Class A Shares bought without an initial sales charge in accounts aggregating $500,000 or more at the time of purchase are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if the shares are sold within 18 months of purchase.
|
2 |
Class C Shares are subject to a 1% CDSC for redemptions of shares within one year of purchase. This CDSC does not apply to redemptions under a systematic withdrawal plan.
|
3 |
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (”HCMFA” or the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the total annual operating expenses (exclusive of fees paid by the Fund pursuant to its distribution plan under Rule 12b‑1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), taxes, dividend expenses on short sales, interest payments, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses (collectively, the “Excluded Expenses”)) of the Fund to 1.50% of average daily net assets attributable to any class of the Fund (the “Expense Cap”). The Expense Cap will continue through at least October 31, 2022, and may not be terminated prior to this date without the action or consent of the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Under the expense limitation agreement, the Adviser may recoup waived and/or reimbursed amounts with respect to the Fund within thirty‑six months of the date such amounts were waived or reimbursed, provided the Fund’s total annual operating expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the Expense Cap in effect at the time of such waiver/reimbursement.
|
4 |
Other Excluded Expenses includes Amortized Offering Fees of 0.07%.
|
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class A
|
$773 | $1,309 | $1,870 | $3,389 | ||||||||||||
Class C
|
||||||||||||||||
if you do not sell your shares
|
$301 | $996 | $1,714 | $3,615 | ||||||||||||
if you sold all your shares at the end of the period
|
$401 | $996 | $1,714 | $3,615 | ||||||||||||
Class Z
|
$201 | $698 | $1,222 | $2,658 |
• |
Annualized and absolute returns;
|
• |
Downside risk if a transaction is terminated;
|
• |
Proposed financing terms;
|
• |
Transaction size;
|
• |
Regulatory approvals needed;
|
• |
Anti-trust concerns; and
|
• |
Shareholder voting requirements.
|
1 Year | 3 Year |
Since
Inception |
||||||||||
Class Z
|
||||||||||||
Return Before Taxes
|
8.74% | 7.52% | 7.13% | |||||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions
|
6.44% | 4.40% | 4.18% | |||||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares
|
5.32% | 4.45% | 4.16% | |||||||||
Return Before Taxes
|
||||||||||||
Class A
|
2.40% | 7.14% | 6.89% | |||||||||
Class C
|
7.66% | 6.46% | 6.00% | |||||||||
Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
|
7.51% | 5.33% | 3.56% |
* |
The Fund is the successor to the Predecessor Fund which commenced operations on January 20, 2015.
|
Portfolio Managers |
Portfolio Manager
Experience in this Fund |
Title with Adviser | ||
James Dondero | 6 years1 | President and Co‑Founder | ||
Bradford Heiss | 2 years | Managing Director | ||
Eric Fritz | 2 years | Director, Equity Investments |
1 |
Includes experience in managing the Predecessor Fund.
|
Initial Investment
|
$ | 2,500 | ||
Subsequent Investments
|
$ | 50 |
• |
Through your Financial Intermediary
|
• |
By writing to Highland Funds I — NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund, PO Box 219424, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9424, or
|
• |
By calling DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. at 1‑877‑665‑1287
|
• |
Investment Grade Securities. Each Fund may invest in a wide variety of bonds that are rated or determined by the Adviser to be of investment grade quality of varying maturities issued by U.S. corporations and other business entities. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors for a variety of business
|
purposes. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity.
|
• |
Below Investment Grade Securities. Each Fund may invest in below investment grade securities (also known as “high-yield securities” or “junk securities”). Such securities may be fixed or variable rate obligations and are rated below investment grade (Ba/BB or lower) by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or are unrated but deemed by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. High-yield debt securities are frequently issued by corporations in the growth stage of their development, but also may be issued by established companies. These bonds are regarded by the rating organizations, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. Such securities also are generally considered to be subject to greater risk than securities with higher ratings with regard to default rates and deterioration of general economic conditions. High-yield securities held by the Funds may include securities received as a result of a corporate reorganization or issued as part of a corporate takeover.
|
• |
Growth Investing Risk: Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth potential. Growth-oriented funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor.
|
• |
Value Investing Risk: Undervalued stocks may not realize their perceived value for extended periods of time or may never realize their perceived value. Value stocks may respond differently to market and other developments
|
than other types of stocks. Value-oriented funds will typically underperform when growth investing is in favor.
|
• |
Mid‑Cap Company Risk: Investments in securities of mid‑cap companies entail greater risks than investments in larger, more established companies. Mid‑cap companies tend to have more narrow product lines, more limited financial resources and a more limited trading market for their stocks, as compared with larger companies. As a result, their stock prices may decline significantly as market conditions change.
|
• |
Small‑Cap Company Risk: Investing in securities of small‑cap companies may involve greater risks than investing in larger, more established companies. Smaller companies may have limited product lines, markets and
|
• |
financial resources. Their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than securities of larger, more established companies. In addition, smaller companies are typically subject to greater changes in earnings and business prospects than are larger companies. Consequently, the prices of small company stocks tend to rise and fall in value more than other stocks. Although investing in small‑cap companies may offer potential for above-average returns, the companies may not succeed and their stock prices could decline significantly. Investments in small‑cap companies may also be subject to valuation risk.
|
Fund Name |
Advisory Fees Paid as a
Percentage of Average Daily Managed Assets for the Fiscal Period Ended June 30, 2021 |
Contractual Advisory
Fee as a Percentage of Average Daily Managed Assets1 |
||||||
Event Driven Fund d
|
1.00 | % | 1.00 | % | ||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund2
|
0.27 | % | 1.00 | % |
1 |
In addition to the advisory fees set forth in this table, the Adviser is entitled to receive administration fees of 0.20% of each Fund’s Average Daily Managed Assets, as discussed below.
|
2 |
The Adviser contractually agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses of Merger Arbitrage Fund to 1.50% of average daily net assets attributable to any class of the Fund through October 31, 2022. Information on the Fund’s current expense limitation agreement is provided below.
|
Method | Instructions | |
Through your Financial Advisor
|
Your Financial Advisor can help you establish your account and buy shares on your behalf. To receive the current trading day’s price, your Financial Advisor must receive your request in good order prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. Your Financial Advisor may charge you fees for executing the purchase for you. | |
By check (new account)(1)
|
For new accounts, send to the applicable Fund, at the address noted below,(2) a completed application and check made payable to “Highland Funds I — (Fund Name).” All purchases must be in U.S. Dollars and must be drawn on a U.S. bank. Highland Funds I does not accept cash, U.S. savings bonds, traveler’s checks, money orders, California warrant checks, starter checks, third-party checks, or credit card courtesy checks. Checks dated six months old or older and post-dated checks will not be accepted. | |
By check (existing account)(1)
|
For existing accounts, fill out and return to the applicable Fund, at the address noted below,(2) the additional investment stub included in your account statement, or send a letter of instruction, including the applicable Fund name and account number, with a check made payable to “Highland Funds I — (Fund Name).” All purchases must be in U.S. Dollars and must be drawn on a U.S. bank. Highland Funds I does not accept cash, U.S. savings bonds, traveler’s checks, money orders, California warrant checks, starter checks, third-party checks, or credit card courtesy checks. Checks dated six months old or older and post-dated checks will not be accepted. |
Method | Instructions | |
By exchange
|
You or your Financial Advisor may acquire shares of a Fund for your account by exchanging shares you own in certain other funds advised by HCMFA for shares of the same class of a Fund, subject to the conditions described in “Exchange of Shares” below. In addition, you or your Financial Advisor may exchange shares of a class of a Fund you own for shares of a different class of the same Fund, subject to the conditions described in “Exchange of Shares” below. To exchange, send written instructions to the applicable Fund, at the address noted below(2) or call 1‑877‑665‑1287. | |
By wire
|
You may purchase shares of a Fund by wiring money from your bank account to your Fund account. Prior to sending wire transfers, please contact Shareholder Services at 1‑877‑665‑1287 for specific wiring instructions and to facilitate prompt and accurate credit upon receipt of your wire. You can also find the specific wiring instructions at http://highlandfunds.com/literature/#forms and https://www.nexpointgroup.com/nexpoint‑merger‑arb‑filings.
To receive the current trading day’s price, your wire, along with a valid account number, must be received in your Fund account prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m., Eastern time.
|
|
If your initial purchase of shares is by wire, you must first complete a new account application and promptly mail it to Highland Funds I — (Fund Name), at the address noted below.(2) After completing a new account application, please call 1‑877‑665‑1287 to obtain your account number. Please include your account number on the wire. | ||
By electronic funds transfer via an automated clearing house (“ACH”) transaction(1)
|
You may purchase shares of a Fund by electronically transferring money from your bank account to your Fund account by calling 1‑877‑665‑1287. An electronic funds transfer may take up to two business days to settle and be considered in good order. You must set up this feature prior to your telephone request. Be sure to complete the appropriate section of the application. | |
Automatic investment plan
|
You may make monthly or quarterly investments automatically from your bank account to your Fund account. You may select a pre‑authorized amount to be sent via electronic funds transfer. For this feature, please call the applicable Fund at 1‑877‑665‑1287 or visit the Funds’ websites, (http://highlandfunds.com/literature/#forms and https://www.nexpointgroup.com/nexpoint‑merger‑arb‑filings), where you may obtain a copy of the “Account Options Form.” |
(1) |
The redemption of shares purchased by check or an automated clearing house (“ACH”) transaction is subject to certain limitations (see “Redemption of Shares”). Any purchase by check or ACH transaction that does not clear may be cancelled, and the investor will be responsible for any associated expenses and losses to the applicable Fund.
|
(2) |
Regular Mail: Send to “Highland Funds I — (Fund Name),” PO Box 219424, Kansas City, MO 64121-9424. Overnight Mail: Send to “Highland Funds I — (Fund Name),” 430 W. 7th Street, Suite 219424, Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1407.
|
Initial Investment
|
$ | 2,500 | ||
Subsequent Investments
|
$ | 50 | ||
Automatic Investment Plan**
|
$ | 50 |
* |
For retirement plans, the investment minimum is $50 for each of the initial investment, subsequent investments and the automatic investment plan.
|
** |
Your account must already be established and satisfy the initial investment minimum.
|
Sales Charge | ||||||||||||
Amount Invested | As a % of the Public Offering Price | As a % of Your Net Investment | % of Offering Price Paid to Financial Advisor | |||||||||
Less than $50,000
|
5.50 | % | 5.82 | % | 4.75 | % | ||||||
$50,000 to $99,999
|
4.25 | % | 4.44 | % | 3.75 | % | ||||||
$100,000 to $249,999
|
3.25 | % | 3.36 | % | 2.75 | % | ||||||
$250,000 to $499,999
|
2.25 | % | 2.30 | % | 1.75 | % | ||||||
$500,000 or more*
|
None | None | ** |
* |
Class A Shares bought without an initial sales charge in accounts aggregating $500,000 or more at the time of purchase are subject to a 1.00% CDSC if the shares are sold within 18 months of purchase. Subsequent Class A Share purchases that bring your account value above $500,000 are not subject to a front‑end sales charge, but are subject to a CDSC if redeemed within 18 months of purchase. The 18‑month period begins on the day the purchase is made. The CDSC does not apply to load waived shares purchased for certain retirement plans or other eligible fee‑based programs.
|
** |
For Class A Share purchases of $500,000 or more, Financial Advisors receive a cumulative commission from the Underwriter as follows:
|
Amount Purchased | % Offering Price Paid to Financial Advisor | |||
Less than $5 million
|
1.00 | % | ||
$5 million to less than $25 million
|
0.40 | % | ||
$25 million or more
|
0.25 | % |
• |
Clients of broker-dealers or registered investment advisers that both recommend the purchase of Fund shares and charge clients an asset-based fee;
|
• |
A retirement plan (or the custodian for such plan) with aggregate plan assets of at least $5 million at the time of purchase and that purchases shares directly from the Fund or through a third party broker-dealer;
|
• |
Any insurance company, trust company or bank purchasing shares for its own account;
|
• |
Any endowment, investment company or foundation; and
|
• |
Any trustee of the Fund, any employee of HCMFA and any family member of any such trustee or employee.
|
NexPoint Event Driven Fund and NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund | ||||||||
Distribution Fee | Service Fee | |||||||
Class A
|
0.10 | % | 0.25 | % | ||||
Class C
|
0.75 | % | 0.25 | % | ||||
Class Z
|
None | None |
• |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
|
• |
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
|
• |
LPL Financial LLC
|
Method | Instructions | |
By letter
|
You may mail a letter requesting redemption of shares to: “Highland Funds I – (Fund Name),” P.O. Box 219424, Kansas City, MO 64121-9424. Your letter should state the name of the Fund, the share class, the dollar amount or number of shares you are redeeming and your account number. You must sign the letter in exactly the same way the account is registered. If there is more than one owner of shares, all must sign. A Medallion signature guarantee is required for each signature on your redemption letter. You can obtain a Medallion signature guarantee from financial institutions, such as commercial banks, brokers, dealers and savings associations. A notary public cannot provide a Medallion signature guarantee. If the account is registered to a corporation, trust or other entity, additional documentation may be needed. Please call 1‑877‑665‑1287 for further details. | |
By telephone or internet
|
Unless you have requested that telephone redemptions from your account not be permitted, you may redeem your shares in an account (excluding an IRA) directly registered with the Transfer Agent by calling 1‑877‑665‑1287. If the Transfer Agent acts on telephone or Internet instructions after following reasonable procedures to protect against unauthorized transactions, neither the Transfer Agent nor the Fund will be responsible for any losses due to unauthorized telephone transactions and instead you would be responsible. You may request that proceeds from telephone redemptions be mailed to you by check (if your address has not changed in the prior 30 days) or forwarded to you by bank wire. If you would like to request that such proceeds be invested in shares of other Highland funds or other registered, open‑end investment companies advised by the Adviser and distributed by the Underwriters, please see “Exchange of Shares” below. Among the procedures the Transfer Agent may use are passwords or verification of personal information. The Funds may impose limitations from time to time on telephone redemptions. | |
Proceeds by check
|
The Funds will make checks payable to the name(s) in which the account is registered and normally will mail the check to the address of record within seven days. | |
Proceeds by bank wire
|
The Funds accept telephone or Internet requests for wire redemption in amounts of at least $1,000. The Funds will send a wire to either a bank designated on your new account application or on a subsequent letter in good order as described above under the instructions for redeeming shares “By letter.” The proceeds are normally wired on the next business day. |
• |
Portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at their current market value.
|
• |
Foreign securities listed on foreign exchanges are valued based on quotations from the primary market in which they are traded and are translated from the local currency into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates. Foreign securities may trade on weekends or other days when a Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of these investments may change on days when you cannot buy or redeem shares of a Fund.
|
• |
Investments by a Fund in any other mutual fund are valued at their respective NAVs as determined by those mutual funds each business day. The prospectuses for those mutual funds explain the circumstances under which those funds will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing.
|
• |
All other portfolio securities, including derivatives and cases where market quotations are not readily available, or when the market price is determined to be unreliable, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures established by the Board subject to approval or ratification by the Board at its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. Pursuant to the Funds’ pricing procedures, securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which the market price is determined to be unreliable, may include, but are not limited to, securities that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, securities for which no or limited trading activity has occurred for a period of time, or securities that are otherwise deemed to be illiquid (i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days at approximately the price at which the security is currently priced by the Fund which holds the security). Market quotations may also be not “readily available” if a significant event occurs after the close of the principal exchange on which a portfolio security trades (but before the time for calculation of a Fund’s NAV) if that event affects or is likely to affect (more than minimally) the NAV per share of a Fund. In determining the fair value price of a security, HCMFA may use a number of other methodologies, including those based on discounted cash flows, multiples, recovery rates, yield to maturity or discounts to public comparables.
|
• |
Fair value pricing involves judgments that are inherently subjective and inexact; as a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security will be materially different from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that asset.
|
Fund | Distribution Schedule | |
Event Driven Fund
|
• Dividends of investment income are typically declared and paid annually.
• Dividends of short-term and long-term capital gains, if any, are typically declared and paid annually.
|
|
Merger Arbitrage Fund
|
• Dividends of investment income are typically declared and paid at least quarterly.
• Dividends of short-term and long-term capital gains, if any, are typically declared and paid annually.
|
NexPoint Event Driven Fund, Class A |
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year
|
$ | 15.46 | $ | 14.11 | $ | 12.96 | $ | 11.61 | $ | 11.50 | ||||||||||
Income from Investment Operations:
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net investment loss(a)
|
(0.36 | ) | (0.29 | ) | (0.16 | ) | (0.21 | ) | (0.21 | ) | ||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain
|
3.17 | 1.64 | 1.31 | 1.62 | 0.32 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total from Investment Operations
|
2.81 | 1.35 | 1.15 | 1.41 | 0.11 | |||||||||||||||
Less Distributions Declared to shareholders:
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
From net investment income
|
— | — | — | (0.06 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total distributions declared to shareholders
|
— | — | — | (0.06 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Year(b)
|
$ | 18.27 | $ | 15.46 | $ | 14.11 | $ | 12.96 | $ | 11.61 | ||||||||||
Total Return(b)(c)
|
18.18 | % | 9.57 | % | 8.71 | % | 12.23 | % | 0.96 | % | ||||||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets/Supplemental Data:(d)(e)
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net Assets, End of Year (000’s)
|
$ | 10,937 | $ | 9,401 | $ | 11,788 | $ | 16,573 | $ | 30,967 | ||||||||||
Gross operating expenses(f)
|
2.62 | % | 2.72 | % | 2.24 | % | 2.62 | % | 2.72 | % | ||||||||||
Net investment income (loss)
|
(2.03 | )% | (2.03 | )% | (1.11 | )% | (1.79 | )% | (1.82 | )% | ||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate
|
168 | % | 51 | % | 191 | % | 489 | % | 964 | % |
(a) |
Per share data was calculated using average shares outstanding during the period.
|
(b) |
The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share and total return have been calculated based on net assets which include adjustments made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles required at period end for financial reporting purposes. These figures do not necessarily reflect the Net Asset Value per share or total return experienced by the shareholder at period end.
|
(c) |
Total return is at NAV assuming all distributions are reinvested and no initial sales charge or CDSC. For periods with waivers/reimbursements, had the Fund’s investment adviser not waived or reimbursed a portion of expenses, total return would have been lower.
|
(d) |
All ratios for the period have been annualized, unless otherwise indicated.
|
(e) |
Includes dividends and fees on securities sold short.
|
(f) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below:
|
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses)
|
2.62 | % | 2.72 | % | 2.24 | % | 2.62 | % | 2.72 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees
|
— | — | 0.04 | % | 0.32 | % | 0.01 | % | ||||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short
|
— | — | 0.05 | % | 0.19 | % | 0.70 | % |
NexPoint Event Driven Fund, Class C |
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year
|
$ | 14.36 | $ | 13.19 | $ | 12.19 | $ | 10.94 | $ | 10.90 | ||||||||||
Income from Investment Operations:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment loss(a)
|
(0.44 | ) | (0.35 | ) | (0.23 | ) | (0.27 | ) | (0.27 | ) | ||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain
|
2.94 | 1.52 | 1.23 | 1.52 | 0.31 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total from Investment Operations
|
2.50 | 1.17 | 1.00 | 1.25 | 0.04 | |||||||||||||||
Less Distributions Declared to shareholders:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Total distributions declared to shareholders
|
— | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Year(b)
|
$ | 16.86 | $ | 14.36 | $ | 13.19 | $ | 12.19 | $ | 10.94 | ||||||||||
Total Return(b)(c)
|
17.41 | % | 8.87 | % | 8.03 | % | 11.43 | % | 0.37 | % | ||||||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets/Supplemental Data:(d)(e)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Net Assets, End of Year (000’s)
|
$ | 5,781 | $ | 7,653 | $ | 11,157 | $ | 13,300 | $ | 22,805 | ||||||||||
Gross operating expenses(f)
|
3.27 | % | 3.37 | % | 2.89 | % | 3.28 | % | 3.37 | % | ||||||||||
Net investment income (loss)
|
(2.69 | )% | (2.65 | )% | (1.74 | )% | (2.45 | )% | (2.47 | )% | ||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate
|
168 | % | 51 | % | 191 | % | 489 | % | 964 | % |
(a) |
Per share data was calculated using average shares outstanding during the period.
|
(b) |
The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share and total return have been calculated based on net assets which include adjustments made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles required at period end for financial reporting purposes. These figures do not necessarily reflect the Net Asset Value per share or total return experienced by the shareholder at period end.
|
(c) |
Total return is at NAV assuming all distributions are reinvested and no initial sales charge or CDSC. For periods with waivers/reimbursements, had the Fund’s investment adviser not waived or reimbursed a portion of expenses, total return would have been lower.
|
(d) |
All ratios for the period have been annualized, unless otherwise indicated.
|
(e) |
Includes dividends and fees on securities sold short.
|
(f) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below:
|
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses)
|
3.27 | % | 3.37 | % | 2.89 | % | 3.28 | % | 3.37 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees
|
— | — | 0.04 | % | 0.32 | % | 0.01 | % | ||||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short
|
— | — | 0.05 | % | 0.20 | % | 0.70 | % |
NexPoint Event Driven Fund, Class Z |
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year
|
$ | 16.12 | $ | 14.65 | $ | 13.41 | $ | 12.04 | $ | 11.87 | ||||||||||
Income from Investment Operations:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment loss(a)
|
(0.31 | ) | (0.23 | ) | (0.10 | ) | (0.19 | ) | (0.18 | ) | ||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain
|
3.30 | 1.70 | 1.34 | 1.69 | 0.35 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total from Investment Operations
|
2.99 | 1.47 | 1.24 | 1.50 | 0.17 | |||||||||||||||
Less Distributions Declared to shareholders:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
From net investment income
|
— | — | — | (0.13 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total distributions declared to shareholders
|
— | — | — | (0.13 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Year(b)
|
$ | 19.11 | $ | 16.12 | $ | 14.65 | $ | 13.41 | $ | 12.04 | ||||||||||
Total Return(b)(c)
|
18.55 | % | 10.03 | % | 9.09 | % | 12.58 | % | 1.43 | % | ||||||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets/Supplemental Data:(d)(e)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Net Assets, End of Year (000’s)
|
$ | 7,657 | $ | 7,348 | $ | 21,244 | $ | 26,677 | $ | 53,839 | ||||||||||
Gross operating expenses(f)
|
2.27 | % | 2.37 | % | 1.89 | % | 2.34 | % | 2.38 | % | ||||||||||
Net investment income (loss)
|
(1.68 | )% | (1.54 | )% | (0.69 | )% | (1.52 | )% | (1.49 | )% | ||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate
|
168 | % | 51 | % | 191 | % | 489 | % | 964 | % |
(a) |
Per share data was calculated using average shares outstanding during the period.
|
(b) |
The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share and total return have been calculated based on net assets which include adjustments made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles required at period end for financial reporting purposes. These figures do not necessarily reflect the Net Asset Value per share or total return experienced by the shareholder at period end
|
(c) |
Total return is at NAV assuming all distributions are reinvested and no initial sales charge or CDSC. For periods with waivers/reimbursements, had the Fund’s investment adviser not waived or reimbursed a portion of expenses, total return would have been lower.
|
(d) |
All ratios for the period have been annualized, unless otherwise indicated.
|
(e) |
Includes dividends and fees on securities sold short.
|
(f) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below:
|
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses)
|
2.27 | % | 2.37 | % | 1.89 | % | 2.34 | % | 2.38 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees
|
— | — | 0.04 | % | 0.32 | % | 0.01 | % | ||||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short
|
— | — | 0.05 | % | 0.26 | % | 0.70 | % |
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund, Class A |
* |
Commenced operations on August 19, 2016.
|
(a) |
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund had a fiscal year end change from December 31 to June 30.
|
(b) |
Per share data was calculated using average shares outstanding during the period.
|
(c) |
The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share and total return have been calculated based on net assets which include adjustments made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles required at period end for financial reporting purposes. These figures do not necessarily reflect the Net Asset Value per share or total return experienced by the shareholder at period end
|
(d) |
Total return is at NAV assuming all distributions are reinvested and no initial sales charge or CDSC. For periods with waivers/reimbursements, had the Fund’s investment adviser not waived or reimbursed a portion of expenses, total return would have been lower.
|
(e) |
Not annualized.
|
(f) |
All ratios for the period have been annualized, unless otherwise indicated.
|
(g) |
Includes dividends and fees on securities sold short.
|
(h) |
Represents less than $0.005 per share.
|
(i) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below:
|
For the Years Ended June 30, |
For the
Six Months Ended June 30, 2017(f) |
For the
Period Ended December 31, 2016*(f) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018(a) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses)
|
2.32 | % | 2.76 | % | 4.45 | % | 3.97 | % | 5.05 | % | 4.62 | % | ||||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees
|
0.12 | % | 0.18 | % | 0.73 | % | 0.65 | % | — | 1.60 | % | |||||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short
|
0.28 | % | 0.67 | % | 2.01 | % | 1.38 | % | 3.19 | % | 1.14 | % | ||||||||||||
Distribution fees and amortized merger costs
|
0.42 | % | 0.41 | % | 0.21 | % | 0.54 | % | 0.36 | % | 0.38 | % |
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund, Class C |
For the Years Ended June 30, |
For the
Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 |
For the
Period Ended December 31, 2016* |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018(a) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Year/Period
|
$ | 19.58 | $ | 18.36 | $ | 20.65 | $ | 21.52 | $ | 20.48 | $ | 20.00 | ||||||||||||
Income from Investment Operations:
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income (loss)(b)
|
(0.09 | )(c) | (0.12 | ) | 0.56 | (0.39 | ) | 0.05 | (0.28 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain
|
1.49 | 1.40 | 0.39 | 0.77 | 0.99 | 0.76 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total from Investment Operations
|
1.40 | 1.28 | 0.95 | 0.38 | 1.04 | 0.48 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less Distributions Declared to shareholders:
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
From net investment income
|
— | — | (1.56 | ) | (0.92 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
From net realized gains
|
(1.16 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.71 | ) | (0.33 | ) | — | — | (i) | |||||||||||||
From return of capital
|
— | — | (0.97 | ) | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total distributions declared to shareholders
|
(1.16 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (3.24 | ) | (1.25 | ) | — | — | (i) | |||||||||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Year/Period(d)
|
$ | 19.82 | $ | 19.58 | $ | 18.36 | $ | 20.65 | $ | 21.52 | $ | 20.48 | ||||||||||||
Total Return(d)(e)(f)
|
7.34 | % | 7.00 | % | 5.00 | % | 1.95 | % | 5.08 | % | 2.41 | % | ||||||||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets/Supplemental Data:(g)(h)
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Assets, End of Year/Period (000’s)
|
$ | 10,886 | $ | 6,472 | $ | 999 | $ | 1,321 | $ | 1,094 | $ | 96 | ||||||||||||
Gross operating expenses(j)
|
3.34 | % | 4.34 | % | 5.90 | % | 5.51 | % | 7.28 | % | 8.15 | % | ||||||||||||
Net investment income (loss)
|
(0.44 | )% | (0.63 | )% | 2.88 | % | (1.88 | )% | 0.47 | % | (3.93 | )% | ||||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate
|
893 | % | 958 | % | 712 | % | 401 | % | 233 | %(f) | 718 | %(f) |
* |
Commenced operations on August 19, 2016.
|
(a) |
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund had a fiscal year end change from December 31 to June 30.
|
(b) |
Per share data was calculated using average shares outstanding during the period.
|
(c) |
The per share amount for net investment income (loss) between classes does not accord the aggregate net investment income for the period due to the size of Class C relative to the other classes.
|
(d) |
The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share and total return have been calculated based on net assets which include adjustments made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles required at period end for financial reporting purposes. These figures do not necessarily reflect the Net Asset Value per share or total return experienced by the shareholder at period end.
|
(e) |
Total return is at NAV assuming all distributions are reinvested and no initial sales charge or CDSC. For periods with waivers/reimbursements, had the Fund’s investment adviser not waived or reimbursed a portion of expenses, total return would have been lower.
|
(f) |
Not Annualized.
|
(g) |
All ratios for the period have been annualized, unless otherwise indicated.
|
(h) |
Includes dividends and fees on securities sold short.
|
(i) |
Represents less than $0.005 per share.
|
(j) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below:
|
For the Years Ended June 30, |
For the
Six Months Ended June 30, 2017(g) |
For the
Period Ended December 31, 2016*(g) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018(a) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses)
|
2.97 | % | 3.41 | % | 5.13 | % | 4.72 | % | 5.95 | % | 5.62 | % | ||||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees
|
0.12 | % | 0.18 | % | 0.73 | % | 0.65 | % | — | 1.39 | % | |||||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short
|
0.28 | % | 0.67 | % | 2.01 | % | 1.53 | % | 3.47 | % | 1.69 | % | ||||||||||||
Distribution fees and amortized merger costs
|
1.07 | % | 1.06 | % | 0.89 | % | 1.04 | % | 0.98 | % | 1.04 | % |
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund, Class Z |
* |
Commenced operations on August 19, 2016.
|
(a) |
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund had a fiscal year end change from December 31 to June 30.
|
(b) |
Per share data was calculated using average shares outstanding during the period.
|
(c) |
The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share and total return have been calculated based on net assets which include adjustments made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles required at period end for financial reporting purposes. These figures do not necessarily reflect the Net Asset Value per share or total return experienced by the shareholder at period end.
|
(d) |
Total return is at NAV assuming all distributions are reinvested and no initial sales charge or CDSC. For periods with waivers/reimbursements, had the Fund’s investment adviser not waived or reimbursed a portion of expenses, total return would have been lower.
|
(e) |
Not annualized.
|
(f) |
All ratios for the period have been annualized, unless otherwise indicated.
|
(g) |
Includes dividends and fees on securities sold short.
|
(h) |
Represents less than $0.005 per share.
|
(i) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below:
|
For the Years Ended June 30, |
For the
Six Months Ended June 30, 2017(f) |
For the
Period Ended December 31, 2016*(f) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018(a) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses)
|
1.97 | % | 2.41 | % | 4.25 | % | 3.80 | % | 4.75 | % | 3.50 | % | ||||||||||||
Interest expense and commitment fees
|
0.12 | % | 0.18 | % | 0.73 | % | 0.65 | % | — | 0.84 | % | |||||||||||||
Dividends and fees on securities sold short
|
0.28 | % | 0.67 | % | 2.01 | % | 1.63 | % | 3.22 | % | 1.14 | % | ||||||||||||
Amortized merger costs
|
0.07 | % | 0.06 | % | 0.01 | % | 0.02 | % | 0.03 | % | 0.02 | % |
The Trust’s Investment Company Act
Registration Number: 811‑21866
|
HFI‑PROS‑1021 |
• |
Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan
|
• |
Shares purchased by a 529 Plan (does not include 529 Plan units or 529‑specific share classes or equivalents)
|
• |
Shares purchased through a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program
|
• |
Shares exchanged due to the holdings moving from a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program to a Merrill Lynch brokerage (non‑advisory) account pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
|
• |
Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Merrill Lynch’s platform
|
• |
Shares of funds purchased through the Merrill Edge Self-Directed platform (if applicable)
|
• |
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family)
|
• |
Shares exchanged from Class C (i.e. level-load) shares of the same fund pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
|
• |
Employees and registered representatives of Merrill Lynch or its affiliates and their family members
|
• |
Directors or Trustees of the Funds, and employees of the Funds’ investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in the Prospectus Eligible shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front‑end or deferred sales charge (known as Rights of Reinstatement). Automated transactions (i.e. systematic purchases and withdrawals) and purchases made after shares are automatically sold to pay Merrill Lynch’s account maintenance fees are not eligible for reinstatement
|
• |
Death or disability of the shareholder
|
• |
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Funds’ Prospectus
|
• |
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account
|
• |
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code
|
• |
Shares sold to pay Merrill Lynch fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Merrill Lynch
|
• |
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement
|
• |
Shares held in retirement brokerage accounts, that are exchanged for a lower cost share class due to transfer to certain fee based account or platform (applicable to A and C shares only)
|
• |
Shares received through an exchange due to the holdings moving from a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program to a Merrill Lynch brokerage (non‑advisory) account pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
|
• |
Breakpoints as described in the Prospectus.
|
• |
Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to sales charge discounts as described in the Fund’s prospectus will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts (including 529 program holdings, where applicable) within the purchaser’s household at Merrill Lynch. Eligible fund family assets not held at Merrill Lynch may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets
|
• |
Letters of Intent (LOI) which allow for sales charge discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, through Merrill Lynch, over a 13‑month period of time (if applicable)
|
• |
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR‑SEPs or Keogh plans.
|
• |
Morgan Stanley employee and employee-related accounts according to Morgan Stanley’s account linking rules.
|
• |
Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions when purchasing shares of the same fund.
|
• |
Shares purchased through a Morgan Stanley self-directed brokerage account.
|
• |
Class C (i.e., level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management’s share class conversion program.
|
• |
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (i) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (ii) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (iii) redeemed shares were subject to a front‑end or deferred sales charge.
|
• |
Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan
|
• |
Shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan
|
• |
Shares purchased through a OPCO affiliated investment advisory program
|
• |
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family)
|
• |
Shares purchased form the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same amount, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front‑end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Restatement).
|
• |
A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of OPCO
|
• |
Employees and registered representatives of OPCO or its affiliates and their family members
|
• |
Directors or Trustees of the Fund, and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in this prospectus
|
• |
Death or disability of the shareholder
|
• |
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s prospectus
|
• |
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account
|
• |
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations
|
• |
Shares sold to pay OPCO fees but only if the transaction is initiated by OPCO
|
• |
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement
|
• |
Breakpoints as described in this prospectus.
|
• |
Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at OPCO. Eligible fund family assets not held at OPCO may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets
|
• |
Shares purchased in an investment advisory program.
|
• |
Shares purchased within the same fund family through a systematic reinvestment of capital gains and dividend distributions.
|
• |
Employees and registered representatives of Raymond James or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Raymond James.
|
• |
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front‑end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement).
|
• |
A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Raymond James.
|
• |
Death or disability of the shareholder.
|
• |
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Funds’ Prospectus.
|
• |
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account.
|
• |
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations as described in the Funds’ Prospectus.
|
• |
Shares sold to pay Raymond James fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Raymond James.
|
• |
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement.
|
• |
Breakpoints as described in the Funds’ Prospectus.
|
• |
Rights of accumulation which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Raymond James. Eligible fund family assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of rights of accumulation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
|
• |
Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, over a 13‑month time period. Eligible fund family assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
|
|
1 | |||
Description Of Underlying Index | 11 | |||
|
11 | |||
|
11 |
Management of the Fund | 30 | |||
31 | ||||
31 | ||||
32 | ||||
32 | ||||
32 | ||||
33 | ||||
33 | ||||
34 | ||||
34 | ||||
35 | ||||
35 | ||||
36 | ||||
37 | ||||
40 |
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed On Purchases (as a % of offering price)
|
None | |||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends and other Distributions (as a % of offering price)
|
None | |||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) (as a % of the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is lower)
|
None | |||
Exchange Fee
|
None | |||
Redemption Fee
|
None |
Management Fee
|
0.45% | |||
Other Expenses
|
0.91% | |||
Expedited Settlement Facility Fees
|
0.11% | |||
Remainder of Other Expenses
|
0.80% | |||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
|
1.36% | |||
Expense Reimbursement1
|
-0.70% | |||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement
|
0.66% |
1 |
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (“HCMFA” or the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to limit the total annual operating expenses (exclusive of taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, acquired fund fees and expenses, extraordinary expenses and dividend expense on short sales (collectively, the “Excluded Expenses”)) of the Fund to 0.55% of average daily net assets of the Fund (the “Expense Cap”). The Expense Cap will continue through at least October 31, 2022, and may not be terminated prior to this date without the action or consent of the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”). Under the Expense Cap, the Adviser may recoup waived and/or reimbursed amounts with respect to the Fund within thirty‑six months of the date such amounts were waived or reimbursed, provided the Fund’s total annual operating expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the Expense Cap in effect at the time of such waiver/reimbursement.
|
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||
$67 | $362 | $678 | $1,574 |
1 Year | 5 Year |
Since
Inception (11/6/12) |
||||||||||
Return Before Taxes
|
-5.73% | 2.00% | 1.74% | |||||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions
|
-6.87% | 0.18% | -0.14% | |||||||||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Redemptions
|
-3.39% | 0.75% | 0.51% | |||||||||
Markit iBoxx USD Liquid Leveraged Loan Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
|
0.21% | 3.99% | 2.90% |
Portfolio Manager |
Portfolio Manager
Experience in this Fund |
Title with Adviser | ||
Matt Pearson | Less than 1 year | Portfolio Manager and Equity Trader |
• |
Investment Grade Securities. The Fund may invest in a wide variety of bonds that are rated or determined by the Adviser to be of investment grade quality of varying maturities issued by U.S. corporations and other business entities. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors for a variety of business purposes. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity.
|
• |
Below Investment Grade Securities. The Fund may invest in below investment grade securities (also known as “high-yield securities” or “junk securities”). See “High-Yield Debt Securities Risk” below for more information.
|
Approximate Value
of a Creation Unit
|
Creation Unit Size |
Standard
Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee** |
Maximum
Additional Charge
for Creations* |
Maximum
Additional Charge
for Redemptions* |
||||||||||||
$2,000,000
|
100,000 shares | $500 | 1.0 | % | 1.0 | % |
* |
As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard transaction fee.
|
** |
Transaction fees may not be waived.
|
• |
Portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at their current market value.
|
• |
Foreign securities listed on foreign exchanges are valued based on quotations from the primary market in which they are traded and are translated from the local currency into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates. Foreign securities may trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of these investments may change on days when you cannot buy or redeem shares of the Fund.
|
• |
Investments by the Fund in any mutual fund are valued at their respective NAVs as determined by those mutual funds each business day. The prospectuses for those mutual funds explain the circumstances under which those funds will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing.
|
• |
All other portfolio securities, including derivatives and cases where market quotations are not readily available or when the market price is determined to be unreliable, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures established by the Board subject to approval or ratification by the Board at its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. Pursuant to the Fund’s pricing procedures, securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which the market price is determined to be unreliable, may include but are not limited to securities that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, securities for which no or limited trading activity has occurred for a period of time, or securities that are otherwise deemed to be illiquid (i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days at approximately the price at which the security is currently priced by the Fund which holds the security). Market quotations may also be not “readily available” if a significant event occurs after the close of the principal exchange on which a portfolio security trades (but before the time for calculation of the Fund’s NAV) if that event affects or is likely to affect (more than minimally) the NAV per share of the Fund. In determining the fair value price of a security, HCMFA may use a number of other methodologies, including those based on discounted cash flows, multiples, recovery rates, yield to maturity or discounts to public comparables. Fair value pricing involves judgments that are inherently subjective and inexact; as a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security will be materially different from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that asset.
|
Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF |
(a) |
Per share data was calculated using average shares outstanding for the period.
|
(b) |
Amount represents less than $0.005 per share.
|
(c) |
Total return is at net asset value assuming all distributions are reinvested. For periods with waivers/reimbursements, had the Fund’s Investment Adviser not waived or reimbursed a portion of expenses, total return would have been reduced.
|
(d) |
Supplemental expense ratios are shown below.
|
For the Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Net operating expenses (net of
waiver/reimbursement, if applicable, but gross of all other operating expenses) |
0.66 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.61 | % | 0.55 | % | 0.55 | % | ||||||||||
Excluded from Expense Cap:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Expedited settlement facility
|
0.11 | % | 0.19 | % | 0.06 | % | — | % | — | % |
The Trust’s Investment Company Act
Registration Number: 811‑21866
|
HFI‑ETF‑PROS‑1021 |
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
October 31, 2021
300 Crescent Court, Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75201
For information, call 1-877-665-1287
NEXPOINT EVENT DRIVEN FUND
(formerly Highland Healthcare Opportunities Fund)
Class/Ticker: A/HHCAX, C/HHCCX, Z/HHCZX
NEXPOINT MERGER ARBITRAGE FUND
Class/Ticker: A/HMEAX, C/HMECX, Z/HMEZX
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) supplements the information contained in the Statutory Prospectus of Highland Funds I (“the Trust”) dated October 31, 2021 (the “Prospectus”), and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus. The Trust is an open-end management investment company issuing shares in three separate publicly offered series, two of which are described herein. This SAI, although not a Prospectus, is incorporated in its entirety by reference into the Prospectus. Copies of the Prospectus describing each series of the Trust described above (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds” or “Highland Funds”) may be obtained without charge by calling the Trust at the telephone number listed above.
The Funds’ financial statements and notes thereto and financial highlights for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, including the independent registered public accounting firms’ reports thereon, are incorporated by reference from the Funds’ Annual Report and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting. No other parts of the Funds’ Annual Report or Semi-Annual Report are incorporated by reference.
For a free copy of the Funds’ Annual or Semi-Annual Reports, please call 1-877-665-1287. Information regarding the status of shareholder accounts may be obtained by calling the Trust at the telephone number listed above or by writing the Trust at DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., P.O. Box 219424, Kansas City, Missouri, 64121-9424. Terms that are defined in the Prospectus shall have the same meanings in this SAI.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE | ||||
1 | ||||
2 | ||||
23 | ||||
24 | ||||
26 | ||||
35 | ||||
37 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
45 | ||||
47 | ||||
47 | ||||
47 | ||||
47 | ||||
51 | ||||
52 | ||||
56 | ||||
58 | ||||
70 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
APPENDIX B — HIGHLAND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT FUND ADVISORS, L.P. PROXY VOTING POLICY |
B-1 |
THE FUNDS
NexPoint Event Driven Fund (“Event Driven Fund”) and NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund (“Merger Arbitrage Fund”) are each non-diversified series of Highland Funds I (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust on February 28, 2006. Event Driven Fund and Merger Arbitrage Fund commenced investment operations on May 5, 2008, April 12, 2005 (commencement of operations of HSSF Predecessor Fund) and January 20, 2015 (commencement of operations of Merger Arbitrage Predecessor Fund, as defined herein), respectively. Each Fund offers three classes of shares: Class A, Class C and Class Z.
The name of the Trust was changed from “Highland Funds I” to “Pyxis Funds I” effective January 9, 2012. The name of the Trust was changed from “Pyxis Funds I” to “Highland Funds I” effective February 8, 2013.
Merger Arbitrage Fund acquired the assets and liabilities of Highland Merger Arbitrage Fund, L.P. a Delaware limited partnership (the “Merger Arbitrage Predecessor Fund”), on May 12, 2016 (the “Merger Arbitrage Reorganization”). Following the Merger Arbitrage Reorganization, the Merger Arbitrage Predecessor Fund was the performance survivor and therefore certain information for periods prior to the date of this SAI relate to the Merger Arbitrage Predecessor Fund. In the Reorganization, shareholders of the Merger Arbitrage Predecessor Fund received Class Z Shares of the Merger Arbitrage Fund.
On June 29, 2020, NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund acquired the assets of Highland Long/Short Equity Fund. NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund is the successor for the performance information of Highland Long/Short Equity Fund.
On March 2, 2021, NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund acquired the assets of Highland Socially Responsible Equity Fund. NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund is the successor for the performance information of Highland Socially Responsible Equity Fund.
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors L.P. (“HCMFA” or the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to the Funds.
1
DESCRIPTION OF NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS
The principal investment objective or objectives of each Fund are not fundamental and can be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of beneficial interest of that Fund. Certain investment restrictions are fundamental and cannot be changed without shareholder approval. In contrast, certain other investment restrictions, as well as the investment policies, of each Fund are not fundamental and may be changed by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.
There can be no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve their investment objective or objectives. Investors should not consider any one Fund alone to be a complete investment program. All of the Funds are subject to the risk of changing economic conditions, as well as the risk inherent in the ability of the portfolio manager to make changes in the composition of the Fund in anticipation of changes in economic, business and financial conditions. As with any security, a risk of loss is inherent in an investment in the shares of any of the Funds. The securities, investments, and investment practices used by each Fund all have attendant risks of varying degrees. For example, with respect to equity securities, there can be no assurance of capital appreciation and there is a substantial risk of decline. With respect to debt securities, there exists the risk that the issuer of a security may not be able to meet its obligations on interest or principal payments at the time required by the instrument. In addition, the value of debt instruments generally rise and fall inversely with prevailing current interest rates. As described below, an investment in certain of the Funds entails special additional risks as a result of their ability to invest a substantial portion of their assets in foreign securities.
In addition to the investment strategies implemented by the portfolio managers of the Funds described in the Prospectus and herein, the portfolio managers of certain Funds may also give trading desk personnel of the Adviser general authorization to enter into a limited amount of short-term trades (purchases expected to be sold within 15 business days) in debt instruments on behalf of such Funds. Over time, it is expected that these trades will not exceed 2% of each such Fund’s assets.
Supplemental information concerning certain of the securities and other instruments in which the Funds may invest, the investment policies and strategies that the Funds may utilize and certain risks attendant to those investments, policies and strategies is provided below. The following is a combined description of investment strategies and risks for the Funds, and certain strategies and risks described below may not apply to each Fund. Unless otherwise indicated, all Funds are permitted to engage in the following investment strategies and techniques. The Funds are not obligated to pursue the following strategies or techniques and do not represent that these strategies or techniques are available now or will be available at any time in the future. A Fund will not purchase all of the following types of securities or employ all of the following strategies unless doing so is consistent with its investment objective.
In addition to the principal investments described in the Prospectus, the Adviser may also invest some of the Funds’ assets in short-term U.S. government obligations, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments, including repurchase agreements with respect to such obligations, to enable the Funds to make investments quickly and to serve as collateral with respect to certain of their investments. However, if the Adviser believes that a defensive position is appropriate because of expected economic or business conditions or the outlook for security prices, a greater percentage of a Fund’s assets may be invested in such obligations. A Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, engage in securities lending activities, and invest up to 33 1/3% of its total assets in reverse repurchase agreements when aggregated with all other borrowings (other than temporary borrowings). Each Fund may also invest its assets (up to 100% of Event Driven Fund’s assets) in high yield bonds (also known as “junk bonds”) which are bonds typically rated below investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations (“NRSROs”). NRSROs generally regard high-yield debt securities as predominately speculative with respect to ability to pay interest and repay principal and riskier than higher-rated debt securities. Appendix A contains additional information concerning the characteristics of the ratings used by certain NRSROs. From time to time, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, cash balances of the Funds may be placed
2
in a money market fund or investments may be made in shares of other investment companies, subject to the applicable limits under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
Limited Role in Affairs of Portfolio Companies. Although the Adviser does not take an active role in the affairs of the companies in which the Funds have positions other than voting proxies with respect to the Funds’ portfolio holdings, it will be the policy of each Fund to take such steps as are necessary to protect its economic interests. If the opportunity presents itself, the Adviser reserves the option for any of its investment personnel to accept a role on the board of directors of any company, regardless of whether a Fund holds any of the company’s securities.
Financial Futures. The Funds are sponsored by the Adviser, which is registered as a “commodity pool operator” and “commodity trading adviser” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). However, pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) Rule 4.5, the Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA; therefore, the Adviser, with respect to the Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion under CFTC Rule 4.5, the Funds will be limited in their ability to use certain derivative instruments regulated under the CEA (“commodity interests”), including futures, swaps and options on futures. In the event that a Fund’s investments in commodity interests exceed a certain threshold, the Adviser may be required to register as a “commodity pool operator” and/or “commodity trading advisor” with the CFTC with respect to that Fund. The Adviser’s eligibility to claim the exclusion with respect to a Fund will be based upon the level and scope of such Fund’s investment in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which that Fund holds out its use of commodity interests. For example, CFTC Rule 4.5 requires a fund with respect to which the sponsor is claiming the exclusion to, among other things, satisfy one of the two following trading thresholds: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in commodity interests cannot exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of commodity interests not used solely for “bona fide hedging purposes,” determined at the time the most recent position was established, cannot generally exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions it has entered into. In the event a Fund becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 and the Adviser is required to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator with respect to that Fund, the Fund’s expenses may increase.
The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts; those position limits may in the future also apply to certain other derivatives positions a Fund may wish to take. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may in the future be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if a Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Adviser and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore, it is possible that in the future the trading decisions of the Adviser may have to be modified and that positions held by a Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of a Fund.
Fixed-Income and Other Debt Securities
Fixed-income and other debt instrument securities include all bonds, high yield or “junk” bonds, municipal bonds, debentures, U.S. Government securities, mortgage-related securities, zero coupon securities and custodial receipts. The market value of fixed- income obligations of a Fund will be affected by general changes in interest rates, which will result in increases or decreases in the value of the obligations held by a Fund. The market value of the fixed-income obligations held by a Fund can be expected to vary inversely to changes in prevailing interest rates. As a result, shareholders should anticipate that the market value of the fixed-income obligations held by a Fund generally will increase when prevailing interest rates are declining and generally will decrease when
3
prevailing interest rates are rising. Shareholders also should recognize that, in periods of declining interest rates, a Fund’s yield will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing market rates and, in periods of rising interest rates, a Fund’s yield will tend to be somewhat lower. Also, when interest rates are falling, the inflow of net new money to a Fund from the continuous sale of its shares will tend to be invested in instruments producing lower yields than the balance of its portfolio, thereby reducing a Fund’s current yield. In periods of rising interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur. In addition, securities in which a Fund may invest may not yield as high a level of current income as might be achieved by investing in securities with less liquidity, less creditworthiness or longer maturities.
Ratings made available by NRSROs are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are initial criteria for selection of portfolio investments, the Adviser also will make its own evaluation of these securities. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuers to pay principal and interest and general economic trends.
Fixed-income securities may be purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. See “When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments” below.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.
Medium-, Lower-Rated and Unrated Securities. Securities rated in the fourth highest category by a NRSRO, although considered investment grade, may possess speculative characteristics, and changes in economic or other conditions are more likely to impair the ability of issuers of these securities to make interest and principal payments than is the case with respect to issuers of higher grade bonds.
Generally, medium- or lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The yield of junk bonds will fluctuate over time.
The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium- and lower-rated securities, and unrated securities of comparable quality, generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. Since the risk of default is higher for lower-rated debt securities, the Adviser’s research and credit analysis are an especially important part of managing securities of this type held by a Fund.
In addition, the market for securities in lower-rated categories is more volatile than that for higher-rated securities, and the markets in which medium- and lower-rated or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher-rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for a Fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of a Fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.
4
Lower-rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, a Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for shareholders. Also, as the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates the value of the securities held by a Fund may decline relatively proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by a Fund and increasing the exposure of a Fund to the risks of lower rated securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently.
Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced. Neither event will require sale of these securities by the Fund, but the Adviser will consider this event in its determination of whether a Fund should continue to hold the securities.
The market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less active than that for higher rated debt securities, which can adversely affect the prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available, lower-rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by the Board, including the use of outside pricing services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate debt securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and changing investor perception may affect the ability of outside pricing services to value lower-rated debt securities and the ability to dispose of these securities.
In considering investments for a Fund, the Adviser will attempt to identify those issuers of high yielding debt securities whose financial condition is adequate to meet future obligations or has improved or is expected to improve in the future. The analysis of the Adviser focuses on relative values based on such factors as interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and the experience and managerial strength of the issuer.
A Fund may choose, at its expense or in conjunction with others, to pursue litigation or otherwise exercise its rights as a security holder to seek to protect the interest of security holders if it determines this to be in the best interest of the Fund.
Investments in high-yield debt obligations or other debt obligations that are at risk of, or are in, default present special tax issues for a Fund investing in or holding such securities. See “Income Tax Considerations” below.
Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits. Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers’ acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.
Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Investments in time deposits maturing in more than seven days will be subject to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) restrictions that limit investments in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of the value of a Fund’s net assets.
5
U.S. Government Securities. U.S. Government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Some U.S. Government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others are supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations, such as securities of the Federal National Mortgage Association or (iii) only the credit of the issuer, such as securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. Government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. To the extent a Fund invests in U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, such investments may involve a greater risk of loss of principal and interest since a Fund must look principally or solely to the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality for repayment.
Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participation interests in loans made to foreign governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participation interests is limited and, therefore, may be regarded as illiquid.
U.S. Treasury Bills. U.S. Treasury Bills are issued with maturities of up to one year. Three month bills are currently offered by the Treasury on a 13-week cycle and are auctioned each week by the Treasury. Bills are issued in bearer form only and are sold only on a discount basis, and the difference between the purchase price and the maturity value (or the resale price if they are sold before maturity) constitutes the interest income for the investor.
Mortgage-Related Securities. There are several risks associated with mortgage-related securities. One is that the monthly cash inflow from the underlying loans may not be sufficient to meet the monthly payment requirements of the mortgage-related security. Prepayment of principal by mortgagors or mortgage foreclosures will shorten the term of the underlying mortgage pool for a mortgage-related security. Early returns of principal will affect the average life of the mortgage-related securities remaining in a Fund. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. In periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the average life of a pool of mortgage-related securities. Conversely, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the average life of a pool. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower interest rates than the original investment, thus affecting the yield of a Fund. Because prepayments of principal generally occur when interest rates are declining, it is likely that a Fund will have to reinvest the proceeds of prepayments at lower interest rates than those at which the assets were previously invested. If this occurs, a Fund’s yield will correspondingly decline. Thus, mortgage-related securities may have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates than other fixed-income securities of comparable maturity, although these securities may have a comparable risk of decline in market value in periods of rising interest rates. To the extent that the Fund purchases mortgage-related securities at a premium, unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will result in a loss equal to any unamortized premium.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are obligations fully collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-related securities. Payments of principal and interest on the mortgages are passed through to the holders of the CMOs on the same schedule as they are received, although certain classes of CMOs have priority over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments on the mortgages. Therefore, depending on the type of CMOs in which a Fund invests, the investment may be subject to a greater or lesser risk of prepayment than other types of mortgage-related securities.
6
Mortgage-related securities may not be readily marketable. To the extent any of these securities are not readily marketable in the judgment of the Adviser, a Fund’s restrictions on investments in illiquid instruments will apply.
Zero Coupon Securities. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities are debt obligations that are issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the particular interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Zero coupon securities do not require the periodic payment of interest. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. These investments may experience greater volatility in market value than U.S. Government securities that make regular payments of interest. A Fund accrues income on these investments for tax and accounting purposes, which must be distributed to shareholders in order to avoid taxation. Because no cash is received at the time of accrual, a Fund may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to satisfy a Fund’s distribution obligations (see “Income Tax Considerations” below), in which case a Fund will forego the purchase of additional income producing assets. Zero coupon securities include Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”). STRIPS are securities underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. They also include Coupons Under Book Entry Safekeeping (“CUBES”), which are component parts of U.S. Treasury bonds and represent scheduled interest and principal payments on the bonds.
Custodial Receipts. Custodial receipts or certificates include Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Financial Corporation certificates (“FICO Strips”). CATS, TIGRs and FICO Strips are securities underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. The underwriters of these certificates or receipts purchase a U.S. Government security and deposit the security in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the U.S. Government security. Custodial receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon U.S. Government securities, described above. Although typically under the terms of a custodial receipt a Fund is authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, a Fund may be required to assert through the custodian bank such rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, if the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if a Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, if the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited were determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in respect of any taxes paid.
Loans and Other Direct Debt Instruments. These are instruments in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental or other borrower to another party. They may represent amounts owed to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables) or to other parties. Direct debt instruments purchased by a Fund may have a maturity of any number of days or years, may be secured or unsecured, and may be of any credit quality. Direct debt instruments involve the risk of loss in the case of default or insolvency of the borrower. Direct debt instruments may offer less legal protection to a Fund in the event of fraud or misrepresentation. In addition, loan participations involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other financial intermediary. Direct debt instruments also may include standby financing commitments that obligate a Fund to supply additional cash to the borrower on demand at a time when a Fund would not have otherwise done so, even if the borrower’s condition makes it unlikely that the amount will ever be repaid.
7
These instruments will be considered illiquid securities and so will be limited in accordance with a Fund’s restrictions on illiquid securities.
Because loans are not ordinarily registered with the SEC or any state securities commission or listed on any securities exchange, there is usually less publicly available information about such instruments. In addition, loans may not be considered “securities” for purposes of the anti-fraud provisions under the federal securities laws and, as a result, as a purchaser of these instruments, a Fund may not be entitled to the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws. In the course of investing in such instruments, a Fund may come into possession of material nonpublic information and, because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information, the Fund may be unable to enter into a transaction in a publicly-traded security of that issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous for the Fund to do so. Alternatively, a Fund may choose not to receive material nonpublic information about an issuer of such loans, with the result that the Fund may have less information about such issuers than other investors who transact in such assets.
Illiquid Securities
Illiquid securities are securities that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), securities that are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities that have not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as “private placements” or “restricted securities” and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Investment companies do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted securities or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and an investment company might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. An investment company might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, which would result in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities. A Fund may not acquire any illiquid securities if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be in investments that are illiquid or otherwise not readily marketable.
The Trust has implemented a written liquidity risk management program (the “LRM Program”) and related procedures to manage the liquidity risk of a Fund in accordance with Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 22e-4”). Rule 22e-4 defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interests in the Fund. The Board has designated the Adviser to serve as the administrator of the LRM Program and the related procedures. As a part of the LRM Program, the Adviser is responsible for identifying illiquid investments and categorizing the relative liquidity of a Fund’s investments in accordance with Rule 22e-4. Under the LRM Program, the Adviser assesses, manages, and periodically reviews a Fund’s liquidity risk, and is responsible to make periodic reports to the Board and the SEC regarding the liquidity of a Fund’s investments, and to notify the Board and the SEC of certain liquidity events specified in Rule 22e-4. The liquidity of a Fund’s portfolio investments is determined based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the LRM Program.
In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.
8
• |
Rule 144A Securities. The SEC has adopted Rule 144A, which allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on their resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act on resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. The Adviser will monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities in a Fund’s portfolio under the oversight of the Board. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser will consider, among other things, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers wishing to purchase or sell the security; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer). |
A Fund may purchase securities in the United States that are not registered for sale under federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions under Rule 144A or under an exemption from such laws. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted securities or Rule 144A securities are treated as exempt from the Fund’s limit on illiquid securities. The Board, with advice and information from the Adviser will determine the liquidity of restricted securities or Rule 144A securities by looking at factors such as trading activity and the availability of reliable price information and, through reports from the Adviser, the Board will monitor trading activity in restricted securities. If institutional trading in restricted securities or Rule 144A securities were to decline, a Fund’s illiquidity could increase and the Fund could be adversely affected.
• |
Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper. A Fund may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is restricted as to disposition under federal securities laws and is generally sold to institutional investors who agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper, thus providing liquidity. The Adviser believes that Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper and possibly certain other restricted securities that meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board are quite liquid. The Funds intend therefore, to treat the restricted securities which meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board, including Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper, as determined by the Adviser as liquid and not subject to the investment limitation applicable to illiquid securities. In addition, because Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is liquid, the Funds do not intend to subject such paper to the limitation applicable to restricted securities. Each Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in restricted securities (excluding Rule 144A securities). |
If the Adviser determines, pursuant to the LRM Program and related procedures, that specific Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper or securities that are restricted as to resale but for which a ready market is available pursuant to an exemption provided by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or other exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, are liquid, they will not be subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.
Borrowing and Lending
Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow money from banks (including their custodian bank) or from other lenders to the extent permitted under applicable law. The 1940 Act requires a Fund maintain asset coverage of at least 300% for all such borrowings, and should such asset coverage at any time fall below 300%, the Fund would be required to reduce its borrowings within three days to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of the
9
1940 Act. No Fund will make any borrowing that would cause its outstanding borrowings to exceed one-third of the value of its total assets. To reduce its borrowings, a Fund might be required to sell securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, because interest on money borrowed is a Fund expense that it would not otherwise incur, the Fund may have less net investment income during periods when its borrowings are substantial. The interest paid by the Fund on borrowings may be more or less than the yield on the securities purchased with borrowed funds, depending on prevailing market conditions.
Securities Loans. Each Fund may seek additional income by making secured loans of its portfolio securities through its custodian, Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”). Such loans will be in an amount not greater than one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets. BNY Mellon will charge a Fund fees based on a percentage of the securities lending income. The Funds will receive collateral consisting of cash (U.S. and foreign currency), securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, sovereign debt, convertible bonds, irrevocable bank letters of credit or such other collateral as may be agreed on by the parties to a securities lending arrangement, initially with a value of 102% or 105% of the market value of the loaned securities and thereafter maintained at a value of 100% of the market value of the loaned securities. If the collateral consists of non-cash collateral, the borrower will pay the Fund a loan premium fee. If the collateral consists of cash, BNY Mellon will reinvest the cash. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will recall the loaned securities upon reasonable notice in order that the securities may be voted by the Fund if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund also may call such loans in order to sell the securities involved.
The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delays in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. A Fund also bears the risk that the value of investments made with collateral may decline. Although a Fund has the right to call loans at any time on reasonable notice and will do so if holders of a loaned security are asked to vote upon or consent to material matters, the Fund bears the risk of delay in the return of the security, impairing the Fund’s ability to vote on such matters.
Securities lending also exposes a Fund to counterparty risk, as the borrower of the Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest, or settlement payments or otherwise honor its obligations. There can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but the Fund may be unable to enforce its contractual rights.
Derivatives
Each Fund may invest in various instruments that are commonly known as derivatives to any extent deemed by the Adviser to be in the best interest of the Funds, and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is based on, or “derived” from, a traditional security, asset or market index. There are, in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them. There is a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a Fund from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates and as a low cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an instrument’s price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets, and can in some circumstances lead to significant losses.
In addition, new Rule 18f-4 (the “Derivatives Rule”), adopted by the SEC on October 28, 2020, replaces current asset segregation requirements with a new framework for the use of derivatives by registered funds. For funds using a significant amount of derivatives, the Derivatives Rule mandates a fund adopt and/or implement:
10
(i) value at risk limitations in lieu of asset segregation requirements; (ii) a written derivatives risk management program; (iii) new Board oversight responsibilities; and (iv) new reporting and recordkeeping requirements. The Derivatives Rule provides an exception for funds with derivative exposure not exceeding 10% of its net assets, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions. In addition, the Derivatives Rule provides special treatment for reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions and unfunded commitment agreements. In 2022, the SEC will rescind Release 10666 and withdraw letters and similar guidance addressing a fund’s use of derivatives and require a fund to comply with the Derivatives Rule.
Additional legislation may be enacted subsequent to the date of this Prospectus that could negatively affect the assets of a Fund. Legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be implemented, and there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation will not adversely affect the Fund’s performance or ability to achieve its investment objectives.
In addition, regulations adopted by the prudential regulators that took effect with regards to most funds in 2019 require certain banks to include in a range of financial contracts, including derivative and short-term funding transactions, terms delaying or restricting a counterparty’s default, termination and other rights in the event that the bank and/or its affiliates become subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. The regulations could limit a Fund’s ability to exercise a range of cross-default rights if its counterparty, or an affiliate of the counterparty, is subject to bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Such regulations could further negatively impact a Fund’s use of derivatives.
Options. An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price.
The Funds may write (sell) covered call and put options (“covered options”) on stocks, securities, futures contracts, non-physical commodities, indices and foreign currencies in an attempt to increase income. When a Fund writes a covered call option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying security at the price specified in the option (the “exercise price”) by exercising the option at any time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Fund will realize income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the option is exercised, a decision over which the Fund has no control, the Fund must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered call option, a Fund foregoes, in exchange for the premium less the commission (“net premium”), the opportunity to profit during the option period from an increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price.
When a Fund writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying security to the Fund at the specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Fund will realize income in the amount of the premium received for writing the option. If the put option is exercised, a decision over which the Fund has no control, the Fund must purchase the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered put option, the Fund, in exchange for the net premium received, accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the underlying security below the exercise price.
A Fund may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put option by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option previously written. This transaction is called a “closing purchase transaction.” With respect to writing covered options, the Fund will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To close out a position as a purchaser of an option, the Fund may make a “closing sale transaction” which involves liquidating the Fund’s position by selling the option previously purchased. Where the Fund cannot effect a closing purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying securities until an option is exercised or expires.
11
When a Fund writes a call option, it will “cover” its obligation by owning and earmarking the underlying security or other assets on the books of the Fund’s custodian. When a Fund writes a put option, it will “cover” its obligation by earmarking assets at the Fund’s custodian.
A Fund may purchase call and put options on any securities in which it may invest. A Fund would normally purchase a call option in anticipation of an increase in the market value of such securities. The purchase of a call option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Fund would ordinarily have an economic gain if the value of the securities increased above the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have an economic loss if the value of the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the option period.
A Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of securities in its portfolio (“protective puts”) or securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a security, which may or may not be held in the Fund’s portfolio, at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. Put options also may be purchased by the Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which the Fund does not own. Upon exercise, the Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if the value of the securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would realize a loss if the value of the securities remained at or above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.
Options on Securities Indices. A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on securities indices listed on domestic and on foreign exchanges. Such options give the holder the right to receive a cash settlement during the term of the option based upon the difference between the exercise price and the value of the index. Options on securities indices entail risks in addition to the risks of options on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options positions on securities indices is more likely to occur. Use of options on securities indices also entails the risk that trading in such options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities included in the index is interrupted.
Because options on securities indices require settlement in cash, the Adviser may be forced to liquidate portfolio securities to meet settlement obligations. When a Fund writes a put or call option on a securities index, it will cover the position by earmarking assets with the Fund’s custodian.
Options on Foreign Currencies. A Fund may write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of protecting against declines in the dollar value of portfolio securities and against increases in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired. For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities, a Fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, a Fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.
Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, a Fund may purchase call options thereon. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to a Fund derived from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options that would require it to forego a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.
12
As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies are traded over-the-counter and involve liquidity and credit risks that may not be present in the case of exchange-traded currency options. A Fund’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options (“OTC Options”) will be more limited than the exchange-traded options. It is also possible that broker-dealers participating in OTC Options transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, the Funds will treat purchased OTC Options and assets used to cover written OTC Options as illiquid securities. With respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. Government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase formula.
Forward Currency Contracts. Because, when investing in foreign securities, a Fund buys and sells securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receives interest, dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the Fund from time to time may enter into forward currency transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. The Fund either enters into these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or uses forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.
A forward currency contract is an obligation by a Fund to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract. Forward currency contracts establish an exchange rate at a future date. These contracts are transferable in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward currency contract generally has no deposit requirement and is traded at a net price without commission. The Fund earmarks liquid securities at its custodian in an amount at least equal to its obligations under each forward currency contract. Neither spot transactions nor forward currency contracts eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the Fund’s securities or in foreign exchange rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.
A Fund may enter into foreign currency hedging transactions in an attempt to protect against changes in foreign currency exchange rates between the trade and settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position or an anticipated investment position. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should the value of the hedged currency increase. The precise matching of the forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of such securities between the date the forward currency contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
Some of these contracts may be regulated by the CFTC and prudential regulators, and therefore a Fund’s ability to utilize forward currency contracts may be impacted. Forward currency contracts may reduce the potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not entered into such contracts. The use of forward currency contracts may not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying U.S. dollar equivalent value of the prices of or rates of return on the Fund’s foreign currency denominated portfolio securities and the use of such techniques will subject the Fund to certain risks.
The matching of the increase in value of a forward currency contract and the decline in the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency denominated asset that is the subject of the hedge generally will not be precise. In addition, a Fund may not always be able to enter into forward currency contracts at attractive prices and this will limit the Fund’s ability to use such contract to hedge or cross-hedge its assets. Also, with regard to the Fund’s use of cross-hedges, there can be no assurance that historical correlations between the movements of certain foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will continue. Thus, at any time poor correlation may exist between movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies underlying the Fund’s cross-hedges and the movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies in which the Fund’s assets that are the subject of such cross-hedges are denominated.
13
Futures Contracts and Related Options. To the extent consistent with applicable law, each Fund may invest in futures contracts on, among other things, individual equity securities, securities indices, interest rates, currencies, non-physical commodities and inflation indices. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by a Fund, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, a Fund must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (“initial margin”). It is expected that the initial margin that the Fund will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, a Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Certain futures contracts are physically settled (i.e., involve the making and taking of delivery of a specified amount of an underlying security or other asset). Some futures contracts, however, are cash settled, which means that the purchase price is subtracted from the current market value of the instrument and the net amount, if positive, is paid to the purchaser by the seller of the futures contract and, if negative, is paid by the purchaser to the seller of the futures contract.
Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
Futures contracts and related options involve costs and may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract or related option. If a futures contract is used for hedging, an imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security, currency, or other investment being hedged creates risk. Correlation is higher when the investment being hedged underlies the futures contract. Correlation is lower when the investment being hedged is different than the instrument underlying the futures contract, such as when a futures contract on one security or commodity is used to hedge a different security or commodity or when a futures contract in one currency is used to hedge a security denominated in another currency. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and the portfolio position (or anticipated position) intended to be protected, the Fund may realize a loss on the futures contract and/or on the portfolio position intended to be protected. The risk of imperfect correlation generally tends to diminish as the maturity date of the futures contract approaches. To compensate for imperfect correlations, a Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater amount than the hedged investments if the volatility of the price of the hedged investments is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts. Conversely, a Fund may purchase or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged investments is historically less than that of the futures contract.
The Fund’s ability to engage in the futures and options on futures strategies depends on the liquidity of the markets in those instruments. Trading interest in various types of futures and options on futures cannot be predicted. Therefore, no assurance can be given that a Fund will be able to utilize these instruments effectively. In addition, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Fund seeks to close out a futures or option on a futures contract position, and that Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. The liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges to limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day.
A Fund that purchases or sells a futures contract is only required to deposit initial and variation margin as required by relevant regulations and the rules of the contract market. Because the purchase of a futures contract obligates the Fund to purchase the underlying security or other instrument at a set price on a future date, the Fund’s net asset value will fluctuate with the value of the security or other instrument as if it were already in the Fund’s portfolio. Futures transactions have the effect of investment leverage to the extent the Fund does not maintain liquid assets equal to the face amount of the contract. If a Fund combines short and long positions, in addition to possible declines in the values of its investment securities, the Fund will incur losses if the index underlying the long futures position underperforms the index underlying the short futures position.
14
Merger Arbitrage
Although a variety of strategies may be employed depending upon the nature of the reorganizations selected for investment, the simplest form of merger-arbitrage activity involves purchasing the shares of an announced acquisition target at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the acquisition. The size of this discount, known as the arbitrage “spread,” may represent the Merger Arbitrage Fund’s potential profit on such an investment. The size of this spread is dependent on a large number of factors, including the status of the negotiations between the two companies (for example, spreads typically narrow as the parties advance from an agreement in principle to a definitive agreement), the complexity of the transaction, the number of regulatory approvals required, the likelihood of government intervention on antitrust or other grounds, the type of consideration to be received and the possibility of competing offers for the target company. The expected gain on an individual arbitrage investment is normally considerably smaller than the possible loss should the transaction be unexpectedly terminated. The expected timing of each transaction is also important since the length of time that the Merger Arbitrage Fund’s capital must be committed to any given reorganization will affect the rate of return realized by the Merger Arbitrage Fund, and delays can substantially reduce such returns.
Mark-to-market losses on merger-arbitrage positions can occur intra-month even if a particular deal is not breaking-up and such losses may or may not be recouped upon successful consummation of such deal. Further, the consummation of mergers, tender offers and exchange offers can be prevented or delayed by a variety of factors, including: (i) regulatory and antitrust restrictions; (ii) political motivations; (iii) industry weakness; (iv) stock specific events; (v) failed financings; and (vi) general market declines. If the Merger Arbitrage Fund does not hedge against market fluctuations, the Fund may incur losses even if the proposed transaction is consummated. The success of merger-arbitrage strategies also depends on the overall volume of merger activity, which has historically been cyclical in nature. During periods when merger activity is low, it may be difficult or impossible to identify opportunities for profit or to identify a sufficient number of such opportunities to provide diversification among potential merger transactions. This may be due to, among other things, a number of merger-arbitrage advisers and other investors investing in a limited number of potential deals. Also, when market interest rates are relatively low, the spreads on merger-arbitrage positions may be relatively small (i.e., narrow).
Other Investment Policies
Swap Agreements. To help enhance the value of their portfolio or manage their exposure to different types of investments, the Funds may enter into credit default swap agreements, interest rate, currency and mortgage swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.”
In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a “notional value,” (i.e., the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments). The Funds intend to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the other party to a swap contract entered into on net basis defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. The Funds will not enter into swap agreements unless the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be an acceptable credit risk to such Fund by the Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the over-the-counter market.
In a typical interest rate swap agreement, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate on a specified amount (the “notional principal amount”) in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the same amount for a specified period. If a swap agreement provides for payment in different currencies, the parties may also agree to exchange the notional principal amount. Mortgage swap agreements are
15
similar to interest rate swap agreements, except that notional principal amount is tied to a reference pool of mortgages. In a cap or floor, one party agrees, usually in return for a fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. For example, the purchaser of an interest rate cap has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed level; the purchaser of an interest rate floor has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls below an agreed level. A collar entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed range.
Investments in swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments. Use of swaps subjects a Fund to risk of default by the counterparty. If there is a default by the counterparty to such a transaction, there may be contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction although contractual remedies may not be sufficient in the event the counterparty is insolvent. However, the swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market. Swap agreements are sophisticated financial instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. Swaps may involve leverage and can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on a Fund’s performance, as the potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not necessarily subject to any fixed limit. All swap agreements are considered as illiquid securities and, therefore, will be limited, along with all of the Fund’s other illiquid securities, to 15% of the Fund’s net assets.
The Funds may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund loses its investment and recovers nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the buyer receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Fund receives income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event.
Credit default swap agreements are subject to greater risk than direct investment in the reference obligation. Like all swap agreements, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity, credit and counterparty risks. A buyer in a credit default swap contract will lose its investment and recover nothing should no event of default occur. If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. In addition, collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated and there is no regulatory requirement that a counterparty post collateral to secure its obligations under a credit default swap. Furthermore, there is no requirement that a party be informed in advance when a credit default swap agreement is sold. Accordingly, a Fund may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of its claims. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments.
The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile recently as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that a Fund may not receive adequate collateral. A Fund generally may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses. If a Fund uses credit default swaps to leverage its portfolio, it will be exposed to additional risks, including the risk that the Fund’s use of leverage will magnify the effect of any losses the Fund incurs since if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.
16
When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments. Each Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of interests in Senior Loans and other portfolio securities, including on a “when-issued” or “delayed delivery” basis in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While a Fund will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased by a Fund under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. For forward commitments that are cash settled, a Fund will designate or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market value of such commitments.
Purchases of securities on a forward commitment basis may involve more risk than other types of purchases. Securities purchased on a forward commitment basis and the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio are subject to changes in value based upon the public’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can involve the risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. On the settlement date of the forward commitment transaction, the Fund will meet its obligations from then available cash flow, sale of securities reserved for payment of the commitment, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from sale of the forward commitment securities themselves (which may have a value greater or lesser than the Fund’s payment obligations). The sale of securities to meet such obligations may result in the realization of capital gains or losses. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can also involve the risk of default by the other party on its obligation, delaying or preventing the Fund from recovering the collateral or completing the transaction.
Repurchase Agreements. Merger Arbitrage Fund may enter into repurchase agreements without limitation as part of its investment strategies. Event Driven Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with respect to up to 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. A repurchase agreement is a purchase of, and a simultaneous commitment to resell, a financial instrument at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon date. When participating in repurchase agreements, a Fund buys securities from a seller (e.g., a bank or brokerage firm) with the agreement that the seller will repurchase the securities at the agreed-upon price at a later date. Repurchase agreements may also be viewed as loans made by a Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. Such transactions afford an opportunity for a Fund to earn a return on available liquid assets at minimal market risk, although a Fund may be subject to various delays and risks of loss if the counterparty is unable to meet its obligation to repurchase. If the counterparty to a repurchase agreement defaults on its repurchase obligation pursuant to the repurchase agreement, a Fund may lose money to the extent proceeds from the sale of collateral are less than the repurchase price. If the member bank or member firm that is the party to the repurchase agreement petitions for bankruptcy or otherwise becomes subject to the Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of a Fund is unsettled and a Fund’s realization upon the collateral may be delayed or limited. The Adviser will evaluate the creditworthiness of the repurchase agreement counterparties with whom the Funds do business and will monitor their creditworthiness during the period of any repurchase agreement.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to securities held by the Fund that could otherwise be sold by the Fund. In a reverse repurchase agreement a Fund sells a security held by the Fund and simultaneously obtains the commitment of the purchaser (typically, a commercial bank or a broker or dealer) to sell the security back to the Fund at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon date. A Fund will maintain cash or liquid securities in an amount sufficient to cover its obligations with respect to reverse repurchase agreements. A Fund receives payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer by its custodian. Regulations of the SEC require that, if securities are sold by a Fund under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund designate or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market value of such agreement. Reverse
17
repurchase agreements are considered borrowings of money by the Funds and as such would be subject to the restrictions on issuing senior securities described below under “Investment Restrictions.”
Reverse repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, including possible delays or restrictions upon a Fund’s ability to dispose of the proceeds of the sale received from the counterparty. An additional risk is that the market value of securities sold by a Fund under a reverse repurchase agreement could decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase them.
Euro-Related Risk. The global economic crisis brought several small economies in Europe to the brink of bankruptcy and many other economies into recession and weakened the banking and financial sectors of many European countries. For example, the governments of Greece, Spain, Portugal, and the Republic of Ireland have all experienced large public budget deficits, the effects of which are still yet unknown and may slow the overall recovery of the European economies from the global economic crisis. In addition, due to large public deficits, some European countries may be dependent on assistance from other European governments and institutions or other central banks or supranational agencies such as the International Monetary Fund. Assistance may be dependent on a country’s implementation of reforms or reaching a certain level of performance. Failure to reach those objectives or an insufficient level of assistance could result in a deep economic downturn which could significantly affect the value of a Fund’s European investments.
The Economic and Monetary Union of the European Union (“EMU”) is comprised of the European Union members that have adopted the euro currency. By adopting the euro as its currency, a member state relinquishes control of its own monetary policies. As a result, European countries are significantly affected by fiscal and monetary policies implemented by the EMU and European Central Bank. The euro currency may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the various economies that comprise the EMU and Europe generally.
It is possible that one or more EMU member countries could abandon the euro and return to a national currency and/or that the euro will cease to exist as a single currency in its current form. The effects of such an abandonment or a country’s forced expulsion from the euro on that country, the rest of the EMU, and global markets are impossible to predict, but are likely to be negative. The exit of any country out of the euro may have an extremely destabilizing effect on other eurozone countries and their economies and a negative effect on the global economy as a whole. Such an exit by one country may also increase the possibility that additional countries may exit the euro should they face similar financial difficulties. In addition, in the event of one or more countries’ exit from the euro, it may be difficult to value investments denominated in euros or in a replacement currency. On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (“UK”) left the European Union (“EU”), commonly referred to as “Brexit,”and the UK ceased to be a member of the EU. Following a transition period during which the EU and the UK Government engaged in a series of negotiations regarding the terms of the UK’s future relationship with the EU, the EU and UK Government signed an agreement on December 30, 2020 regarding the economic relationship between the UK and the EU. This agreement became effective on a provisional basis on January 1, 2021. . There remains significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. This uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere, and may cause volatility within the EU, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain countries within the EU. In addition, Brexit may create additional and substantial economic stresses for the UK, including a contraction of the UK economy and price volatility in UK stocks, decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty and declines in business and consumer spending as well as foreign direct investment. Brexit may also adversely affect UK-based financial firms that have counterparties in the EU or participate in market infrastructure (trading venues, clearing houses, settlement facilities) based in the EU. Additionally, the spread of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic will stretch the resources and deficits of many countries in the EU and throughout the world, increasing the possibility that countries may be unable to make timely payments on their sovereign debt. These events and resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on the performance of the Funds.
18
Emerging and Developing Markets. Merger Arbitrage Fund may invest without limitation in emerging market countries. Event Driven Fund may invest up to 50% of the value of its total assets in emerging market countries. Such investments may be denominated in U.S. dollars, non-U.S. currencies or multinational currency units.
Investing in emerging or developing market countries involves certain risks not typically associated with investing in the United States and imposes risks greater than, or in addition to, risks of investing in more developed foreign countries. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following: greater risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; currency devaluations and other currency exchange rate fluctuations; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty and instability (including amplified risk of war and terrorism); more substantial government involvement in the economy; less government supervision and regulation of the securities markets and participants in those markets; controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on a Fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; unavailability of currency hedging techniques in certain emerging and developing market countries; the fact that companies in emerging and developing market countries may be smaller, less seasoned, and newly organized companies; the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers; the risk that it may be more difficult to obtain and/or enforce a judgment in a court outside the United States; and greater price volatility, substantially less liquidity, and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets. Also, any change in the leadership or politics of emerging or developing market countries, or the countries that exercise a significant influence over those countries, may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities. Furthermore, high rates of inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging and developing market countries.
Money Market Instruments. Each Fund may invest in money market instruments. Money market securities are high-quality, dollar-denominated, short-term instruments. They consist of (i) bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, notes and time deposits of highly-rated U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks; (ii) U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; (iii) high-quality commercial paper issued by U.S. foreign corporations; (iv) debt obligations with a maturity of one year or less issued by corporations with outstanding high-quality commercial paper ratings; and (v) repurchase agreements involving any of the foregoing obligations entered into with highly-rated banks and broker-dealers.
Convertible Securities. Convertible securities may offer higher income than the common stocks into which they are convertible and include fixed-income or zero coupon debt securities, which may be converted or exchanged at a stated or determinable exchange ratio into underlying shares of common stock. Prior to their conversion, convertible securities may have characteristics similar to both non-convertible debt securities and equity securities. While convertible securities generally offer lower yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality, their prices may reflect changes in the value of the underlying common stock. Convertible securities entail less credit risk than the issuer’s common stock.
Asset Coverage. To assure that a Fund’s use of futures and related options, as well as when issued and delayed-delivery transactions, forward currency contracts and swap transactions, are not used to achieve investment leverage, the Fund will cover such transactions, as required under applicable SEC interpretations, either by owning the underlying securities or by earmarking liquid securities with its custodian in an amount at all times equal to or exceeding the Fund’s commitment with respect to these instruments or contracts.
Warrants and Rights. Warrants are options to purchase equity securities at a specified price and are valid for a specific time period. Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a short duration and are distributed by the issuer to its shareholders. Event Driven Fund may purchase warrants and rights, provided that the Fund presently does not intend to invest more than 10% of its respective net assets at the time of purchase in warrants and rights other than those that have been acquired in units or attached to other securities.
19
Short-Term Trading. Short-term trading involves the selling of securities held for a short time, ranging from several months to less than a day. The object of such short-term trading is to increase the potential for capital appreciation and/or income of a Fund in order to take advantage of what the Adviser believes are changes in market, industry or individual company conditions or outlook. Any such trading would increase the turnover rate of the Fund and its transaction costs, and could result in higher taxes for shareholders if Fund shares are held in a taxable account.
Short Selling. Short selling (also known as shorting or going short) is a strategy in which a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. When the Fund makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short from a broker-dealer and deliver it to the buyer upon conclusion of the sale. The Fund will ordinarily have to pay a fee to borrow a security and is often obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividend or interest that accrues on the security during the period of the loan. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss.
The Fund may sell a security short if it owns at least an equal amount of the security sold short or another security convertible or exchangeable for an equal amount of the security sold short without payment of further compensation (a short sale “against-the-box”). The Fund also may engage in short sales that are not “against-the-box,” and will be subject to additional risks to the extent that it engages in short sales that are not “against-the-box.” The Fund’s loss on a short sale could be unlimited in cases where the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position.
Short sales by the Fund that are not made “against-the-box” (that is when the Fund has an offsetting long position in the asset that is selling short) involve unlimited loss potential since the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase. When the Fund engages in a short sale on a security, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. The Fund will ordinarily have to pay a fee or premium to borrow particular securities and be obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrue on the security during the period of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund pays in connection with the short sale. Short selling allows the Fund to profit from declines in market prices to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. However, since the borrowed securities must be replaced by purchases at market prices in order to close out the short position, any appreciation in the price of the borrowed securities would result in a loss. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. The Fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet margin calls on their short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. If other short positions of the same security are closed out at the same time, a “short squeeze” can occur where demand exceeds the supply for the security sold short. A short squeeze makes it more likely that the Company will need to replace the borrowed security at an unfavorable price. See “Income Tax Considerations” below for special tax considerations associated with engaging in short sales.
Micro Cap Securities. Each Fund may invest in companies whose total market capitalization at the time of investment is generally between $30 million and $500 million, referred to as micro cap companies. Micro cap companies may not be well-known to the investing public, may not have significant institutional ownership and may have cyclical, static or only moderate growth prospects. Micro cap companies may have greater risk and volatility than large companies and may lack the management depth of larger, mature issuers. Micro cap companies may have relatively small revenues and limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies. In addition, micro cap companies may be developing or marketing new products or services for which markets are not yet established and may never become established. As a result, the prices of their securities may fluctuate more than those of larger issuers.
20
Securities of Other Investment Companies. Such investments are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act unless an SEC exemption is applicable or as may be permitted by rules under the 1940 Act or SEC staff interpretations thereof. The 1940 Act limitations currently provide, in part, that the Funds may not purchase shares of an investment company if (a) such a purchase would cause a Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company; (b) such a purchase would cause a Fund to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company; or (c) more than 10% of a Fund’s total assets would be invested in the aggregate in all investment companies. A Fund may invest in excess of the foregoing limitations in an exchange traded fund (“ETF”) that is not part of the same group of investment companies (e.g., an unaffiliated ETF) if the ETF has obtained exemptive relief from the SEC and both the ETF and the Fund adhere to the conditions in the exemptive relief.
The Funds may invest in investment companies that are advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, including ETFs, to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund. The Funds’ purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses.
Privately-Placed Securities. Each Fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Investing in such unlisted securities, including investments in new and early stage companies, may involve a high degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by the Fund, or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Further, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). Each Fund may invest in IPOs. An IPO presents the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transactions costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. When a Fund’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As the Fund’s assets grow, the effect of the Fund’s investments in IPOs on the Fund’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, the Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, the Fund may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to obtain allocable portions of IPO shares. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for the Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Investors in IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.
The Funds’ investments in IPO shares may include the securities of “unseasoned” companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which present risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies. These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited products.
21
Operating Deficits. The expenses of operating a Fund (including the fees payable to the Adviser) may exceed its income, thereby requiring that the difference be paid out of the Fund’s capital, reducing the Fund’s investments and potential for profitability.
Accuracy of Public Information. The Adviser selects investments for each Fund, in part, on the basis of information and data filed by issuers with various government regulators or made directly available to the Adviser by the issuers or through sources other than the issuers. Although the Adviser evaluates all such information and data and ordinarily seeks independent corroboration when the Adviser considers it appropriate and when such corroboration is reasonably available, the Adviser is not in a position to confirm the completeness, genuineness or accuracy of such information and data.
Trading Limitations. For all securities listed on a securities exchange, including options listed on a public exchange, the exchange generally has the right to suspend or limit trading under certain circumstances. Such suspensions or limits could render certain strategies difficult to complete or continue and subject the Funds to loss. Also, such a suspension could render it impossible for the Adviser to liquidate positions and thereby expose the Funds to potential losses. Finally, to the extent that advisory personnel of the Adviser acquire material non-public information in the course of service on the board of directors or creditor’s committee of a company, the Funds may be prevented from buying or selling securities of that company.
Risks of Interest Only Mortgage-Backed Securities. “Interest only” mortgage-backed securities present a heightened risk of total loss of investment.
Risks of Inverse Floaters. As interest rates rise, inverse floaters produce less current income. A change in prevailing interest rates will often result in a greater change in the interest rate paid by an inverse floater. As a result, inverse floaters may have a greater degree of volatility than other types of interest-bearing securities of similar credit quality.
22
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The frequency and amount of portfolio purchases and sales (known as the “turnover rate”) will vary from year to year. The portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year and will not be a limiting factor when the Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Although the Funds generally do not intend to trade for short-term profits, the securities held by a Fund will be sold whenever the Adviser believes it is appropriate to do so, without regard to the length of time a particular security may have been held. Higher portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater transaction costs, including any brokerage commissions that a Fund will bear directly, and can cause the Fund to recognize more short-term capital gains (which are taxable to shareholders at higher rates than long-term capital gains). Each Fund may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goals and, as a result, may have substantial portfolio turnover. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of a Fund’s portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period.
For the past two fiscal years the portfolio turnover rate for each of the Funds was as follows:
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2020 |
|||||||
Event Driven Fund |
168 | % | 51 | % | ||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
893 | % | 958 | % |
The Event Driven Fund’s portfolio turnover rate increased year over year due to rebalancing/repositioning the portfolio with the addition of a new portfolio manager.
The Merger Arbitrage Fund’s portfolio turnover rate decreased year over year due to lower levels of market and individual security volatility.
23
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The fundamental investment restrictions below may be changed only with the approval of a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund. A “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of a Fund means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. Except for investment restrictions designated as fundamental in a Fund’s Prospectus or in this SAI, the investment policies described in this Prospectus or the Fund’s SAI are not fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval. If a percentage policy set forth in the Prospectus or one of the following percentage investment restrictions is adhered to at the time a security is purchased, later changes in a percentage will not be considered a violation of the policy or restriction unless any excess or deficiency exists immediately after and as a result of such purchase or pertains to the Fund’ limitations on borrowing and investment in illiquid securities.
Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The following investment restrictions are fundamental policies and, as such, may not be changed without the approval of a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities”. A Fund may not:
1. |
Purchase any security that would cause such Fund, other than Merger Arbitrage Fund, to concentrate (invest 25% or more of its total assets) in securities of issuers primarily engaged in any particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities), except that Event Driven Fund will invest more than 25% and may invest up to 100% of its assets in securities of issuers in the industry group consisting of healthcare companies (as defined in the Prospectus). With respect to Merger Arbitrage Fund, the Fund will not concentrate its investments within the meaning of the 1940 Act; |
2. |
In the case of Event Driven Fund, issue senior securities or borrow in excess of the amounts permitted by the 1940 Act; |
3. |
In the case of Merger Arbitrage Fund, issue senior securities (including borrowing money, including on margin if margin securities are owned, and through entering into reverse repurchase agreements) in excess of 33 1/3% of such Fund’s total assets (including the amount of senior securities issued, but excluding any liabilities and indebtedness not constituting senior securities), except that Merger Arbitrage Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes; or pledge its assets other than to secure such issuances or in connection with hedging transactions, short sales, securities lending, when-issued and forward commitment transactions and similar investment strategies. Merger Arbitrage Fund’s obligations under the foregoing types of transactions and investment strategies are not treated as senior securities; |
4. |
Underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that such Fund, in disposing of Fund securities, may be deemed an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act; |
5. |
Purchase or sell real estate, except that a Fund may (a) invest in securities or other instruments directly or indirectly secured by real estate, (b) invest in securities or other instruments issued by issuers that invest in real estate, and (c) hold for prompt sale, real estate or interests in real estate to which it may gain an ownership interest through the forfeiture of collateral securing loans or debt securities held by it; |
6. |
Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, but this shall not prevent a Fund from purchasing, selling and entering into financial futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), options on financial futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), warrants, swaps, forward contracts, foreign currency spot and forward contracts or other derivative instruments that are not related to physical commodities; and |
24
7. |
Lend any property or make any loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be loaned to other parties, but this limitation does not apply to the purchase of debt securities or to repurchase agreements. |
For purposes of fundamental investment restriction number 6 above, at the time of the establishment of the restriction, swap contracts on financial instruments or rates were not within the understanding of the terms “commodities” or “commodity contracts,” and notwithstanding any federal legislation or regulatory action by the CFTC that subject such swaps to regulation by the CFTC, the Funds will not consider such instruments to be commodities or commodity contracts for purposes of this restriction.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions. Each Fund is also subject to the following non-fundamental investment restrictions and policies that may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. A Fund may not:
1. |
In the case of Event Driven Fund and Merger Arbitrage Fund, enter into repurchase agreements if, as a result thereof, more than 33 1/3% of such Fund’s total assets would be invested in repurchase agreements; |
2. |
Acquire any illiquid securities, such as repurchase agreements with more than seven calendar days to maturity or fixed time deposits with a duration of over seven calendar days, if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be in investments that are illiquid; |
3. |
Acquire securities of investment companies that are not part of the same group of investment companies (“other investment companies”), except as permitted by applicable law (currently under the 1940 Act, in addition to any investments permitted by exemptive relief, a Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and up to 5% of its total assets in any one other investment company, provided that any investment does not result in a Fund owning more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased); |
4. |
Borrow on margin, notwithstanding, in the case of Event Driven Fund, fundamental investment restriction number 2, and in the case of Merger Arbitrage Fund, fundamental investment restriction number 3, unless such activity is permitted by applicable law; |
5. |
In the case of Event Driven Fund, engage in any activities described under fundamental investment restriction number 2 pursuant to which the lenders would be able to foreclose on more than 33 1/3% of Event Driven Fund’s total assets; and |
6. |
In the case of each Fund that is invested in by another series of the Trust or by a series of Highland Funds II, acquire securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Sections 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act. |
Other Information. The following commentary is intended to help investors better understand the meaning of the Fund’s fundamental policies by briefly describing limitations, if any, imposed by the 1940 Act. References to the 1940 Act below may encompass rules, regulations or orders issued by the SEC and, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Fund, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff. These descriptions are intended as brief summaries of such limitations as of the date of this SAI; they are not comprehensive and they are qualified in all cases by reference to the 1940 Act (including any rules, regulations or orders issued by the SEC and any relevant interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff). These descriptions are subject to change based on evolving guidance by the appropriate regulatory authority and are not part of the Fund’s fundamental policies.
The 1940 Act currently permits an open-end investment company to borrow money from a bank so long as immediately after any such borrowing the ratio that the value of the total assets of the investment company
25
(including the amount of any such borrowing), less the amount of all liabilities and indebtedness (other than such borrowing) of the investment company, bears to the amount of such borrowing is at least 300%. A lender to a Fund may require that the Fund pledge its assets as collateral. If a Fund were to default on a loan secured by pledged assets, the lender would be entitled to foreclose on and dispose of the pledged assets, but the lender could retain only the amount of assets (or the disposition proceeds of such assets) necessary to pay off the defaulted loan.
Under the 1940 Act, a fund may not issue senior securities or borrow in excess of 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets (after giving effect to any such borrowing), which amount excludes borrowing for temporary purposes and in an amount not more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets at the time the borrowing for temporary purposes is made.
The percentage limitations in the restriction listed above apply at the time of purchases of securities and a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in value of net assets, or in any ratings, will not be deemed to result in a violation of the restriction. For purposes of investment restriction number 1 above, the Adviser will, on behalf of each Fund, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each issuer of securities in which the Fund invests. As a general matter, the Adviser relies on the industry classifications provided by the Morgan Stanley Capital International/Standard & Poor’s Global Industry Classification Standard. An industry is considered to be a group of companies whose principal activities, products or services offered give them a similar economic risk profile vis à vis issuers active in other sectors of the economy. The definition of what constitutes a particular industry is therefore an evolving one. Some issuers could reasonably fall within more than one industry category. To the extent that the Global Industry Classification Standard classifications are so broad that the primary economic characteristics in a single class are materially different, each Fund may further classify issuers in accordance with industry classifications as published by the SEC or relevant SEC staff interpretations. Each Fund may change any source used for determining industry classifications without prior shareholder notice or approval.
For purposes of non-fundamental investment restriction number 2 above, illiquid securities are securities that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.
For purposes of non-fundamental investment restriction number 4 above, the purchase of Senior Loans, corporate debt securities, and other investment assets with the proceeds of a permitted borrowing, as well as margin payments or other arrangements in connection with transactions in short sales, futures contracts, options, and other financial instruments are not considered to constitute the purchase of securities on margin.
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
The Board provides broad oversight of the operations and affairs of the Funds and protects the interests of shareholders. The Board has overall responsibility to manage and control the business affairs of the Funds, including the complete and exclusive authority to establish policies regarding the management, conduct and operation of the Funds’ business. The names and birthdates of the Trustees and officers of the Funds, the year each was first elected or appointed to office, their principal business occupations during the last five years, the number of funds overseen by each Trustee and other directorships or trusteeships they hold are shown below. The business address for each Trustee and officer of the Funds is c/o Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P., 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201.
The “Highland Fund Complex,” as referred to herein consists of: each series of Highland Funds I (“HFI”), each series of Highland Funds II (“HFII”), Highland Global Allocation Fund (“GAF”), Highland Income Fund (“HFRO”), NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund (“NHF”), NexPoint Real Estate Strategies Fund (“NRESF”) and NexPoint Capital, Inc. (the “BDC”), a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act.
26
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) with the
|
Principal Occupations(s) During the Past Five
Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||
Independent Trustees |
||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich (4/28/1953)
Trustee since December 2013;
9 funds |
Retired.
Director of KC Concessions, Inc. (since January 2013); Trustee of Realty Capital Income Funds Trust (from January 2014 to December 2016); Director of American Sports Enterprise, Inc. (since January 2013); Chairman and owner, Kane County Cougars Baseball Club (since January 2013); Director of AXAR Acquisition Corp. (formerly AR Capital Acquisition Corp.) (from October 2014 to October 2017); Director of The Midwest League of Professional Baseball Clubs, Inc.; Director of Kane County Cougars Foundation, Inc.; Director of Galen Robotics, Inc.; Chairman and Director of FC Global Realty, Inc. (from May 2017 to June 2018); Chairman; Director of First Capital Investment Corp. (from March 2017 to March 2018); and Director and Special Advisor to Vault Data, LLC (since February 2018). |
Significant experience in the financial industry; significant managerial and executive experience; significant experience on other boards of directors, including as a member of several audit committees. | ||
Independent Trustees |
||||
Ethan Powell (6/20/1975)
Trustee since December 2013; Indefinite Term; Chairman of the Board since December 2013.
9 funds |
Principal and CIO of Brookmont Capital Management, LLC since May 2020; CEO, Chairman and Founder of Impact Shares LLC since December 2015; Trustee/Director of the Highland Fund Complex from June 2012 until July 2013 and since December 2013; and Director of Kelly Strategic Management since August 2021.
Trustee of Impact Shares Funds I Trust |
Significant experience in the financial industry; significant executive experience including past service as an officer of funds in the Highland Fund Complex; significant administrative and managerial experience. |
27
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) with the
|
Principal Occupations(s) During the Past Five
Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||
Bryan A. Ward (2/4/1955)
Trustee since inception in 2006; Indefinite Term.
9 funds |
Senior Advisor, CrossFirst Bank since April 2019; Private Investor, BW Consulting, LLC since 2014
Director of Equity Metrix, LLC |
Significant experience on this and/or other boards of directors/trustees; significant managerial and executive experience; significant experience as a management consultant. | ||
Interested Trustee |
||||
John Honis2 (6/16/1958)
Trustee since
July 2013;
9 funds |
President of Rand Advisors, LLC since August 2013.
Manager of Turtle Bay Resort, LLC (August 2011 – December 2018). |
Significant experience in the financial industry; significant managerial and executive experience, including experience as president, chief executive officer or chief restructuring officer of five telecommunication firms; experience on other boards of directors. |
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) held with the Trust and Length of Time Served, Term of Office |
Principal Occupations(s)
|
|
OFFICERS |
||
Dustin Norris (1/6/1984)
Executive Vice President since April 2019; Indefinite Term |
Head of Distribution and Chief Product Strategist at NexPoint since March 2019; President of NexPoint Securities, Inc. since April 2018; Head of Distribution at HCMFA from November 2017 until March 2019; Chief Product Strategist at HCMFA from September 2015 to March 2019; Officer of the Fund Complex since November 2012. | |
Frank Waterhouse (4/14/1971)
Treasurer since May 2015; Principal Accounting Officer since October 2017; Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer since April 2021; Indefinite Term |
Chief Financial Officer of Skyview Group since February 2021; Chief Financial Officer and Partner of Highland Capital Management, L.P. (“HCMLP”) from December 2011 and March 2015, respectively, to February 2021; Treasurer of the Fund Complex since May 2015; Principal Financial Officer October 2017 to February 2021; Principal Executive Officer February 2018 to February 2021. | |
Will Mabry (7/2/1986)
Assistant Treasurer since April 2021; Indefinite Term |
Director, Fund Analysis of Skyview Group since February 2021. Prior to his current role at Skyview Group, Mr. Mabry served as Senior Manager – Fund Analysis, Manager – Fund Analysis, and Senior Fund Analyst for HCMLP. |
28
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) held with the Trust and Length of Time Served, Term of Office |
Principal Occupations(s)
|
|
Stephanie Vitiello (6/21/1983)
Secretary since April 2021; Indefinite Term |
Chief Compliance Officer and Counsel of Skyview Group. since February 2021. Prior to her current role at Skyview Group, Ms. Vitiello served as Managing Director – Distressed, Assistant General Counsel, Associate General Counsel and In-House Counsel for HCMLP. | |
Jason Post (1/9/1979)
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer since September 2015; Indefinite Term |
Chief Compliance Officer for HCMFA and NexPoint since September 2015; Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer of the Fund Complex since September 2015. Prior to his current role at HCMFA and NexPoint, Mr. Post served as Deputy Chief Compliance Officer and Director of Compliance for HCMLP. |
1 |
On an annual basis, as a matter of Board policy, the Governance and Compliance Committee reviews each Trustee’s performance and determines whether to extend each such Trustee’s service for another year. Effective June 2013, the Board adopted a retirement policy wherein the Governance and Compliance Committee shall not recommend the continued service as a Trustee of a Board member who is older than 80 years of age at the time the Governance and Compliance Committee reports its findings to the Board. |
2 |
Mr. Honis is treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust effective January 28, 2020. From May 1, 2015 to January 28, 2020, Mr. Honis was treated as an Independent Trustee of the Trust. |
Qualifications of Trustees
The following provides an overview of the considerations that led the Board to conclude that each individual serving as a Trustee of the Trust should so serve. Among the factors the Board considered when concluding that an individual should serve on the Board were the following: (i) the individual’s business and professional experience and accomplishments; (ii) the individual’s ability to work effectively with the other members of the Board; (iii) the individual’s prior experience, if any, serving on company boards (including public companies and, where relevant, other investment companies) and the boards of other complex enterprises and organizations; and (iv) how the individual’s skills, experiences and attributes would contribute to an appropriate mix of relevant skills and experience on the Board.
In respect of each current Trustee, the individual’s professional accomplishments and prior experience, including, in some cases, in fields related to the operations of the Trust, were a significant factor in the determination that the individual should serve as a Trustee of the Trust. Each Trustee’s professional experience and additional considerations that contributed to the Board’s conclusion that an individual should serve on the Board are summarized in the table above.
29
Trustees’ Compensation
The officers of the Trust receive no direct remuneration from the Trust. The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid to each of the Trustees by the Funds and the total compensation paid to each of the Trustees by the Highland Fund Complex for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Name of Trustee |
Aggregate
Compensation From the Trust (Excluding SNLN) |
Pension or
Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of the Funds’ Expense |
Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total
Compensation from the Highland Funds Complex |
||||||||||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||||||||||
Bryan A. Ward1 |
$ | 9,285 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 160,000 | ||||||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich |
$ | 8,705 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,000 | ||||||||
Ethan Powell1 |
$ | 9,285 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 160,000 | ||||||||
Interested Trustee |
||||||||||||||||
John Honis2 |
$ | 8,705 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,000 |
1 |
The amounts in the table reflect the fact that each of the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Board receive an additional $10,000 for their service as Chair. |
2 |
Mr. Honis is treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust effective January 28, 2020. From May 1, 2015 to January 28, 2020, Mr. Honis was treated as an Independent Trustee of the Trust. |
Each Trustee receives an annual retainer of $150,000 payable in quarterly installments and allocated among each portfolio in the Highland Fund Complex. The Trustees do not receive any separate compensation in connection with service on Committees or for attending Board or Committee meetings; however, the Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the Audit Committee each receive an additional annual payment of $10,000 payable in quarterly installments and allocated among each portfolio in the Highland Fund Complex based on relative net assets. The Trustees do not have any pension or retirement plan.
Role of the Board of Trustees, Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Role of the Board
The Board oversees the management and operations of the Trust. Like most registered investment companies, the day-to-day management and operation of the Trust is performed by various service providers to the Trust, such as HCMFA, the Adviser, Underwriter, administrator, sub-administrator, custodian, and transfer agent, each of which is discussed in greater detail in this SAI.
The Board has appointed senior employees of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s operations. The Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations. For example, the Treasurer provides reports as to financial reporting matters and investment personnel report on the performance of the Funds. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters. Some of these reports are provided as part of formal in person Board meetings which are typically held quarterly, in person, and involve the Board’s review of, among other items, recent Trust operations. The Board also periodically holds telephonic meetings as part of its review of the Trust’s activities. From time to time one or more members of the Board may also meet with management in less formal settings, between scheduled Board meetings, to discuss various topics. In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.
30
Board Structure and Leadership
The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to perform its oversight function effectively. The Board consists of four Trustees, three of whom are Independent Trustees. Mr. Powell serves as Chairman of the Board. The Trustees meet periodically throughout the year in person and by telephone to oversee the Trust’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers for the Trust and review the Trust’s performance. The Board conducts much of its work through certain standing Committees, and the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and the Governance and Compliance Committee are each chaired by an Independent Trustee.
The Board has established an Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee, a Governance and Compliance Committee and a Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee, each of which are discussed in greater detail below.
Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee. The members of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (formerly named the Audit Committee) are Dr. Froehlich and Messrs. Powell and Ward, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is responsible for (i) approving each Fund’s independent accountants, (ii) reviewing with each Fund’s independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement and the adequacy of such Fund’s internal accounting controls and (iii) approving professional services provided by each Fund’s independent accountants. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is charged with compliance with Rules 205.2(k) and 205.3(c) of Title 17 of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding alternative reporting procedures for attorneys representing the Trust who appear and practice before the SEC on behalf of the Trust. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is also responsible for reviewing and overseeing the valuation of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Board. The Board and Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee will use the services of one or more independent valuation firms to help them determine the fair value of these securities. In addition, each member of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Mr. Ward acts as the Chairman of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and as the audit committee financial expert.
Governance and Compliance Committee. The Trust’s Governance and Compliance Committee’s function is to oversee and make recommendations to the full Board or the Independent Trustees, as applicable, with respect to the governance of the Trust, selection and nomination of Trustees, compensation of Trustees, and related matters, as well as to oversee and assist Board oversight of the Trust’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and to seek to address any potential conflicts of interest between the Trust and HCMFA in connection with any potential or existing litigation or other legal proceeding related to securities held by the Trust and the Adviser or another client of the Adviser. The Governance and Compliance Committee is also responsible for at least annually evaluating each Trustee and determining whether to recommend each Trustee’s continued service in that capacity. The Governance and Compliance Committee will consider recommendations for Trustee nominees from shareholders sent to the Secretary of the Trust, 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. A nomination submission must include all information relating to the recommended nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxy statements for the election of Trustees, as well as information sufficient to evaluate the recommended nominee’s ability to meet the responsibilities of a Trustee of the Trust. Nomination submissions must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders, and such additional information must be provided regarding the recommended nominee as reasonably requested by the Governance and Compliance Committee. The Governance and Compliance Committee is currently comprised of Dr. Froehlich and Messrs. Ward and Powell, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Dr. Froehlich serves as the Chairman of the Governance and Compliance Committee. The Governance and Compliance Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
31
The Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee. The members of the Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee are Dr. Froehlich, Messrs. Honis, Ward, and Powell. The Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee is responsible for reviewing arrangements with financial intermediaries who provide service to the Trust, including Trust payments to financial intermediaries, and for overseeing any funds that, in the Board’s determination, employ alternative investment strategies.
Mr. Honis serves as Chairman of the Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee. The Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
The Board is led by Ethan Powell, who has served as the Chairman of the Board since December 2013. Under certain 1940 Act governance guidelines that apply to the Trust, the Independent Trustees will meet in executive session, at least quarterly. Under the Trust’s governing documents, the Chairman of the Board is responsible for (a) presiding at board meetings, (b) calling special meetings on an as-needed basis, (c) execution and administration of Trust policies including (i) setting the agendas for board meetings and (ii) providing information to board members in advance of each board meeting and between board meetings. The Trust believes that the Chairman, and, as an entity, the full Board, provide effective leadership that is in the best interests of the Trust and each shareholder.
The Board periodically reviews its leadership structure, including the role of the Chairman. The Board also completes an annual self-assessment during which it reviews its leadership and Committee structure and considers whether its structure remains appropriate in light of the Trust’s current operations. The Board believes that its leadership structure, including the current percentage of the Board who are Independent Trustees, is appropriate given its specific characteristics. These characteristics include: (i) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the standing committees, and that the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and the Governance and Compliance Committee meetings are chaired by an Independent Trustee; (ii) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet as needed, together with their independent legal counsel, in the absence of members of management and members of the Board who are “interested persons” of the Trust; and (iii) Mr. Powell’s and Mr. Honis’ previous positions with the Adviser and affiliates of the Adviser enhance the Board’s understanding of the operations of the Adviser.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
The Board’s role is one of oversight, rather than active management. This oversight extends to the Trust’s risk management processes. These processes are embedded in the responsibilities of officers of, and service providers to, the Trust. For example, the Adviser and other service providers to the Trust are primarily responsible for the management of the Trust’s investment risks. The Board has not established a formal risk oversight committee; however, much of the regular work of the Board and its standing Committees addresses aspects of risk oversight. For example, the Trustees seek to understand the key risks facing the Trust, including those involving conflicts of interest; how management identifies and monitors these risks on an ongoing basis; how management develops and implements controls to mitigate these risks; and how management tests the effectiveness of those controls.
In the course of providing that oversight, the Board receives a wide range of reports on the Trust’s activities from the Adviser and other service providers, including reports regarding the Funds’ investment portfolios, the compliance of the Funds with applicable laws, and the Funds’ financial accounting and reporting. The Board also meets periodically with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer to receive reports regarding the compliance of the Funds with the federal securities laws and the Trust’s internal compliance policies and procedures, and meets with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer periodically, including at least annually, to review the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual report, including the Chief Compliance Officer’s risk-based analysis for the Trust. The Board’s Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee also meets regularly with the Treasurer and each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of such Fund’s financial reporting function. The Board also meets periodically with the portfolio managers of each Fund to receive reports regarding the management of the Fund, including its investment risks.
32
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect each Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s goals, that reports received by the Trustees with respect to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address risks may be limited in their effectiveness. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, risk management oversight by the Board and by the Committees is subject to substantial limitations.
Additionally, as discussed in more detail above under “INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS–Restricted and Illiquid Investments,” the Trust has implemented the LRM Program and related procedures to manage the liquidity risk of each Fund in accordance with Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act. The Board has designated the Adviser to serve as the administrator of the LRM Program, and the Adviser makes periodic reports to the Board of information necessary in order to allow the Board to fulfill its oversight responsibilities.
Share Ownership
The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustees in each Fund and the aggregate dollar range of equity securities owned by the Trustees in all funds overseen by the Trustees in the Highland Fund Complex as of December 31, 2020.
Name of Trustee |
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities Owned in Event Driven Fund |
Dollar Range
of Equity Securities Owned in Merger Arbitrage Fund |
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity Securities Owned in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in the Highland Funds Complex |
|||||||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||||||
Ethan Powell |
$0 | $0 | Over $100,000 | |||||||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich |
$50,001-$100,000 | $0 | Over $100,000 | |||||||||
Bryan A. Ward |
$0 | $0 | Over $100,000 | |||||||||
Interested Trustee |
||||||||||||
John Honis1 |
$0 | $0 | None |
1 |
Effective January 28, 2020, Mr. Honis is treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust |
Trustee Positions
As of December 31, 2020, no Independent Trustee or any of his immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any class of securities of the Adviser or Underwriter (as defined below under “Underwriter”) or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such entities.
Code of Ethics
The Funds, the Adviser and the Funds’ principal underwriter, NexPoint Securities, Inc. (“NSI” or the “Underwriter”), have each adopted codes of ethics that essentially prohibit certain of their personnel, including the Funds’ portfolio managers, from engaging in personal investments that compete or interfere with, or attempt to take advantage of a client’s, including each Fund’s, anticipated or actual portfolio transactions, and are designed to assure that the interests of clients, including Fund shareholders, are placed before the interests of personnel in connection with personal investment transactions. Under each of the codes of ethics of the Funds, the Adviser and the Underwriter, personal trading is permitted by such persons subject to certain restrictions; however, they are generally required to pre-clear most securities transactions with the appropriate compliance officer and to report all transactions on a regular basis.
33
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance
The Funds and their service providers may be required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Consequently, a Fund and its service providers may request additional information from you to verify your identity. If at any time a Fund believes a shareholder may be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may choose not to establish a new account or may be required to “freeze” a shareholder’s account. A Fund and its service providers also may be required to provide a governmental agency with information about transactions that have occurred in a shareholder’s account or to transfer monies received to establish a new account, transfer an existing account or transfer the proceeds of an existing account to a governmental agency. In some circumstances, the Fund or its service providers may not be permitted to inform the shareholder that it has taken the actions described above.
Proxy Voting Policies
The Board has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies in respect of each Fund’s portfolio holdings to the Adviser, to vote each Fund’s proxies in accordance with the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy. The Board has approved the Proxy Voting Policy. Pursuant to the Proxy Voting Policy, the Adviser will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders. The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendix B.
Each Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (877) 665-1287 and (ii) on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Information as of June 30 each year will generally be available on or about the following August 31.
Policy on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
Each Fund’s uncertified complete list of portfolio holdings information may be provided regularly pursuant to a standing request, such as on a monthly or quarterly basis, to (i) third party service providers, rating and ranking agencies, Financial Advisors and affiliated persons of the Fund and (ii) clients of the Adviser or its affiliates that invest in the Fund or such clients’ consultants. No compensation or other consideration is received by the Funds, the Adviser or any other person for these disclosures. “Financial Advisors” means any financial advisor, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary from which shares of the Funds may be purchased and that has entered into an agreement with the Underwriter or DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., the Funds’ transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), with respect to the sale of shares of the Funds. A list of the entities that receive the Funds’ portfolio holdings information on such basis, the earliest frequency with which it may be provided to them and the earliest length of the lag between the date of the information and the date it may be disclosed is provided below:
Company |
Frequency | Lag | ||
MorningStar Inc. |
Quarterly | 65 days after quarter end | ||
Lipper, Inc. |
Quarterly | 65 days after quarter end | ||
Thomson Financial |
Quarterly | 65 days after quarter end | ||
Bloomberg |
Quarterly | 65 days after quarter end | ||
Factset |
Quarterly | 65 days after quarter end |
The largest five portfolio holdings are published in the Funds’ Fact Sheets, which are posted to the Trust’s website on a quarterly basis. In addition, certain service providers to the Funds, Adviser, Transfer Agent or Underwriter, such as rating and ranking agencies, pricing services, proxy voting service providers, accountants, attorneys, custodians, securities lending agents, brokers in connection with Fund transactions and providing pricing quotations, members of a bank syndicate providing a committed line of credit to the Funds, transfer
34
agents and entities providing contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) financing, may for legitimate business purposes receive the Funds’ portfolio holdings information earlier than 30 days after month end. If a Fund redeems a shareholder in kind, the shareholder generally receives its proportionate share of that Fund’s portfolio holdings and, therefore, the shareholder and its agent may receive such information earlier than 30 days after month end.
Disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio securities as an exception to the Fund’s normal business practice requires a Fund officer (other than the Treasurer) to identify a legitimate business purpose for the disclosure and submit the proposal to the Fund’s Treasurer for approval following business and compliance review. Additionally, no compensation or other consideration is received by the Funds, the Adviser or any other person for these disclosures. The Trustees will review annually a list of such entities that received such information, the frequency of such disclosures and the business purpose therefor. These procedures are designed to address conflicts of interest between the Funds’ shareholders on the one hand and the Adviser or any affiliated person of the Funds or such entities on the other hand by creating a structured review and approval process that seeks to ensure that disclosure of information about the Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders. There can be no assurance, however, that the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information will prevent the misuse of such information by individuals or firms in possession of such information.
Holdings are released to all of the persons and entities described above on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g., attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).
You may access portfolio information as of the end of each Fund’s fiscal quarters via the link to the Fund and share class name at Highlandfunds.com and Nexpointgroup.com. Each Fund’s annual report and semi-annual report on Form N-CSR contain complete listings of the Fund’s portfolio holdings as of the end of the Fund’s second and fourth fiscal quarters. The Trust’s Form N-CSRs are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Each fiscal quarter, the Fund will file with the SEC a complete schedule of its monthly portfolio holdings on Form N-PORT. The Fund’s holdings as of the end of the third month of every fiscal quarter, as reported on Form N-PORT, will be publicly available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov within 60 days of the end of the fiscal quarter upon filing.
Each Fund’s top five holdings, including the top five long holdings and top five short holdings for the Event Driven Fund, are published in the Funds’ Fact Sheets, which are posted on the Funds’ websites at www.highlandfunds.com and www.nexpointgroup.com no sooner than 15 days after the end of each quarter. The day after this information has been made available to the public by means of posting on that website, it may also be included in other advertising and marketing material concerning the Funds.
Finally, each Fund releases information concerning any and all portfolio holdings when required by law. Such releases may include providing information concerning holdings of a specific security to the issuer of such security.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (“HCMFA” or the “Adviser”) serves as each Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). HCMFA is owned by Highland Capital Management Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“HCM Services, Inc.”), and its general partner Strand Advisors XVI, Inc., of which James Dondero is the sole stockholder. HCM Services, Inc. is controlled by Mr. Dondero and Mark Okada by virtue of their respective share ownership.
35
HCMFA has entered into a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Skyview Group (“Skyview”), effective February 25, 2021, pursuant to which HCMFA will receive administrative and operational support services to enable it to provide the required advisory services to the Fund. The Adviser, and not the Funds, will compensate all Adviser and Skyview personnel who provide services to the Funds.
Under the Investment Advisory Agreements with Event Driven Fund, HCMFA receives a monthly fee, computed and accrued daily, at the annual rate of 1.00%, of the Average Daily Managed Assets of the respective Fund. “Average Daily Managed Assets” of a Fund means the average daily value of the total assets of that Fund, less all accrued liabilities of that Fund (other than the aggregate amount of any outstanding borrowings constituting financial leverage).
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement with Merger Arbitrage Fund, HCMFA receives a monthly fee, computed and accrued daily, at the annual rate of 1.00%, of the Average Daily Managed Assets of the Fund. “Average Daily Managed Assets” of the Fund means the average daily value of the total assets of the Fund, less all accrued liabilities of the Fund (other than the aggregate amount of any outstanding borrowings constituting financial leverage). The Adviser has contractually agreed to limit the total annual operating expenses (exclusive of fees paid by the Fund pursuant to its distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, taxes, dividend expenses on short sales, interest payments, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) to 1.50% of Merger Arbitrage Fund’s average daily net assets. This expense limitation will continue through at least October 31, 2022, and may not be terminated prior to this date without the action or consent of the Fund’s Board.
Under each Investment Advisory Agreement, HCMFA, among other things: (i) continuously furnishes an investment program for each Fund; (ii) places orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the accounts of each Fund; and (iii) votes, exercises consents and exercises all other rights pertaining to such securities on behalf of each Fund, or hires a sub-adviser to do so. Pursuant to a separate administration agreement, HCMFA also provides certain administration services to certain of the Funds. See Section “Administrator/Sub-Administrator” below.
HCMFA carries out its duties under each Investment Advisory Agreement at its own expense. Each Fund pays its own ordinary operating and activity expenses, such as legal and auditing fees, investment advisory fees, administrative fees, custodial fees, transfer agency fees, the cost of communicating with shareholders and registration fees, as well as other operating expenses such as interest, taxes, brokerage, insurance, bonding, compensation of Independent Trustees of the Funds and extraordinary expenses.
Each Investment Advisory Agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance (or reckless disregard) of its obligations or duties thereunder on the part of HCMFA shall not be subject to liability to a Fund for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by a Fund in connection with the matters to which the Investment Advisory Agreement relates.
Additionally, each Investment Advisory Agreement remains in force for an initial two year period and from year to year thereafter, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board or (b) a vote of the majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities; provided that in either event continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval. Each Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of the Trust’s Board, or by a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Adviser, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ prior written notice to the other party. Each Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, or upon the termination of the relevant Investment Advisory Agreement.
36
The table below sets forth the advisory fees paid by the Event Driven Fund, as well as any fee waiver, for the past three fiscal years:
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Gross Advisory Fee |
$ | 259,816 | $ | 335,608 | $ | 511,909 | ||||||
Fee Waiver |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Net Advisory Fee |
$ | 259,816 | $ | 335,608 | $ | 511,909 |
The table below sets forth the advisory fees paid by the Merger Arbitrage Fund, as well as any fee waiver, for the past three fiscal years:
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Gross Advisory Fee |
$ | 999,424 | $ | 358,997 | $ | 391,103 | ||||||
Fee Waiver1 |
$ | (365,859 | ) | $ | (276,874 | ) | $ | (241,102 | ) | |||
Net Advisory Fee |
$ | 633,565 | $ | 82,123 | $ | 150,001 |
1 |
HCMFA had contractually agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (exclusive of fees paid by the Fund pursuant to its distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, taxes, dividend expenses on short sales, interest payments, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) of the Fund to 1.50% of average daily net assets attributable to any class of the Fund through October 31, 2022. |
INFORMATION REGARDING PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The following table identifies: (i) the portfolio managers identified in the Prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds, (ii) the number of registered investment companies managed by each portfolio manager on a day-to-day basis and the corresponding total assets managed in such investment companies, (iii) the number of other pooled investment vehicles managed by each portfolio manager on a day-to-day basis and the corresponding total assets managed in such pooled investment vehicles, (iv) the number of other accounts managed by each portfolio manager on a day-to-day basis and the corresponding total assets managed in such other accounts, and (v) for each of the foregoing categories, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts whose fees are based on performance, if any. All information is provided as of June 30, 2021.
Event Driven Fund
The portfolio managers of Event Driven Fund are James Dondero and Eric Fritz.
As of June 30, 2021, James Dondero managed the following client accounts:
Type of Accounts |
Total
# of Accounts Managed |
Total
Assets (millions) |
# of Accounts
Managed with Performance- Based Advisory Fee |
Total Assets
with Performance- Based Advisory Fee (millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies: |
7 | $ | 2,309.9 | 1 | $ | 65.6 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: |
2 | $ | 3,745.8 | 2 | $ | 3,745.8 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 |
37
As of October 15, 2021, Eric Fritz managed the following client accounts:
Type of Accounts |
Total
# of Accounts Managed |
Total
Assets (millions) |
# of Accounts
Managed with Performance- Based Advisory Fee |
Total Assets
with Performance- Based Advisory Fee (millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies: |
1 | $ | 209.7 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 |
Merger Arbitrage Fund
The portfolio managers of Merger Arbitrage Fund are James Dondero, Bradford Heiss and Eric Fritz.
As of June 30, 2021, James Dondero managed the following client accounts:
Type of Accounts |
Total
# of Accounts Managed |
Total
Assets (millions) |
# of Accounts
Managed with Performance- Based Advisory Fee |
Total Assets
with Performance- Based Advisory Fee (millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies: |
9 | $ | 2,125.0 | 1 | $ | 65.6 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: |
2 | $ | 3,745.8 | 2 | $ | 3,745.8 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 |
As of June 30, 2021, Bradford Heiss managed the following other client accounts:
Type of Accounts |
Total
# of Accounts Managed |
Total
Assets (millions) |
# of Accounts
Managed with Performance- Based Advisory Fee |
Total Assets
with Performance- Based Advisory Fee (millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 |
As of June 30, 2021, Eric Fritz managed the following other client accounts:
Type of Accounts |
Total
# of Accounts Managed |
Total
Assets (millions) |
# of Accounts
Managed with Performance- Based Advisory Fee |
Total Assets
with Performance- Based Advisory Fee (millions) |
||||||||||||
Registered Investment Companies: |
1 | $ | 24.4 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Other Accounts: |
0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 |
Compensation Structure – HCMFA
HCMFA’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors, including the pre-tax relative performance of a portfolio manager’s underlying account, the pre-tax combined performance of
38
the portfolio manager’s underlying accounts, and the pre-tax relative performance of the portfolio manager’s underlying accounts measured against other employees. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a discretionary bonus and various retirement benefits. Portfolio managers are compensated generally based on their investment performance. The portfolio managers and other investment professionals are ranked based on the alpha generated by their portfolio versus their target index benchmark. Their investment performance is evaluated both versus a target index benchmark return and also compared to the returns of their peers at HCMFA and its affiliates. Other attributes which may be considered in the evaluation process are communication, teamwork, attitude and leadership.
Compensation of the Funds’ portfolio managers may also be based, in part, on the one and three-year performance of each Fund relative to its applicable market index or category: with respect to the Event Driven Fund, the Morningstar Long/Short Equity Category; and with respect to the Merger Arbitrage Fund, the Morningstar Market Neutral Category.
HCMFA is owned by Highland Capital Management Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“HCM Services”) and its general partner, Strand Advisors XVI, Inc., of which Mr. James Dondero is the sole stockholder. HCM Services is controlled by Mr. Dondero and Mr. Mark Okada by virtue of their respective share ownership. Mr. Okada does not receive compensation based upon and of the Funds’ investment performance, instead he shares in the profits of HCMFA. Mr. Dondero does not receive compensation based upon investment performance of Event Driven Fund or Merger Arbitrage Fund, each of which he serves as portfolio manager and instead shares in the profits of HCMFA.
Base compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their seniority and/or their position with HCMFA, which may include the amount of assets supervised and other management roles within HCMFA. Base compensation is determined by taking into account current industry norms and market data to ensure that HCMFA pays a competitive base compensation.
Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation, which can be a substantial portion of total compensation. Discretionary compensation can include a discretionary cash bonus paid to recognize specific business contributions and to ensure that the total level of compensation is competitive with the market.
Because each person’s compensation is based on his or her individual performance, HCMFA does not have a typical percentage split among base salary, bonus and other compensation. Senior portfolio managers who perform additional management functions may receive additional compensation in these other capacities. Compensation is structured such that key professionals benefit from remaining with HCMFA.
Conflicts of Interest – HCMFA
Because each portfolio manager manages other accounts, including accounts that may pay higher fees, potential conflicts of interest exist, including potential conflicts between the investment strategy of a Fund and the investment strategy of the other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and potential conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between a Fund and the other accounts. The Adviser has policies and procedures in place that are reasonably designed to mitigate these conflicts of interest, which are also described below.
The Adviser and/or its general partner, limited partners, officers, affiliates and employees provide investment advice to other parties and manage other accounts and investment vehicles similar to the Funds. For the purposes of this section, the term “Highland” shall include the Adviser and its affiliated investment advisors, and all affiliates listed on its Form ADV, as filed via an amendment with the SEC March 31, 2021 (CRD No. 149653).
39
In connection with such other investment management activities, the Adviser and/or its general partner, limited partners, officers, affiliates and employees may decide to invest the funds of one or more other accounts or recommend the investment of funds by other parties, rather than a Fund’s monies, in a particular security or strategy. In addition, the Adviser and such other persons will determine the allocation of funds from a Fund and such other accounts to investment strategies and techniques on whatever basis they consider appropriate or desirable in their sole and absolute discretion.
The Adviser has built a professional working environment, a firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, the Adviser furnishes advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Funds, and the Adviser may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts that have performance or higher fees paid to the Adviser or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees) that may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund. In addition, the Adviser, its affiliates and any of their partners, directors, officers, stockholders or employees may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Adviser recommends to the Funds. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action that the Adviser, or any of its affiliates, or any of their partners, directors, officers, stockholders or employees or any member of their families may take with respect to the same securities. Moreover, the Adviser may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Adviser’s (or its affiliates’) partners, directors, officers or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Adviser or any of its affiliates or partners, directors, officers and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information.
The Adviser, its affiliates or their partners, directors, officers or employees similarly serve or may serve other entities that operate in the same or related lines of business, including accounts managed by an investment adviser affiliated with the Adviser. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds or to other clients, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of the Fund. As a result, the Adviser will face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to the Funds and other funds and clients. In order to enable such affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of the clients for which they have responsibility, the Adviser will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser and its advisory affiliates that are designed to manage potential conflicts of interest, which may, subject to applicable regulatory constraints, involve pro rata co-investment by the Funds and such other clients or may involve a rotation of opportunities among the Funds and such other clients. The Fund will only make investments in which the Adviser or an affiliate hold an interest to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and SEC staff interpretations. To mitigate any actual or perceived conflicts of interest, allocation of limited offering securities (such as IPOs and registered secondary offerings) to principal accounts that do not include third party investors may only be made after all other client account orders for the security have been filled. However, there can be no assurance that such policies and procedures will in every case ensure fair and equitable allocations of investment opportunities, particularly when considered in hindsight.
Conflicts may arise in cases when clients and/or the Adviser and other affiliated entities invest in different parts of an issuer‘s capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more clients own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other clients may own public securities of the same issuer. In addition, one or more clients may invest in securities, or other financial instruments, of an issuer that are senior or junior to securities, or financial instruments, of the same issuer that are held by or acquired for, one or more other clients. For example, if such issuer encounters financial problems, decisions related to such securities (such as over the terms of any workout or proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants) may raise conflicts of interests. In such a distressed situation, a client holding debt securities of the issuer may be better served by a liquidation of
40
the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas a client holding equity securities of the issuer might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. In the event of conflicting interests within an issuer’s capital structure, Highland will generally pursue the strategy that Highland believes best reflects what would be expected to be negotiated in an arm’s length transaction, but in all instances with due consideration being given to Highland’s fiduciary duties to each of its accounts (without regard to the nature of the accounts involved or fees received from such accounts). This strategy may be recommended by one or more Highland investment professionals. A single person may make decisions with respect to more than one part of an issuer’s capital structure. Highland personnel board members may still make recommendations to the applicable investment professional(s). A portfolio manager with respect to any applicable Highland registered investment company clients (“Retail Accounts”) will make an independent determination as to which course of action he or she determines is in the best interest of the applicable Retail Accounts. Highland may use external counsel for guidance and assistance.
The Adviser and its affiliates have both subjective and objective procedures and policies in place designed to manage potential conflicts of interest involving clients so that, for example, investment opportunities are allocated in a fair and equitable manner among the Funds and such other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to the Funds. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in favor of the Funds.
Another type of conflict may arise if one client account buys a security and another client account sells or shorts the same security. Currently, such opposing positions are generally not permitted within the same account without prior trade approval by the Chief Compliance Officer. However, a portfolio manager may enter into opposing positions for different clients to the extent each such client has a different investment objective and each such position is consistent with the investment objective of the applicable client. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more affiliated client accounts may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of other client accounts.
Because certain client accounts may have investment objectives, strategies or legal, contractual, tax or other requirements that differ (such as the need to take tax losses, realize profits, raise cash, diversification, etc.), an affiliated advisor may purchase, sell or continue to hold securities for certain client accounts contrary to other recommendations. In addition, an affiliated advisor may be permitted to sell securities or instruments short for certain client accounts and may not be permitted to do so for other affiliated client accounts.
As a result of the Fund’s arrangements with Highland, there may be times when Highland, the Adviser or their affiliates have interests that differ from those of the Fund’s shareholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest. Highland and the Adviser are under common ownership, and the Fund’s officers serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as the Fund does, or of investment funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Similarly, the Adviser or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of the Fund or its shareholders. For example, the Fund’s officers have, and will continue to have, management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by the Adviser and its affiliates. The Fund’s investment objective may overlap, in part or in whole, with the investment objective of such affiliated investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and other investment funds or accounts advised by or affiliated with the Adviser. The Adviser will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, the Fund can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to it fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
41
The Adviser may direct the Fund to acquire or dispose of investments in cross trades between the Fund and other clients of the Adviser or its affiliates in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and SEC staff interpretations, the Fund may make and/or hold an investment, including an investment in securities, in which the Adviser and/or its affiliates have a debt, equity or participation interest, and the holding and sale of such investments by the Fund may enhance the profitability of the Adviser’s own investments in such companies.
Ownership of Securities
The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities of the Funds beneficially owned by each portfolio manager. This information is provided as of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Name of Portfolio Manager |
Name of Fund |
Dollar Range of Equity Securities
Beneficially Owned by Portfolio Manager |
||
James Dondero |
Event Driven Fund | None | ||
Eric Fritz | Event Driven Fund | None | ||
James Dondero |
Merger Arbitrage Fund | $100,001–$500,000 | ||
Bradford Heiss |
Merger Arbitrage Fund | $100,001–$500,000 | ||
Eric Fritz |
Merger Arbitrage Fund | $100,001–$500,000 |
42
ADMINISTRATOR/SUB-ADMINISTRATOR
HCMFA provides administration services to the Event Driven Fund and the Merger Arbitrage Fund, for a monthly administration fee, computed and accrued daily, at an annual rate of 0.20% of each Fund’s Average Daily Managed Assets. In such capacity, HCMFA generally assists each Fund in all aspects of its administration and operations. Under a separate Sub-Administration Agreement, HCMFA has delegated certain administrative functions, as of October 1, 2018, to SEI Investments Global Funds Services (“SEI”), One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456, and pays SEI a portion of the fee it receives from the Funds. Under the Sub-Administration Agreement, SEI has agreed to provide fund accounting services; asset data services; fund administration and reporting services; and regulatory administration services, including preparation and filing of various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and the SEC for each Fund.
The tables below set forth the administration fees paid by each of the Event Driven Fund and the NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund, as well as any fee waiver or reimbursement, for the past three fiscal years.
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Event Driven Fund |
||||||||||||
Gross Administration Fee |
$ | 53,415 | $ | 75,857 | $ | 102,379 | ||||||
Fee Waiver |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Net Administration Fee |
$ | 53,415 | $ | 75,857 | $ | 102,379 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
||||||||||||
Gross Administration Fee |
$ | 199,885 | $ | 19,388 | $ | 8,164 | ||||||
Fee Waiver |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Net Administration Fee |
$ | 199,885 | $ | 19,388 | $ | 8,164 |
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, for all Funds, HCMFA or its affiliates, as applicable, paid $83,610, $37,503 and $82,932, respectively, to SEI for its services as sub-administrator.
HCMFA generally assists in all aspects of the Trust’s administration and operations and furnishes offices, necessary facilities, equipment and personnel.
UNDERWRITER
Shares of each Fund are offered for sale on a continuous basis through the Funds’ principal underwriter, NSI, 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201, an affiliate of the Adviser. NSI will use all reasonable efforts in connection with distribution of shares of the Funds.
The Funds have agreed to pay all expenses in connection with registration of their shares with the SEC, auditing and filing fees in connection with registration of their shares under the various state blue sky laws, the cost of preparation of the Prospectus and other expenses.
The Underwriter was paid the following aggregate commissions on sales of Class A Shares and Class C Shares of the Funds during the past three fiscal years.
43
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Event Driven Fund |
||||||||||||
Class A Shares |
$ | 647 | $ | 2,050 | $ | 6,429 | ||||||
Class C Shares |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
||||||||||||
Class A Shares |
$ | 10,611 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Class C Shares |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 |
HCMFA performs certain services and incurs certain expenses with respect to the promotion and distribution of Fund shares. The Underwriter pays HCMFA for promotion and distribution expenses incurred by it in respect of the Funds (“service payments”). Such service payments are made out of commissions retained by the Underwriter after it has first been paid its own compensation and been reimbursed for its own expenses (including amounts paid by the Underwriter to financial intermediaries in connection with sales of the Funds) (“underwriter concessions”), provided that in no event shall the Underwriter be required to use in excess of 50% of the underwriter concessions retained by the Underwriter to make such service payments. During some periods, underwriter concessions received by the Underwriter may be insufficient to pay HCMFA fully for its promotional and distribution expenses. In such cases, the Underwriter agrees to pay such service payments to the extent of the available underwriter concessions and pay the balance of such service payments as the Underwriter receives underwriter concessions in future periods.
The following table shows the amount of service payments paid by the Underwriter to HCMFA during the past three fiscal years.
Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Event Driven Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 |
44
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE FEE PLAN
The Distribution and Service Fee Plan (the “Plan”) requires the payment of a monthly service fee and distribution fee to the Underwriter.
For Event Driven Fund and Merger Arbitrage Fund, the Plan requires the payment of (i) a monthly service fee at the annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class A Shares and 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to Class C Shares and (ii) a distribution fee at the annual rates of 0.10% of the average daily net assets of its Class A Shares and 0.75% of the average daily net assets of its Class C Shares.
The Underwriter may pay all or a portion of these fees to Financial Advisors whose clients own shares of the Fund. The Trustees of the Funds have concluded, in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Funds and their shareholders. For instance, asset growth resulting from the Plan can be expected to benefit each Fund’s shareholders through the realization of economies of scale and potentially lower expense levels.
The Underwriter may pay certain Financial Advisors whose clients own shares of a Fund monthly distribution fees with respect to a given share class at a rate greater than that set forth above, so long as the total payments paid by the Fund to the Underwriter for each share class under a Plan for distribution fees do not exceed the stated percentages. In the event that there are insufficient assets in the Plan to make a contractually required payment to a Financial Advisor, the Adviser has agreed to pay such Financial Advisor at its own expense out of its own financial resources. See “Shareowner Guide – How to Invest in the Highland Funds—Distribution and Service Fees” in the Funds’ Prospectus for additional information on “revenue sharing” payments. The Underwriter and the Adviser will not agree to make distribution payments to Financial Advisors from assets of the Plan in an amount exceeding the Distribution Fees noted above with respect to each Share class. Any shareholder purchasing shares of a Fund through a Financial Advisor should check with the Financial Advisor to determine the distribution fees it is receiving.
The following table sets forth the distribution fees and service fees paid by the Funds to the Underwriter for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021 Distribution and Service Fees |
||||
Event Driven Fund |
||||
Class A |
$ | 37,906 | ||
Class C |
$ | 70,423 | ||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
||||
Class A |
$ | 101,400 | ||
Class C |
$ | 68,208 |
45
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the Underwriter incurred the following expenses on behalf of the Funds in connection with distributions under the Plan.
Advertising |
Printing and
Mailing of Prospectus to other than Current Shareholders |
Compensation
to Underwriters |
Compensation
to Broker- Dealers |
Compensation
to Sales Personnel |
Interest,
Carrying or other Financing Charges |
|||||||||||||||||||
Event Driven Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 3,082 | $ | 1,112 | $ | 0 | $ | 22,892 | $ | 2,441 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||
Class C |
$ | 1,600 | $ | 259 | $ | 0 | $ | 56,727 | $ | 2,819 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 3,748 | $ | 0 | $ | 294 | ||||||||||||
Class C |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 5,294 | $ | 0 | $ | 233 |
46
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT
DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (“DST”), located at 430 W. 7th Street, Suite 219424, Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1407, serves as the transfer agent and dividend paying agent of the Funds’ investments. As transfer agent, DST is responsible for processing purchase and redemption requests and crediting dividends to the accounts of shareholders of a Fund. For its services, DST receives monthly fees charged to a Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
CUSTODIAN
BNY Mellon, located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10286, is the custodian for the Funds. BNY Mellon is responsible for holding all securities, other investments and cash, receiving and paying for securities purchased, delivering against payment securities sold, receiving and collecting income from investments, making all payments covering expenses and performing other administrative duties, all as directed by authorized persons. BNY Mellon does not exercise any supervisory function in such matters as purchase and sale of portfolio securities, payment of dividends or payment of expenses.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
As of June 18, 2020, Cohen & Company, Ltd., an independent registered public accounting firm located at 1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800, Cleveland, Ohio 44115, serves as independent registered accounting firm to the Funds. The independent registered public accounting firm audits and reports on the annual financial statements, reviews certain regulatory reports and U.S. federal income tax returns, and performs other professional accounting, auditing and tax services when approved to do so by the Audit Committee. Certain information for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been audited and reported on by other independent registered public accounting firms.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Selection of Broker-Dealers; Order Placement
Subject to the overall review of the Funds’ Board, the Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities and other portfolio holdings of the Funds, for selecting the broker or dealer to be used and for negotiating any commission rates paid. In underwritten offerings, securities usually are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.
The Adviser and its affiliates manage other accounts, including private funds and individual accounts that invest in Fund investments. Although investment decisions for the Funds are made independently from those of such other accounts, investments of the type the Funds may make also may be made on behalf of such other accounts. When a Fund and one or more other accounts is prepared to invest in, or desires to dispose of, the same investment, available investments or opportunities for each are allocated in a manner believed by the Adviser to be equitable over time. The Adviser may (but is not obligated to) aggregate orders, which may include orders for accounts in which the Adviser or its affiliates have an interest, to purchase and sell securities to obtain favorable execution or lower brokerage commissions, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations. Although the Adviser believes that, over time, the potential benefits of participating in volume transactions and negotiating lower transaction costs should benefit all participating accounts, in some cases these activities may adversely affect the price paid or received or the size of the position obtained by or disposed of for the Funds. Where trades are aggregated, the investments or proceeds, as well as the expenses incurred, will be allocated by the Adviser in a manner designed to be equitable and consistent with the Adviser’s fiduciary duty to the Funds and its other clients (including its duty to seek to obtain best execution of client trades).
47
Commission Rates; Brokerage and Research Services
The Adviser seeks to obtain “best execution,” considering the execution price and overall commission costs paid and other factors. The Adviser routes its orders to various broker-dealers for execution at its discretion. Factors involved in selecting brokerage firms include the size, type and difficulty of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the quality of service, the quality of research and investment information provided and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. Within the framework of the policy of obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution, the Adviser does consider “brokerage and research services” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) provided by brokers who effect portfolio transactions with the Adviser or the Funds. “Brokerage and research services” are services that brokerage houses customarily provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and research reports on particular issuers and industries.
In addition, the investment advisory agreement between the Trust and the Adviser relating to each Fund authorizes the Adviser, on behalf of the Fund, in selecting brokers or dealers to execute a particular transaction and in evaluating the best overall terms available, to consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) provided to the Fund and/or other accounts over which the Adviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The fees under the investment advisory agreement relating to a Fund will not be reduced by reason of the Fund’s receiving brokerage and research services. Such services include analyses and reports regarding issuers, industries, economic trends, portfolio strategy, and may effect securities transactions and perform certain functions related thereto. In addition, such services may include advice concerning the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities and the availability of particular securities or buyers or sellers of securities. The research services received from broker-dealers that execute transactions on behalf of a Fund may be useful to the Adviser in servicing that Fund as well as all of the Adviser’s accounts and not all of these services may be used in connection with the particular Fund or Funds generating the commissions. Consistent with limits established by the Federal securities laws, a Fund may pay broker-dealer commissions for agency transactions that exceed the amount of commissions charged by other broker-dealers in recognition of their research and brokerage services.
The following tables show the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds over the past three fiscal years. Variations in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds from year to year may result from changing asset levels, market conditions or changes in the Adviser’s outlook.
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year
Ended June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Event Driven Fund |
$ | 95,346 | $ | 64,216 | $ | 136,408 | ||||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
$ | 440,784 | $ | 210,618 | $ | 199,803 |
The following table shows the dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid to firms that provided research and brokerage services and the approximate dollar amount of transactions involved during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Fund |
Commissions
Paid to Firms for Brokerage and Research Services |
Total Amount of
Transactions to Firms for Brokerage and Research Services |
||||||
Event Driven Fund |
$ | 21,436 | $ | 42,716,937 | ||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
$ | 151,836 | $ | 347,961,476 |
48
The following table shows the dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid to each firm that provided research and brokerage services obtained in compliance with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act and the approximate dollar amount of transactions involved during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Broker |
Commissions Paid to Firms
for Brokerage and Research Services |
Total Amount of Transactions to
Firms for Brokerage and Research Services |
||||||
Bank of America Merrill Lynch |
$ | 8,651 | $ | 21,057,735 | ||||
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
$ | 114,967 | $ | 295,081,899 | ||||
Virtu Financial |
$ | 49,654 | $ | 74,538,779 |
Securities Lending
The Board has approved each Fund’s participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, each Fund has retained the Bank of New York Mellon (“BNYM”) to serve as the securities lending agent.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the income earned by each Fund as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by each Fund (in dollars) pursuant to the Securities Lending and Services Agreement between the Trust on behalf of its respective series, and BNYM were as follows:
Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related
services |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
income earned by the Fund from securities lending activities1 |
Fees
paid to BNYM from a revenue split2 |
Fees paid for
any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in a revenue split3 |
Administrative
fees not included in a revenue split4 |
Indemnification
fee not included in a revenue split5 |
Rebate
(paid to borrower)6 |
Other fees
not included in a revenue split7 |
Aggregate fees/
compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities8 |
Net
income from securities lending activities9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Event Driven Fund |
$ | 1,118 | $ | 1,982 | $— | $— | $— | $ | (3,842) | $— | $— | $ | 2,977 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger Arbitrage Fund |
$ | 2,918 | $ | 13,162 | $— | $— | $— | $ | (29,995) | $— | $— | $ | 19,752 |
1 |
Gross income from securities lending activities represents the total revenue generated from securities lending activities prior to the application of any fees (revenue split, management fee, or otherwise) and/or rebates on cash collateral negotiated with borrowers. |
2 |
Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split is the agent lender’s income from the lending activities exclusive of any fees or rebates. |
3 |
Fees paid for cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split is calculated as follows: Average monthly cash collateral balance for the reporting period multiplied by the most recently reported expense ratio. This Field only contains management fees for collateral vehicles managed internally at BNYM, externally managed collateral vehicles are reported with a management fee of $0. |
4 |
Administrative fees not included in revenue split are fees for other administrative activities associated with a Fund’s participation in securities lending activities. |
5 |
Indemnification fee not included in revenue split is the fee for indemnifying the Fund for their participation in securities lending activities. There is currently no fee associated with indemnification. |
6 |
Rebate (paid to borrowers) is the fee paid by the lender to the borrower for loans collateralized with cash. |
7 |
Other fees not included in revenue split (specify) are other fees that have not otherwise been captured. |
8 |
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities represents the sum of items 2 through 7. |
9 |
Net income from securities lending activities is the Fund’s income as a result of lending activities. |
49
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, SEI, acting as agent of the Funds, provided the following services to the Funds in connection with the Funds’ securities lending activities: (i) locating borrowers among an approved list of prospective borrowers; (ii) monitoring applicable minimum spread requirements, lending limits and the value of the loaned securities and collateral received; (iii) seeking additional collateral, as necessary, from borrowers; (iv) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of all or substantially all cash collateral in an investment vehicle designated by the Funds; (v) returning collateral to borrowers; (vi) facilitating substitute dividend, interest, and other distribution payments to the Funds from borrowers; (vii) negotiating the terms of each loan of securities, including but not limited to the amount of any loan premium, and monitoring the terms of securities loan agreements with prospective borrowers for consistency with the requirements of the Funds’ Securities Lending and Services Agreement; (viii) selecting securities, including amounts (percentages), to be loaned; (ix) recordkeeping and accounting servicing; and (x) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Fund in accordance with the terms of the Securities Lending and Services Agreement.
Certain Affiliations
The Funds, HCMFA and NSI are currently affiliated with NexBank Securities, Inc. (“NexBank”), a FINRA member broker-dealer that is indirectly controlled by the principals of HCMFA and NSI. Absent an exemption from the SEC or other regulatory relief, the Funds are generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers. The Funds may utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, subject to compliance with policies and procedures adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. These policies and procedures are designed to provide that commissions, fees or other remuneration received by any affiliated broker or its affiliates for agency transactions are reasonable and fair compared to the remuneration received by other brokers in comparable transactions.
The Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions on transactions with NexBank for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 or 2019.
In addition, the Funds, HCMFA and NSI, as outlined above, are affiliated with NexBank, which also does business as Barrier Advisors, NexBank SSB, a state chartered bank, and Governance Re Ltd. (“Governance Re”), an insurance company, both of which are indirectly controlled by the principals of HCMFA and NSI. NexBank and Governance Re may offer certain services to portfolio companies whose securities, including loans, are owned by one or more registered investment companies advised by HCMFA (the “Portfolio Companies”). For example, NexBank SSB may provide agent services for Portfolio Companies under credit agreements pursuant to which a Fund may be a lender or may offer strategic, financial and operational advisory services to Portfolio Companies; and Governance Re may offer insurance services to the Portfolio Companies. NexBank, Governance Re and other affiliated service providers may receive fees from Portfolio Companies or other parties for services provided.
The Funds’ Board will, in accordance with specific procedures and policies adopted by the Board, review any investment or operational decisions that are brought to the attention of the Board and that may present potential conflicts of interest between HCMFA and the Fund.
50
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUNDS’ SHARES
Each Fund is a series of the Trust, a Delaware statutory trust formed on February 28, 2006. The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest in separate series and classes of each series. The Trust is not required to hold regular annual shareholder meetings, but may hold special meetings for consideration of proposals requiring shareholder approval, such as changing fundamental policies or upon the written request of 10% of the Trust’s shares to replace its Trustees. The Trust’s Board is authorized to classify or reclassify the unissued shares of the Trust into one or more separate series of shares representing a separate, additional investment portfolio or one or more separate classes of new or existing series. Each Fund currently offers Class A, Class C and Class Z Shares. Shares of all series will have identical voting rights, except where by law certain matters must be approved by the requisite proportion of the shares of the affected series. Each share of any class when issued has equal dividend, liquidation (see “Redemption of Shares”) and voting rights within the class for which it was issued and each fractional share has those rights in proportion to the percentage that the fractional share represents a whole share. Shares will be voted in the aggregate except where otherwise required by law and except that each class of each series will vote separately on certain matters pertaining to its distribution and shareholder servicing arrangements.
There are no conversion or preemptive rights in connection with any shares of the Funds. All shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of the offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. At the option of the shareholder, shares will be redeemed at net asset value (“NAV”), subject, however, in limited circumstances to a redemption fee or a CDSC, all as described in the applicable Prospectus.
The shares of the Funds have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares of the Trust can elect 100% of the Trustees if the holders choose to do so, and, in that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board. Unless specifically requested by an investor who is a shareholder of record, the Funds do not issue certificates evidencing their shares.
Description of the Trust
Under Delaware law, shareholders of a statutory trust shall have the same limitation of personal liability that is extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the trust’s governing instrument. The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) provides that shareholders shall not be personally liable to any person in connection with any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, that at such time is owned or held by or for the account of a particular series. Moreover, the Declaration of Trust expressly provides that the shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability that is extended to shareholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated in the State of Delaware.
The Declaration of Trust provides that no Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or any series of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any person, unless, as to liability to the Trust or its shareholders, the Trustees engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their offices.
The Trust shall continue without limitation of time subject to the provisions in the Declaration of Trust concerning termination by action of the Trustees, and without any vote of the Trust’s shareholders, except as may be required under the 1940 Act.
51
Trust Matters
The Trust reserves the right to create and issue a number of series shares, in which case the shares of each series would participate equally in the earnings, dividends and assets of the particular series and would vote separately to approve investment advisory agreements or changes in fundamental investment policies, but shares of all series would vote together in the election or selection of Trustees and on any other matters as may be required by applicable law.
Upon liquidation of the Trust or any series, shareholders of the affected series would be entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of their respective series available for distribution to such shareholders.
Shareholder Approval
Other than elections of Trustees, which is by plurality, any matter for which shareholder approval is required by the 1940 Act requires the affirmative “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund(s) or the Trust at a meeting called for the purpose of considering such approval. For other matters, generally an affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such matter (assuming a quorum is present) shall be required for approval of such matter.
Information for Shareholders
All shareholder inquiries regarding administrative procedures, including the purchase and redemption of shares should be directed to: NSI, 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. For assistance, call (877) 665-1287 or visit the Funds’ websites at www.highlandfunds.com and www.nexpointgroup.com.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
As of September 30, 2021, the Trustees and officers of each Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the then outstanding shares of each class of shares of each Fund.
A person who beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of a Fund or acknowledges the existence of such control may be presumed to control the Fund. A control person could potentially control the outcome of any proposal submitted to the shareholders for approval, including changes to a Fund’s fundamental policies or terms of the investment advisory agreement with the Adviser.
A principal shareholder is any person who owns (either of record or beneficially) 5% or more of any class of outstanding shares of a Fund. Unless otherwise noted, as of September 30, 2021, the only persons known by a Fund to own of record or beneficially 5% or more of its outstanding shares were as follows (certain of the investors below are believed to hold the indicated shares as nominee):
Name and Address |
Outstanding
Shares Held |
Percentage
of Class (%) |
||||||
NexPoint Event Driven Fund – Class A |
||||||||
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1965 |
221,627 | 38.23 | % | |||||
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the Exclusive Benefit of Customer 2801 Market Street St. Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
78,292 | 13.50 | % |
52
Name and Address |
Outstanding
Shares Held |
Percentage
of Class (%) |
||||
National Financial Services LLC
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers, Attn: Mutual Fund Dept., 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
72,795 | 12.56 | % | |||
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
49,561 | 8.55 | % | |||
NexPoint Event Driven Fund – Class C |
||||||
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the Exclusive Benefit of Customer 2801 Market Street St. Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
74,194 | 25.28 | % | |||
National Financial Services LLC
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers, Attn: Mutual Fund Dept., 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
55,753 | 18.99 | % | |||
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
30,794 | 10.49 | % | |||
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1965 |
28,016 | 9.54 | % | |||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.
Attn: Mutual Funds 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104-4151 |
20,955 | 7.14 | % | |||
NexPoint Event Driven Fund – Class Z |
||||||
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the Exclusive Benefit of Customer 2801 Market Street St. Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
88,318 | 22.58 | % | |||
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers 1 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, NY 10004-1965 |
76,273 | 19.50 | % | |||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.
Attn: Mutual Funds 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104-4151 |
61,888 | 15.82 | % |
53
Name and Address |
Outstanding
Shares Held |
Percentage
of Class (%) |
||||
National Financial Services LLC
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers, Attn: Mutual Fund Dept., 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
39,441 | 10.08 | % | |||
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account, Attn: Mutual Fund Trading 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121-3091 |
33,113 | 8.47 | % | |||
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds House Acct Firm 92500015 Attn: Courtney Waller 880 Carillon Parkway St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1102 |
23,282 | 5.95 | % | |||
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund – Class A |
||||||
National Financial Services LLC
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers, Attn: Mutual Fund Dept., 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
298,787 | 9.15 | % | |||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.
Attn: Mutual Funds 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104-4151 |
176,808 | 5.41 | % | |||
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
176,394 | 5.40 | % | |||
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund – Class C |
||||||
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
192,600 | 29.46 | % | |||
National Financial Services LLC
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers, Attn: Mutual Fund Dept., 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
111,398 | 17.04 | % | |||
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the Exclusive Benefit of Customer 2801 Market Street St. Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
87,455 | 13.38 | % | |||
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account, Attn: Mutual Fund Trading 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121-3091 |
57,593 | 8.81 | % |
54
Name and Address |
Outstanding
Shares Held |
Percentage
of Class (%) |
||||||
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund – Class Z |
||||||||
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.
Attn: Mutual Funds 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104-4151 |
2,473,538 | 22.74 | % | |||||
National Financial Services LLC
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers, Attn: Mutual Fund Dept., 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995 |
2,144,919 | 19.72 | % | |||||
Pershing LLC
1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
1,991,907 | 18.31 | % | |||||
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account, Attn: Mutual Fund Trading 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121-3091 |
1,111,576 | 10.22 | % | |||||
Highland Global Allocation Fund
200 Crescent Ct Ste 700 Dallas, TX 75201-2116 |
585,733 | 5.38 | % |
55
PROGRAMS FOR REDUCING OR ELIMINATING SALES CHARGES
The following information supplements the discussion of methods for reducing or eliminating sales charges in the Class A and Class C Shares Prospectus. The availability of certain sales charge waivers and discounts will depend on whether you purchase your shares directly from a Fund or through a financial intermediary. Intermediaries may have different policies and procedures regarding the availability of front-end sales charge waivers or CDSC waivers, which are discussed below. In all instances, it is the purchaser’s responsibility to notify the Fund or the purchaser’s financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying the purchaser for sales charge waivers or discounts. For waivers and discounts not available through a particular intermediary, shareholders will have to purchase Fund shares directly from a Fund or through another intermediary to receive these waivers or discounts. Shares purchased through certain financial intermediaries (a “Specified Intermediary”) may be subject to different initial sales charges or the initial sales charge or CDSC may be waived in certain circumstances.
Right of Accumulation (Class A Shares Only)
Reduced sales charges on Class A Shares of the Funds can be obtained by combining a current purchase with prior purchases of all classes of any Participating Funds (as defined in the Prospectus). The applicable sales charge is based on the combined total of:
1. |
the current purchase; and |
2. |
the value at the public offering price at the close of business on the previous day of a Fund’s and any Participating Fund’s classes of shares held by the shareholder, the shareholder’s spouse or domestic partner or the shareholder’s minor children. |
The Underwriter and the shareholder’s Financial Advisor must be promptly notified of each purchase that entitles a shareholder to a reduced sales charge. Such reduced sales charge will be applied upon confirmation of the shareholder’s holdings by the Transfer Agent. The Funds may terminate or amend this Right of Accumulation at any time without notice.
Letter of Intent (Class A Shares Only)
Any person may qualify for reduced sales charges on purchases of Class A Shares of the Funds made within a 13-month period pursuant to a Letter of Intent (“Letter”). A shareholder may include, as an accumulation credit toward the completion of such Letter, the value of all shares (of any class) of any Participating Funds held by the shareholder on the date of the Letter. The value is determined at the public offering price on the date of the Letter. Purchases made through reinvestment of distributions do not count toward satisfaction of the Letter. Upon request, a Letter may reflect purchases within the previous 90 days.
During the term of a Letter, the Transfer Agent will hold shares in escrow to secure payment of the higher sales charge applicable to Class A Shares actually purchased if the terms of the Letter are not satisfied. Dividends and capital gains will be paid on all escrowed shares, and these shares will be released (upon satisfaction of any amount owed for sales charges if the terms of the Letter are not satisfied) when the amount indicated has been purchased or at the end of the period covered by the Letter, whichever occurs first. A Letter does not obligate the investor to buy or the Funds to sell the amount specified in the Letter.
If a shareholder exceeds the amount specified in the Letter and reaches an amount that would qualify for a further quantity discount, a retroactive price adjustment will be made at the time of expiration of the Letter. The resulting difference in offering price will purchase additional shares for the shareholder’s account at the applicable offering price. As a part of this adjustment, the shareholder’s Financial Advisor shall return to the Underwriter the excess commission previously paid to the Financial Advisor during the 13-month period.
56
If the amount specified in the Letter is not purchased, the shareholder shall remit to the Underwriter an amount equal to the difference between the sales charge paid and the sales charge that should have been paid. If the shareholder fails within 20 days after a written request to pay such a difference in sales charge, the Transfer Agent will redeem that number of escrowed Class A Shares to equal such difference. The additional amount of Financial Advisor discount from the applicable offering price shall be remitted by the Underwriter to the shareholder’s Financial Advisor of record.
Additional information about, and the terms of, Letters of Intent are available from your Financial Advisor, or from the Transfer Agent at (877) 665-1287.
Reinstatement Privilege (Class A and C Shares Only)
A shareholder who has redeemed Class A or Class C Shares of a Fund may, upon request, reinstate within one year a portion or all of the proceeds of such sale in Class A Shares or Class C Shares, respectively, of the Fund or another Participating Fund at the NAV next determined after receipt by such shareholder’s Financial Advisor or the Transfer Agent receives a reinstatement request and payment. The Underwriter will not pay your Financial Advisor a commission on any reinvested amount. Any CDSC paid at the time of the redemption will be credited to the shareholder upon reinstatement. The period between the redemption and the reinstatement will not be counted in aging the reinstated shares for purposes of calculating any CDSC or conversion date. Shareholders who desire to exercise this privilege should contact their Financial Advisor or the Transfer Agent. Shareholders may exercise this privilege an unlimited number of times. Exercise of this privilege does not alter the U.S. federal income tax treatment of any capital gains realized on the prior sale of Fund shares, but to the extent any such shares were sold at a loss, some or all of the loss may be disallowed for tax purposes. Please consult your tax adviser.
Privileges of Financial Advisors
Class A Shares of the Funds may be sold at NAV, without a sales charge, to registered representatives and employees of Financial Advisors (including their affiliates) and such persons’ families and their beneficial accounts.
Privileges of Certain Shareholders
Any shareholder eligible to buy Class Z Shares of any Participating Fund may acquire, through purchase or exchange, Class A Shares of another Participating Fund at NAV in those cases where Class Z Shares are not available. Qualifying shareholders will not be subject to the initial sales charge or CSDC on Class A Shares, although they will be subject to the annual Rule 12b-1 distribution and service fees on Class A Shares.
Sponsored Arrangements
Class A Shares of the Funds may be purchased at reduced or no sales charge pursuant to sponsored arrangements, which include programs under which an organization makes recommendations to, or permits group solicitation of, its employees, members or participants in connection with the purchase of shares of the Funds on an individual basis. The amount of the sales charge reduction will reflect the anticipated reduction in sales expense associated with sponsored arrangements. The reduction in sales expense, and therefore the reduction in sales charge, will vary depending on factors such as the size and stability of the organization’s group, the term of the organization’s existence and certain characteristics of the members of its group. The Funds reserve the right to revise the terms of or to suspend or discontinue sales pursuant to sponsored plans at any time.
Class A shares may also be purchased at a reduced or zero sales charge by (i) clients of any Financial Advisor that has entered into an agreement with the Underwriter or the Funds pursuant to which a Fund is included as an investment option in programs involving fee-based compensation arrangements; (ii) clients of any
57
Financial Advisor that has entered into an agreement with the Underwriter pursuant to which such Financial Advisor offers Fund shares through self-directed investment brokerage accounts that do not charge transaction fees to its clients; and (iii) participants in certain retirement plans. Whether a sales charge waiver is available for your retirement plan or charitable account depends upon the policies and procedures of your intermediary. Please consult your Financial Adviser for further information. Please refer to the Appendix to the Funds’ Prospectus for the sales charge or CDSC waivers that are applicable to each Specified Intermediary.
Waiver of CDSCs
CDSCs may be waived on redemptions in the following situations with the proper documentation:
1. |
Death. CDSCs may be waived on redemptions within one year following the death of (i) the sole shareholder on an individual account, (ii) a joint tenant where the surviving joint tenant is the deceased’s spouse or (iii) the beneficiary of a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (“UGMA”), Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (“UTMA”) or other custodial account. If, upon the occurrence of one of the foregoing, the account is transferred to an account registered in the name of the deceased’s estate, the CDSC will be waived on any redemption from the estate account occurring within one year after the death. If Class C Shares are not redeemed within one year of the death, they will remain subject to the applicable CDSC when redeemed from the transferee’s account. If the account is transferred to a new registration and then a redemption is requested, the applicable CDSC will be charged. |
2. |
Disability. CDSCs may be waived on redemptions occurring within one year after the sole shareholder on an individual account or a joint tenant on a spousal joint tenant account becomes disabled (as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To be eligible for such waiver, (i) the disability must arise after the purchase of shares, (ii) the disabled shareholder must have been under age 65 at the time of the initial determination of disability, and (iii) a letter must be produced from a physician signed under penalty of perjury stating the nature of the disability. If the account is transferred to a new registration and then a redemption is requested, the applicable CDSC will be charged. |
3. |
Death of a trustee. CDSCs may be waived on redemptions occurring upon dissolution of a revocable living or grantor trust following the death of the sole trustee where (i) the grantor of the trust is the sole trustee and the sole life beneficiary, (ii) death occurs following the purchase, and (iii) the trust document provides for dissolution of the trust upon the trustee’s death. If the account is transferred to a new registration (including that of a successor trustee), the applicable CDSC will be charged upon any subsequent redemption. |
4. |
Returns of excess contributions. CDSCs may be waived on redemptions required to return excess contributions made to retirement plans or individual retirement accounts, so long as the Financial Advisor agrees to return all or the agreed-upon portion of the commission received on the shares being redeemed. |
5. |
Qualified Retirement Plans. CDSCs may be waived on redemptions required to make distributions from qualified retirement plans following normal retirement age (as stated in the document). |
The CDSC also may be waived if the Financial Advisor agrees to return all or an agreed-upon portion of the commission received on the sale of the shares being redeemed.
INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Funds is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this SAI. These authorities are subject to change by legislative, administrative, or judicial action, possibly with retroactive effect. The
58
following discussion is only a summary of some of the important U.S. federal tax considerations generally applicable to investments in a Fund. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular shareholders. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign and other tax laws.
Taxation of the Funds
Each Fund has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and to be eligible to be treated as such. In order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, each Fund must, among other things:
(a) |
derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as described below); |
(b) |
diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets consists of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, (x) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as described below); and |
(c) |
distribute with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, for such year. |
In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (generally, a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that satisfies certain qualifying income requirements but derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income sources described in paragraph (a)(i) above), will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code Section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
For purposes of meeting the diversification requirement described in (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification requirement described in (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to meet diversification test in (b) above.
59
If a Fund qualifies as a RIC that is accorded favorable tax treatment, that Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income or gains distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).
If a Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution test (described respectively in (a), (b) and (c) above), the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any taxable year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded favorable tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions might be eligible for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and to be treated as “qualified dividend income” and thus taxable at the lower net capital gain rate in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals, provided in both cases, the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC that is accorded favorable tax treatment.
Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). Any investment company taxable income retained by a Fund will be subject to Fund-level tax at regular corporate rates. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it also will be subject to Fund-level tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a timely notice to its shareholders who would then, in turn, be (i) required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by that Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly-filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If a Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund would be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. A Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance a Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below), its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a Fund generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after October 31, or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to any such portion of the taxable year) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of (i) its net ordinary loss, if any, from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after October 31, and (ii) its other net ordinary loss, if any, attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.
If a Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year, plus any such amounts retained from the prior year, the Fund would be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a Fund’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also for these purposes, a Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount
60
on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. Each Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. In that event, a Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
A dividend paid to shareholders in January of a year generally is deemed to have been paid by a Fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year.
Each Fund distributes its net investment income and capital gains to shareholders as dividends at least annually to the extent required to qualify as a RIC under the Code and generally to avoid U.S. federal income or excise tax. Under current law, a Fund may treat the portion of redemption proceeds paid to redeeming shareholders that represents the redeeming shareholders’ portion of the undistributed investment company taxable income and capital gain of that Fund as a distribution of investment company taxable income and net capital gain on that Fund’s tax return. This practice, which involves the use of tax equalization, will reduce the amount of income and gains that a Fund is required to distribute as dividends to shareholders in order for that Fund to avoid U.S. federal income tax and excise tax, which may include reducing the amount of distributions that otherwise would be required to be paid to non-redeeming shareholders. A Fund’s net asset value generally will not be reduced by the amount of any undistributed income or gains allocated to redeeming shareholders under this practice and thus the total return on a shareholder’s investment generally will not be reduced as a result of this practice.
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a Fund’s net investment income. Instead, subject to certain limitations, a Fund may carry net capital losses forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable year. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether a Fund retains or distributes such gains. If a Fund incurs or has incurred net capital losses , those losses will be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration; any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. A Fund’s ability to use net capital losses to offset gains may be limited as a result of certain (i) acquisitive reorganizations and (ii) shifts in the ownership of the Fund by a shareholder owning or treated as owning 5% or more of the stock of the Fund. Each Fund’s available capital loss carryforwards will be set forth in its annual shareholder report for each fiscal year.
Fund Distributions
Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from gains earned by a Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares.
Each Fund will send you information after the end of each calendar year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund. Ordinary income dividends and Capital Gain Dividends (defined below) may also be subject to state, local or other taxes.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long a Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, a Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by a Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
61
Distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund level.
In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be “qualified dividend income,” a Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to that Fund’s shares. In general, a dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.
In general, distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to that Fund’s shares. If the aggregate qualified dividends received by a Fund during any taxable year are 95% or more of its gross income (excluding long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.
Dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of a Fund generally will qualify for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by that Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of that Fund or (2) by application of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)).
If a Fund receives dividends from another investment company that qualifies as a RIC and the investment company reports such dividends as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, as applicable, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the investment company.
A Fund’s dividends representing distributions of interest income and capital gains or distributions from entities that are not corporations for U.S. tax purposes will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. In addition, any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by a Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by a Fund on
62
securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by that Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, the Code generally allows individuals and certain other non-corporate entities a deduction for 20% of “qualified publicly traded partnership income,” such as income from MLPs. However, the Code does not include any provision for a RIC to pass the character of its qualified publicly traded partnership income through to its shareholders. As a result, certain investors who invest directly in MLPs will be able to receive the benefit of such deductions, while a shareholder in a Fund that invests in MLPs will not.
Section 1411 of the Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by a Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, redemption, exchange or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in a Fund.
Return of Capital Distributions
If a Fund makes a distribution with respect to any taxable year to a shareholder in excess of that Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares.
Dividends and distributions on a Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed that Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when a Fund’s net asset value reflects either unrealized gains or realized but undistributed income or gains that were therefore included in the price that the shareholder paid. Such distributions may reduce the net asset value of a Fund’s shares below the shareholder’s cost basis in those shares. As described above, each Fund is required to distribute realized income and gains regardless of whether that Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.
Tax Implications of Certain Fund Investments
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that are acquired by a Fund will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in a Fund’s income (and required to be distributed by the Fund) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having market discount. Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, a Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though the payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon
63
partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in a Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund may be treated as having OID or “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). Generally, a Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in a Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
Some preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer the payment of distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If a Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring the payment of its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any such deferred distribution even though the Fund has not yet actually received the cash distribution.
If a Fund holds the foregoing kinds of obligations, or other obligations subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or, if necessary, by liquidation of portfolio securities (including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so). A Fund may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event a Fund realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend or ordinary dividend, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
Very generally, where a Fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the redemption price at maturity – that is, at a premium – the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if a Fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without consent of the IRS, the Fund reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortized premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds acquired on or after January 4, 2013, the Fund is permitted to deduct any remaining premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require a Fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortized premium.
Investments in high-yield debt obligations or other distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for a Fund investing in or holding such obligations. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent a Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation; when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount; when and to what extent a Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by each Fund as necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
A portion of the OID paid or accrued on certain high-yield discount obligations owned by a Fund may not be deductible to the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends-received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the obligation is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such OID.
A Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the
64
IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, a Fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for charitable remainder trusts. See “Tax-Exempt Shareholders” below.
In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.
A Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by a Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent years.
Any equity investments by a Fund in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could potentially subject that Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the PFIC or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the PFIC. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, a Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, a Fund may elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in which case that Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. A Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of that Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect that Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.
A Fund’s investments in foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes on dividends, interest, capital gains, or other income or proceeds. These withholding and other taxes will decrease a Fund’s yield on the securities subject to such taxes. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of a Fund’s assets at taxable year end consists of the securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to permit shareholders to claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns for their pro rata portions of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes paid by the Fund. A shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by a Fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the shareholder’s not
65
receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize on their U.S. federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes. Shareholders that are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and those who invest in a Fund through tax-advantaged accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by a Fund. Even if eligible in a particular taxable year, a Fund may determine not to make this election, in which case shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction for foreign taxes directly or indirectly paid by the Fund in such year. Shareholders of the Event Driven Fund generally will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by or withheld from a Fund.
A Fund’s derivatives transactions, as well as any hedging, straddle and short sale transactions, generally are subject to one or more special tax rules (including, for instance, notional principal contract, mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a Fund are treated as ordinary or capital and/or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to a Fund, defer losses to a Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of a Fund’s securities. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. In addition, because these and other tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.
In addition, certain of a Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, as well as any of a Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between a Fund’s book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If a Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including net realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of that Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If a Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded favorable tax treatment.
To the extent a Fund participates in short sales by contracting for the sale of securities it does not own and later purchasing securities necessary to close the sale, the character of the gain or loss realized on such a short sale is determined by reference to the property used to close the short sale and is thus generally short-term. Because net short-term capital gain (after reduction by any long-term capital loss) is generally taxed at ordinary income rates, a Fund’s short sale transactions can increase the percentage of a Fund’s gains that are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Fund Shares
The sale, exchange or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss to the shareholder. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to those shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed under the wash-sale rule of the Code if other substantially identical shares are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
66
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their Capital Gain Dividends with capital loss from other sources. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting the circumstances under which capital loss may be offset against capital gain and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Upon the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through an intermediary, the intermediary may be required to provide you and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund shares you redeemed or exchanged. See the Funds’ Prospectus for more information.
Backup Withholding
A Fund (or if Fund shares are purchased through an intermediary, the intermediary) generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund (or intermediary) with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund (or intermediary) that he or she is not subject to such withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations
Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct holders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Non-U.S. Shareholders
Distributions by a Fund to shareholders that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“foreign shareholders”) properly reported by the Fund as (1) Capital Gain Dividends, (2) short-term capital gain dividends, and (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, generally will not be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax.
In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions from U.S. source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by the Fund in a written notice to shareholders.
The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests (“USRPI”) as described below. The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder that (A) has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign
67
shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. A Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.
Distributions by the Fund to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, and interest-related dividends (e.g., dividends attributable to dividend and foreign-source interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).
A foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States, (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of USRPIs apply to the foreign shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund (as described below).
Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from a Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will, in general, be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax.
If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein and are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Special rules apply to distributions to certain foreign shareholders from a RIC that is a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or former USRPHC or would be a USRPHC absent certain exclusions from the definition of USRPIs. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs — USRPIs are defined generally as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC — the fair market value of which, during specified testing periods, equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. The Funds generally do not expect that they will be USRPHCs or would be USRPHCs but for the operation of the special exceptions referred to above, and thus do not expect these special tax rules to apply.
In order to qualify for any exemption from withholding described above (to the extent applicable) or for lower withholding tax rates under applicable income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisers in this regard.
A foreign shareholder may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal tax on income referred to above.
68
Tax-Exempt Shareholders
Under current law, a Fund serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) UBTI from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in that Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).
A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes excess inclusion income derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICS or equity interests in TMPs if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).
In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in section 664 of the Code) that realizes any UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a Fund to the extent it recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a Fund and the Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, a Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund.
CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in a Fund.
Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts
Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of a Fund could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in the Fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (“FBAR”). Shareholders should consult a tax adviser, and persons investing in a Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary, regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.
Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, a Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. If a payment by a Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund or its agent is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends). Proposed Treasury Regulations, which are currently effective, would eliminate the withholding tax on Capital Gain Dividends and gross proceeds of redemptions or exchanges that was scheduled to go into effect in 2019.
69
Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation. Persons investing in a Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary regarding the application of this reporting and withholding regime to their investments in a Fund.
Shares Purchased Through Tax Qualified Plans
Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans or tax-advantaged arrangements. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such plans and arrangements and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.
General Considerations
The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific U.S. federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of shares of a Fund, as well as the effects of state, local, foreign and other tax law and any proposed tax law changes.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements and notes thereto of the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 are incorporated into this SAI by reference and have been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the financial statements, appears in the Funds’ 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, as filed with the SEC on September 9, 2021 (file # 811-21866).
The audited financial statements incorporated by reference into the Funds’ Prospectus and this SAI have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of Cohen & Company, Ltd., given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting. The Funds’ Annual Report is available without charge by calling the Funds at (877) 665-1287 or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
On June 29, 2020, NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund acquired the assets of Highland Long/Short Equity Fund. NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund is the successor for the performance information of Highland Long/Short Equity Fund.
On March 2, 2021, NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund acquired the assets of Highland Socially Responsible Equity Fund. NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund is the successor for the performance information of Highland Socially Responsible Equity Fund.
70
APPENDIX A — RATINGS CATEGORIES
Ratings in General. A rating of a rating service represents the service’s opinion as to the credit quality of the security being rated. However, the ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality or guarantees as to the creditworthiness of an issuer. Consequently, the Adviser believes that the quality of debt securities should be continuously reviewed and that individual analysts give different weightings to the various factors involved in credit analysis. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security because it does not take into account market value or suitability for a particular investor. When a security has received a rating from more than one service, each rating should be evaluated independently. Ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by the rating services from other sources that they consider reliable. Ratings may be changed, suspended or withdrawn as a result of changes in or unavailability of such information, or for other reasons. The following is a description of the characteristics of ratings used by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”).
Moody’s
Global Long-term Rating Scale
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
A-1
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*
* |
By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security. |
Global Short-Term Rating Scale
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments.
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
S&P
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations: (i) likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an
A-2
obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (ii) nature of and provisions of the obligation, and the promise we impute; and (iii) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
A-3
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C
An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-4
A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet is financial commitments.
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments.
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it subject to a distressed exchange offer.
SPUR (S&P Underlying Rating)
A SPUR rating is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
A-5
APPENDIX B
POLICY REGARDING PROXY VOTING
Purpose and Scope
The purpose of these voting policies and procedures (the “Policy”) is to set forth the principles and procedures by which Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (the “Company”) votes or gives consents with respect to the securities owned by Clients for which the Company exercises voting authority and discretion.1 For avoidance of doubt, this includes any proxy and any shareholder vote or consent, including a vote or consent for a private company or other issuer that does not involve a proxy. These policies and procedures have been designed to help ensure that votes are cast in the best interests of Clients in accordance with the Company’s fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”).
This Policy applies to securities held in all Client accounts (including Retail Funds and other pooled investment vehicles) as to which the Company has explicit or implicit voting authority. Implicit voting authority exists where the Company’s voting authority is implied by a general delegation of investment authority without reservation of proxy voting authority to the Client.
If the Company has delegated voting authority to an investment sub-adviser with respect to any Retail Fund, such sub-adviser will be responsible for voting all proxies for such Retail Funds in accordance with the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies. The Compliance Department, to provide oversight over the proxy voting by sub-advisers and to ensure that votes are executed in the best interests of the Retail Funds, shall (i) review the proxy voting policies and procedures of each Retail Fund sub-adviser to confirm that they comply with Rule 206(4)-6, both upon engagement of the sub-adviser and upon any material change to the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures, and (ii) require each such sub-adviser to provide quarterly certifications that all proxies were voted pursuant to the sub-adviser’s policies and procedures or to describe any inconsistent votes.
General Principles
The Company and its affiliates engage in a broad range of activities, including investment activities for their own accounts and for the accounts of various Clients and providing investment advisory and other services to Clients. In the ordinary course of conducting the Company’s activities, the interests of a Client may conflict with the interests of the Company, other Clients and/or the Company’s affiliates and their clients. Any conflicts of interest relating to the voting of proxies, regardless of whether actual or perceived, will be addressed in accordance with these policies and procedures. The guiding principle by which the Company votes all proxies is to vote in the best interests of each Client by maximizing the economic value of the relevant Client’s holdings, taking into account the relevant Client’s investment horizon, the contractual obligations under the relevant advisory agreements or comparable documents and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. The Company does not permit voting decisions to be influenced in any manner that is contrary to, or dilutive of, this guiding principle.
Voting Procedures
Third-Party Proxy Advisors
The Company may engage a third-party proxy advisor (“Proxy Advisor”) to provide proxy voting recommendations with respect to Client proxies. Proxy Advisor voting recommendation guidelines are generally
designed to increase investors’ potential financial gain. When considering whether to retain or continue retaining any particular Proxy Advisor, the Compliance Department will ascertain, among other things, whether the Proxy
1 |
In any case where a Client has instructed the Company to vote in a particular manner on the Client’s behalf, those instructions will govern in lieu of parameters set forth in the Policy. |
B-1
Advisor has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues. In this regard, the Compliance Department will consider, among other things: the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Advisor’s staffing and personnel; the robustness of its policies and procedures regarding its ability to (a) engage with issuers and ensure that its proxy voting recommendations are based on current and accurate information and (b) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that the Compliance Department determines would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the Proxy Advisor. To identify and address any conflicts that may arise on the part of the Proxy Advisor, the Compliance Department will ensure that the Proxy Advisor notifies the Compliance Department of any relevant business changes or changes to its policies and procedures regarding conflicts.
Third-Party Proxy Voting Services
The Company may utilize a third-party proxy voting service (“Proxy Voting Service”) to monitor holdings in Client accounts for purposes of determining whether there are upcoming shareholder meetings or similar corporate actions and to execute Client proxies on behalf of the Company pursuant to the Company’s instructions, which shall be given in a manner consistent with this Policy. The Compliance Department will oversee each Proxy Voting Service to ensure that proxies have been voted in a manner consistent with the Company’s instructions.
Monitoring
Subject to the procedures regarding Nonstandard Proxy Notices described below, the Compliance Department of the Company shall have responsibility for monitoring Client accounts for proxy notices. Except as detailed below, if proxy notices are received by other employees of the Company, such employees must promptly forward all proxy or other voting materials to the Compliance Department.
Portfolio Manager Review and Instruction
From time to time, the settlement group of the Company may receive nonstandard proxy notices, regarding matters including, but not limited to, proposals regarding corporate actions or amendments (“Nonstandard Proxy Notices”) with respect to securities held by Clients. Upon receipt of a Nonstandard Proxy Notice, a member of the settlement group (the “Settlement Designee”) shall send an email notification containing all relevant information to the Portfolio Manager(s) with responsibility for the security and [ .com]. Generally, the relevant Portfolio Manager(s) shall deliver voting instructions for Nonstandard Proxy Notices by replying to the email notice sent to the Portfolio Manager(s) and [ .com] by the Settlement Designee or by sending voting instructions to [ .com] and copying [ .com]. Any conflicts for Nonstandard Proxy Notices should also be disclosed to the Compliance Department. In the event a Portfolio Manager orally conveys voting instructions to the Settlement Designee or any other member of the Company’s settlement group, that Settlement Designee or member of the Company’s settlement group shall respond to the original notice email sent to [ .com] detailing the Portfolio Manager(s) voting instructions.
With regard to standard proxy notices, on a weekly basis, the Compliance Department will send a notice of upcoming proxy votes related to securities held by Clients and the corresponding voting recommendations of the Proxy Advisor to the relevant Portfolio Manager(s). Upon receipt of a proxy notice from the Compliance Department, the Portfolio Manager(s) will review and evaluate the upcoming votes and recommendations. The Portfolio Managers may rely on any information and/or research available to him or her and may, in his or her discretion, meet with members of an issuer’s management to discuss matters of importance to the relevant Clients and their economic interests. Should the Portfolio Manager determine that deviating from the Proxy Advisor’s recommendation is in a Client’s best interest, the Portfolio Manager shall communicate his or her voting instructions to the Compliance Department.
B-2
In the event that more than one Portfolio Manager is responsible for making a particular voting decision and such Portfolio Managers are unable to arrive at an agreement as to how to vote with respect to a particular proposal, they should consult with the applicable Chief Compliance Officer (the “CCO”) for guidance.
Voting
Upon receipt of the relevant Portfolio Managers’ voting instructions, if any, the Compliance Department will communicate the instructions to the Proxy Voting Service to execute the proxy votes.
Supplemental Information of Issuers
In the event that the Company becomes aware that an issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) supplemental information in response to a Proxy Advisor’s voting recommendation, sufficiently in advance of the submission deadline which would reasonably be expected to affect the Company’s voting determination, the Compliance Department will review such supplemental information and provide the supplemental information to the relevant Portfolio Manager(s). The Portfolio Manager shall communicate to the Compliance Department whether or not the previously provided voting instructions should be changed, and the Compliance Department document the extent to which the supplemental information was considered and/or impacted the voting.
Non-Votes
It is the general policy of the Company to vote or give consent on all matters presented to security holders in any vote, and these policies and procedures have been designated with that in mind. However, the Company reserves the right to abstain on any particular vote if, in the judgment of the CCO, or the relevant Portfolio Manager, the effect on the relevant Client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant in relation to the Client’s portfolio, if the costs associated with voting in any particular instance outweigh the benefits to the relevant Clients or if the circumstances make such an abstention or withholding otherwise advisable and in the best interests of the relevant Clients not to vote. Such determination may apply in respect of all Client holdings of the securities or only certain specified Clients, as the Company deems appropriate under the circumstances. As examples, a Portfolio Manager may determine: (a) not to recall securities on loan if, in his or her judgment, the matters being voted upon are not material events affecting the securities and the negative consequences to Clients of disrupting the securities lending program would outweigh the benefits of voting in the particular instance or (b) not to vote proxies relating to certain foreign securities if, in his or her judgment, the expense and administrative inconvenience outweighs the benefits to Clients of voting the securities.
Conflicts of Interest
The Company’s Compliance Department is responsible for monitoring voting decisions for any conflicts of interest, regardless of whether they are actual or perceived. All voting decisions contrary to the recommendation of a Proxy Advisor require a mandatory conflicts of interest review by the Compliance Department, which will include a consideration of whether the Company or any Portfolio Manager or other person recommending or providing input on how to vote has an interest in the vote that may present a conflict of interest.
In addition, all Company investment professionals are expected to perform their tasks relating to the voting of proxies in accordance with the principles set forth above, according the first priority to the best interest of the relevant Clients. If at any time a Portfolio Manager or any other investment professional becomes aware of a potential or actual conflict of interest regarding any particular voting decision, he or she must contact the Compliance Department promptly and, if in connection with a proxy that has yet to be voted, prior to such vote. If any investment professional is pressured or lobbied, whether from inside or outside the Company, with respect to any particular voting decision, he or she should contact the Compliance Department promptly. The CCO will
B-3
use his or her best judgment to address any such conflict of interest and ensure that it is resolved in accordance with his or her independent assessment of the best interests of the relevant Clients.
In the event of a conflict, the Company may choose to address such conflict by: (i) voting in accordance with the Proxy Advisor’s recommendation; (ii) the CCO determining how to vote the proxy (if the CCO approves deviation from the Proxy Advisor’s recommendation, then the CCO shall document the rationale for the vote); (iii) “echo voting” or “mirror voting” the proxy in the same proportion as the votes of other proxy holders that are not Clients; or (iv) with respect to Clients other than Retail Funds, notifying the affected Client of the material conflict of interest and seeking a waiver of the conflict or obtaining such Client’s voting instructions. Where the Compliance Department deems appropriate, third parties may be used to help resolve conflicts. In this regard, the CCO or his or her delegate shall have the power to retain fiduciaries, consultants or professionals to assist with voting decisions and/or to delegate voting or consent powers to such fiduciaries, consultants or professionals.
Where a conflict of interest arises with respect to a voting decision for a Retail Fund, the Company shall disclose the conflict and the rationale for the vote taken to the Retail Fund’s Board of Directors/Trustees at the next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. The Compliance Department will maintain a log documenting the basis for the decision and will furnish the log to the Board of Trustees.
Material Conflicts of Interest
The following relationships or circumstances are examples of situations that may give rise to a material conflict of interest for purposes of this Policy. This list is not exclusive or determinative; any potential conflict (including payments of the types described below but less than the specified threshold) should be identified to the Company’s Compliance Department:
(i) |
The issuer is a Client of the Company, or of an affiliate, accounting for more than 5% of the Company’s or affiliate’s annual revenues. |
(ii) |
The issuer is an entity that reasonably could be expected to pay the Company or its affiliates more than $1 million through the end of the Company’s next two full fiscal years. |
(iii) |
The issuer is an entity in which a “Covered Person” (as defined in the Company’s Policies and Procedures Designed to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading and to Comply with Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Code of Ethics”)) has a beneficial interest contrary to the position held by the Company on behalf of Clients. |
(iv) |
The issuer is an entity in which an officer or partner of the Company or a relative of any such person is or was an officer, director or employee, or such person or relative otherwise has received more than $150,000 in fees, compensation and other payment from the issuer during the Company’s last three fiscal years; provided, however, that the Compliance Department may deem such a relationship not to be a material conflict of interest if the Company representative serves as an officer or director of the issuer at the direction of the Company for purposes of seeking control over the issuer. |
(v) |
The matter under consideration could reasonably be expected to result in a material financial benefit to the Company or its affiliates through the end of the Company’s next two full fiscal years (for example, a vote to increase an investment advisory fee for a Retail Fund advised by the Company or an affiliate). |
(vi) |
Another Client or prospective Client of the Company, directly or indirectly, conditions future engagement of the Company on voting proxies in respect of any Client’s securities on a particular matter in a particular way. |
(vii) |
The Company holds various classes and types of equity and debt securities of the same issuer contemporaneously in different Client portfolios. |
B-4
(viii) |
Any other circumstance where the Company’s duty to serve its Clients’ interests, typically referred to as its “duty of loyalty,” could be compromised. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a conflict of interest described above shall not be considered material for the purposes of this Policy in respect of a specific vote or circumstance if:
The securities in respect of which the Company has the power to vote account for less than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities, but only if: (i) such securities do not represent one of the 10 largest holdings of such issuer’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) such securities do not represent more than 2% of the Client’s holdings with the Company.
The matter to be voted on relates to a restructuring of the terms of existing securities or the issuance of new securities or a similar matter arising out of the holding of securities, other than common equity, in the context of a bankruptcy or threatened bankruptcy of the issuer.
Recordkeeping
Following the submission of a proxy vote, the Fund will maintain a report of the vote and all relevant documentation.
The Fund shall retain records relating to the voting of proxies and the Company shall conduct due diligence, including on Proxy Voting Services and Proxy Advisors, as applicable, to ensure the following records are adequately maintained by the appropriate party:
(i) |
Copies of this Policy and any amendments thereto. |
(ii) |
A current copy of the Proxy Advisor’s voting guidelines, as amended. |
(iii) |
A copy of each proxy statement that the Company receives regarding Client securities, including any supplemental information an issuer files with the SEC that the Company becomes aware of. The Company may rely on a third party to make and retain, on the Company’s behalf, a copy of a proxy statement, provided that the Company has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request. |
(iv) |
Records of each vote cast by the Company on behalf of Clients. The Company may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on the Company’s behalf, a record of the vote cast, provided that the Company has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request. |
(v) |
A copy of any documents created by the Company that were material to making a decision how to vote or that memorializes the basis for that decision. |
(vi) |
A copy of each written request for information on how the Company voted proxies on behalf of the Client, and a copy of any written response by the Company to any (oral or written) request for information on how the Company voted. |
B-5
These records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the Company’s fiscal year during which the last entry was made in the records, the first two years in an appropriate office of the Company.2
Enforcement of this Policy
It shall be the responsibility of the Compliance Department to handle or coordinate the enforcement of this Policy. The Compliance Department will periodically sample proxy voting records to ensure that proxies have been voted in accordance with this Policy, with a particular focus on any proxy votes that require additional analysis (e.g., proxies voted contrary to the recommendations of a Proxy Advisor).
If the Compliance Department determines that a Proxy Advisor or Proxy Voting Service may have committed a material error, the Compliance Department will investigate the error, taking into account the nature of the error, and seek to determine whether the Proxy Advisor or Proxy Voting Service is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future.
In addition, no less frequently than annually, the Compliance Department will review the adequacy of this Policy to ensure that it has been implemented effectively and to confirm that this Policy continues to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of Clients.
Disclosures to Clients and Investors
As a matter of policy, the Company does not disclose how it expects to vote on upcoming proxies. Additionally, the Company does not disclose the way it voted proxies to unaffiliated third parties without a legitimate need to know such information. Conflicts of Interest are otherwise described in the offering documents of the Company’s Clients. This Policy is, however, subject to change at anytime without notice.
2 |
If the Company has essentially immediate access to a book or record (on the Company’s proprietary system or otherwise) through a computer located at an appropriate office of the Company, then that book or record will be considered to be maintained at an appropriate office of the Company. “Immediate access” to books and records includes that the Company has the ability to provide promptly to SEC examination staff hard copies of the books and records or access to the storage medium. The party responsible for the applicable books and records as described above shall also be responsible for ensuring that those books and records for the first two years are either physically maintained in an appropriate office of the Company or that the Company otherwise has essentially immediate access to the required books and records for the first two years. |
B-6
Statement of Additional Information Dated October 31, 2021
HIGHLAND/iBOXX SENIOR LOAN ETF
Ticker: SNLN
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange: NASDAQ, Inc.
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It relates to the Prospectus of the Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF (the “Fund”), dated October 31, 2021 and any supplements thereto (the “Prospectus”), and should be read in conjunction therewith. Copies of the Fund’s Prospectus and the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report are available free of charge by calling the Fund at (855) 799-4757, visiting the Fund’s website (http://www.highlandfunds.com) or writing to the Fund, 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, TX 75201. Capitalized terms used in this SAI and not otherwise defined have the meanings given them in the Fund’s Prospectus. The principal U.S. national stock exchange on which the Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF is listed is NASDAQ, Inc. (the “Exchange”).
The Fund’s financial statements and notes thereto and financial highlights for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, including the independent registered public accounting firms’ reports thereon, are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s Annual Report and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting. No other parts of the Fund’s Annual Report or Semi-Annual Report are incorporated by reference.
For a free copy of the Fund’s Annual or Semi-Annual Reports, please call 1-855-799-4757. Information regarding the status of shareholder accounts may be obtained by calling the Trust at the telephone number listed above or by writing the Trust at Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”), 240 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10286. Terms that are defined in the Prospectus shall have the same meanings in this SAI.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3 | ||||
4 | ||||
21 | ||||
22 | ||||
24 | ||||
25 | ||||
35 | ||||
37 | ||||
41 | ||||
41 | ||||
41 | ||||
41 | ||||
42 | ||||
43 | ||||
45 | ||||
47 | ||||
48 | ||||
53 | ||||
65 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
APPENDIX B — HIGHLAND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT FUND ADVISORS, L.P. PROXY VOTING POLICY |
B-1 |
2
THE FUND
Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF (the “Fund”) is a non-diversified series of Highland Funds I (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust on February 28, 2006. Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF commenced investment operations on November 6, 2012. This SAI relates only to the Fund.
The Fund is an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) and Shares of Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF are listed on NASDAQ, Inc. For purposes of this SAI, the “Exchange” shall mean NASDAQ, Inc. The shares will trade on the Exchange at market prices that may differ to some degree from the shares’ net asset value (“NAV”). The Fund issues and redeems shares on a continuous basis at NAV in large, specified numbers of shares called “Creation Units.” Creation Units are issued and redeemed in-kind for securities included in the Fund’s underlying index (the “Underlying Index”) and/or for cash at the discretion of the Fund. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares are not redeemable securities of the Fund. Retail investors, therefore, generally will not be able to purchase the shares directly from the Fund. Rather, most retail investors will purchase shares in the secondary market with the assistance of a broker.
The name of the Trust was changed from “Highland Funds I” to “Pyxis Funds I” effective January 9, 2012. The name of the Trust was changed from “Pyxis Funds I” to “Highland Funds I” effective February 8, 2013.
Exchange Listing and Trading
There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will be met. The Exchange may remove the Fund from listing under certain circumstances.
As in the case of all equities traded on the Exchange, brokers’ commissions on transactions in the Fund will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels for retail customers.
In order to provide current share pricing information, the Exchange, market data vendors or other information providers disseminate an updated Indicative Optimized Portfolio Value (“IOPV”) for the Fund. The Trust is not involved in, or responsible for, any aspect of the calculation or dissemination of the IOPV and makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the IOPV. The IOPV is expected to be disseminated every 15 seconds during regular trading hours of the Exchange. The Fund’s IOPV disseminated during the Exchange’s trading hours should not be viewed as a real-time update of the Fund’s NAV, which is calculated only once a day.
3
DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS
The following information supplements the discussion of the investment policies and strategies of the Fund as described in the Prospectus. In pursuing its objective, the Fund will invest as described in the Prospectus and as described below with respect to the following additional investment policies and strategies.
The Underlying Index is sponsored by Markit Indices Limited, an organization that is independent of the Fund. The Underlying Index is calculated at the end of each business day and re-balanced at the end of each month. The Index Provider annually reviews the parameters used in the selection of component securities of the Underlying Index (“Component Securities”), including the target number of loans and the eligibility criteria, to ensure that the Underlying Index continues to reflect the underlying loans market. The review consists of a qualitative and quantitative assessment of any developments in the loans market in terms of market size, depth and overall liquidity conditions of the market.
The Fund may change its benchmark or its Underlying Index at any time, including if, for example, the Underlying Index becomes unavailable; the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) believes that the Underlying Index no longer serves the investment needs of a majority of shareholders or that another index may better serve their needs; or if the financial or economic environment makes it difficult for the Fund’s investment results to correspond sufficiently to its current benchmark or the Underlying Index. The Fund may specify a benchmark index that is “leveraged” or proprietary. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its objective.
The Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (“HCMFA” or the “Adviser”) to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as yield, credit rating, maturity and duration) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Underlying Index. Because the Fund uses representative sampling, it generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its Underlying Index.
The Fund generally invests at least 80% of its assets in Component Securities. The Fund may invest the remainder of its assets in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which the Adviser believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. For example, the Fund may invest in securities that are not components of its Underlying Index to reflect various corporate actions (such as mergers) and other changes in the Underlying Index (such as reconstitutions, additions and deletions). The Fund may invest without limitation in warrants and may also use derivatives, primarily swaps (including equity, variance and volatility swaps), options and futures contracts on securities, interest rates, non-physical commodities and/or currencies, as substitutes for direct investments the Fund can make. The Fund may also use derivatives such as swaps, options (including options on futures), futures, and foreign currency transactions (e.g., foreign currency swaps, futures and forwards) to any extent deemed by the Adviser to be in the best interest of the Fund, and to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), to hedge various investments for risk management and speculative purposes. The Fund may also invest in cash and cash equivalents.
In addition, the Adviser may also invest some of the Fund’s assets in short-term U.S. Government obligations, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments to enable the Fund to make investments quickly and to serve as collateral with respect to certain of its investments. The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis. The Fund may also invest its assets in high yield bonds (also known as “junk bonds”) which are bonds typically rated below investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations (“NRSROs”). NRSROs generally regard high-yield debt securities as predominately speculative with respect to ability to pay interest and repay principal and riskier than higher-rated debt securities. Appendix A contains additional information concerning the characteristics of the ratings used by certain NRSROs. From time to time, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, cash balances of the Fund may be placed in a money market fund or investments may be made in shares of other investment companies, including other ETFs, subject to the applicable limits under the 1940 Act.
4
Limited Role in Affairs of Portfolio Companies. Although the Adviser does not take an active role in the affairs of the companies in which the Fund has positions other than voting proxies with respect to the Fund’s portfolio holdings, it is the policy of the Fund to take such steps as are necessary to protect its economic interests. If the opportunity presents itself, the Adviser reserves the option for any of its partners to accept a role on the board of directors of any company, regardless of whether the Fund holds any of the company’s securities.
Financial Futures. The Adviser is registered as a “commodity pool operator” and “commodity trading adviser” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). However, pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) Rule 4.5, the Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA; therefore, the Adviser, with respect to the Fund, is not subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion under CFTC Rule 4.5, the Fund will be limited in its ability to use certain derivative instruments regulated under the CEA (“commodity interests”), including futures, swaps and options on futures. In the event the Fund’s investments in commodity interests exceed a certain threshold, the Adviser may be required to register as a “commodity pool operator” and/or “commodity trading advisor” with the CFTC with respect to the Fund. The Fund’s eligibility to claim the exclusion will be based upon the level and scope of its investment in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which the Fund holds out its use of commodity interests. For example, CFTC Rule 4.5 requires the fund with respect to which the sponsor is claiming the exclusion to, among other things, satisfy one of the two following trading thresholds: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in commodity interests cannot exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of commodity interests not used solely for “ bona fide hedging purposes, determined at the time the most recent position was established, cannot generally exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions it has entered into. In the event the Adviser becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 and the Adviser is required to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund, the Fund’s expenses may increase.
The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts; those position limits may in the future also apply to certain other derivatives positions the Fund may wish to take. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may in the future be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Adviser and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore, it is possible that in the future the trading decisions of the Adviser may have to be modified and that positions held by the Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of the Fund.
Fixed-Income and Other Debt Securities
Fixed-income and other debt instrument securities include all bonds, high yield or “junk” bonds, municipal bonds, debentures, U.S. Government securities, mortgage-related securities, zero coupon securities and custodial receipts. The market value of fixed-income obligations of the Fund will be affected by general changes in interest rates, which will result in increases or decreases in the value of the obligations held by the Fund. The market value of the fixed-income obligations held by the Fund can be expected to vary inversely to changes in prevailing interest rates. As a result, the market value of the fixed-income obligations held by the Fund generally will increase when prevailing interest rates are declining and generally will decrease when prevailing interest rates are rising. In addition, in periods of declining interest rates, the Fund’s yield will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing market rates and, in periods of rising interest rates, the Fund’s yield will tend to be somewhat lower. Also, when interest rates are falling, the inflow of net new money to the Fund from the continuous sale of its shares will tend to be invested in instruments producing lower yields than the balance of its portfolio, thereby
5
reducing the Fund’s current yield. In periods of rising interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur. In addition, securities in which the Fund may invest may not yield as high a level of current income as might be achieved by investing in securities with less liquidity, less creditworthiness or longer maturities.
Ratings made available by NRSROs are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. The Index Provider will assign each loan it considers for inclusion in the Underlying Index a composite index rating based on the ratings from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. If more than one agency publishes a rating for a loan, the average of the ratings determines the composite rating. These ratings comprise part of its criteria for selection of Component Securities. The Index Provider will consider other factors as well, such as the loan’s type, size, liquidity, spread and time to maturity.
Fixed-income securities may be purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. See “When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments” below.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.
Medium-, Lower-Rated and Unrated Securities. Securities rated in the fourth highest category by a NRSRO, although considered investment grade, may possess speculative characteristics, and changes in economic or other conditions are more likely to impair the ability of issuers of these securities to make interest and principal payments than is the case with respect to issuers of higher grade bonds.
Generally, medium- or lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The yield of junk bonds will fluctuate over time.
The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium- and lower-rated securities, and unrated securities of comparable quality, generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.
In addition, the market for securities in lower-rated categories is more volatile than that for higher-rated securities, and the markets in which medium- and lower-rated or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher-rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the Fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.
Lower-rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return. Also, as the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates the value of the securities held by the Fund may decline relatively proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently.
6
Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced. Neither event will require sale of these securities by the Fund, but the Index Provider will consider this event in its determination of whether the securities will be removed from the Underlying Index.
The market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less active than that for higher rated debt securities, which can adversely affect the prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available, lower-rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by the Board, including the use of outside pricing services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate debt securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and changing investor perception may affect the ability of outside pricing services to value lower-rated debt securities and the ability to dispose of these securities.
The Fund may choose, at its expense or in conjunction with others, to pursue litigation or otherwise exercise its rights as a security holder to seek to protect the interest of security holders if it determines this to be in the best interest of the Fund.
Investments in high-yield debt obligations (known as “junk”) or other debt obligations that are at risk of, or are in, default present special tax issues for the Fund investing in or holding such securities. See “Income Tax Considerations” below.
Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits. Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers’ acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.
Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Investments in time deposits maturing in more than seven days will be subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) restrictions that limit investments in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets.
U.S. Government Securities. U.S. Government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Some U.S. Government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others are supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations, such as securities of the Federal National Mortgage Association or (iii) only the credit of the issuer, such as securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. Government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. To the extent the Fund invests in U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, such investments may involve a greater risk of loss of principal and interest since the Fund must look principally or solely to the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality for repayment.
7
Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participation interests in loans made to foreign governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participation interests is limited and, therefore, may be regarded as illiquid.
U.S. Treasury Bills. U.S. Treasury Bills are issued with maturities of up to one year. Three month bills are currently offered by the Treasury on a 13-week cycle and are auctioned each week by the Treasury. Bills are issued in bearer form only and are sold only on a discount basis, and the difference between the purchase price and the maturity value (or the resale price if they are sold before maturity) constitutes the interest income for the investor.
Mortgage-Related Securities. There are several risks associated with mortgage-related securities. One is that the monthly cash inflow from the underlying loans may not be sufficient to meet the monthly payment requirements of the mortgage-related security. Prepayment of principal by mortgagors or mortgage foreclosures will shorten the term of the underlying mortgage pool for a mortgage-related security. Early returns of principal will affect the average life of the mortgage-related securities remaining in the Fund. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. In periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the average life of a pool of mortgage-related securities. Conversely, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the average life of a pool. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower interest rates than the original investment, thus affecting the yield of the Fund. Because prepayments of principal generally occur when interest rates are declining, it is likely that the Fund will have to reinvest the proceeds of prepayments at lower interest rates than those at which the assets were previously invested. If this occurs, the Fund’s yield will correspondingly decline. Thus, mortgage-related securities may have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates than other fixed-income securities of comparable maturity, although these securities may have a comparable risk of decline in market value in periods of rising interest rates. To the extent that the Fund purchases mortgage-related securities at a premium, unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will result in a loss equal to any unamortized premium.
Zero Coupon Securities. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities are debt obligations that are issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the particular interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Zero coupon securities do not require the periodic payment of interest. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. These investments may experience greater volatility in market value than U.S. Government securities that make regular payments of interest. The Fund accrues income on these investments for tax and accounting purposes, which must be distributed to shareholders in order to avoid taxation. Because no cash is received at the time of accrual, this may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities (including when not advantageous to do so) to satisfy the Fund’s distribution obligations (see “Income Tax Considerations” below), in which case the Fund will forego the purchase of additional income producing assets with these funds. Zero coupon securities include Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”). STRIPS are securities underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. They also include Coupons Under Book Entry Safekeeping (“CUBES”), which are component parts of U.S. Treasury bonds and represent scheduled interest and principal payments on the bonds.
Custodial Receipts. Custodial receipts or certificates include Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Financial Corporation certificates (“FICO STRIPS”). CATS, TIGRs and FICO STRIPS are securities underwritten by securities dealers or banks that
8
evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. The underwriters of these certificates or receipts purchase a U.S. Government security and deposit the security in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the U.S. Government security. Custodial receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon U.S. Government securities, described above. Although typically under the terms of a custodial receipt the Fund is authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the Fund may be required to assert through the custodian bank such rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, if the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, if the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited were determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in respect of any taxes paid.
Payment-in-Kind Securities. The value of payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) held by the Fund may be more sensitive to fluctuations in interest rates than other securities. PIKs pay all or a portion of their interest or dividends in the form of additional securities. Federal tax law requires that the interest on PIK bonds be accrued as income to the Fund regardless of the fact that the Fund will not receive cash until such securities mature. Since the income must be distributed to shareholders in order to avoid taxation, the Fund may be forced to liquidate other securities in order to make the required distribution.
Loans and Other Direct Debt Instruments. These are instruments in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental or other borrower to another party. They may represent amounts owed to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables) or to other parties. Direct debt instruments purchased by the Fund may have a maturity of any number of days or years, may be secured or unsecured, and may be of any credit quality. Direct debt instruments involve the risk of loss in the case of default or insolvency of the borrower. Direct debt instruments may offer less legal protection to the Fund in the event of fraud or misrepresentation. In addition, loan participations involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other financial intermediary. Direct debt instruments also may include standby financing commitments that obligate the Fund to supply additional cash to the borrower on demand at a time when the Fund would not have otherwise done so, even if the borrower’s condition makes it unlikely that the amount will ever be repaid.
Because loans are not ordinarily registered with the SEC or any state securities commission or listed on any securities exchange, there is usually less publicly available information about such instruments. In addition, loans may not be considered “securities” for purposes of the anti-fraud provisions under the federal securities laws and, as a result, as a purchaser of these instruments, we may not be entitled to the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws. In the course of investing in such instruments, we may come into possession of material nonpublic information and, because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information, we may be unable to enter into a transaction in a publicly-traded security of that issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous for us to do so. Alternatively, we may choose not to receive material nonpublic information about an issuer of such loans, with the result that we may have less information about such issuers than other investors who transact in such assets.
These instruments will be considered illiquid securities and so will be limited in accordance with the Fund’s restrictions on illiquid securities.
Illiquid Securities
Illiquid securities are securities that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market
9
value of the investment. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), securities that are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities that have not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as “private placements” or “restricted securities” and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Open-end investment companies do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted securities or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and an investment company might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. An investment company might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, which would result in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities. The Fund may not acquire any illiquid securities if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the market value of the Fund’s net assets would be in investments that are illiquid or otherwise not readily marketable.
The Trust has implemented a written liquidity risk management program (the “LRM Program”) and related procedures to manage the liquidity risk of a Fund in accordance with Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 22e-4”). Rule 22e-4 defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interests in the Fund. The Board has designated the Adviser to serve as the administrator of the LRM Program and the related procedures. As a part of the LRM Program, the Adviser is responsible for identifying illiquid investments and categorizing the relative liquidity of a Fund’s investments in accordance with Rule 22e-4. Under the LRM Program, the Adviser assesses, manages, and periodically reviews a Fund’s liquidity risk, and is responsible to make periodic reports to the Board and the SEC regarding the liquidity of a Fund’s investments, and to notify the Board and the SEC of certain liquidity events specified in Rule 22e-4. The liquidity of a Fund’s portfolio investments is determined based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the LRM Program. Please refer to the section titled, “Expedited Settlement Agreement”, for more information regarding the Adviser’s management of Fund liquidity.
In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.
Rule 144A Securities. The SEC has adopted Rule 144A, which allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on their resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act on resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. The Index Provider will monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities in the Underlying Index and will re-balance each month as necessary based on the security’s liquidity and other eligibility criteria.
The Fund may purchase securities in the United States that are not registered for sale under federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions under SEC Rule 144A or under an exemption from such laws. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted securities or Rule 144A securities are treated as exempt from the Fund’s limit on illiquid securities. The Index Provider will determine the liquidity of restricted securities or Rule 144A securities by looking at factors such as sources quote, frequency of quotes, number of sources with size, bid-offer spreads, average quote size and movers count. If institutional trading in restricted securities or Rule 144A securities were to decline, the Fund’s illiquidity could increase and the Fund could be adversely affected.
10
Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper. The Fund may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is restricted as to disposition under federal securities laws and is generally sold to institutional investors who agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper, thus providing liquidity. The Adviser believes that Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper and possibly certain other restricted securities that meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board are quite liquid. The Fund intends therefore, to treat the restricted securities which meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board, including Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper, as determined by the Adviser, as liquid and not subject to the investment limitation applicable to illiquid securities. In addition, because Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is liquid, the Fund does not intend to subject such paper to the limitation applicable to restricted securities. The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in restricted securities (excluding Rule 144A securities).
If the Adviser determines, pursuant to the LRM Program and related procedures, that specific Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper or securities that are restricted as to resale but for which a ready market is available pursuant to an exemption provided by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or other exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, are liquid, they will not be subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.
Borrowing and Lending
Borrowing. The Fund may borrow money from banks (including its custodian bank) or from other lenders to the extent permitted under applicable law. The 1940 Act requires the Fund maintain asset coverage of at least 300% for all such borrowings, and should such asset coverage at any time fall below 300%, the Fund would be required to reduce its borrowings within three days to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act. The Fund will not make any borrowing that would cause its outstanding borrowings to exceed one-third of the value of its total assets (including the proceeds of such borrowing) immediately following such borrowing. To reduce its borrowings, the Fund might be required to sell securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, because interest on money borrowed is an expense that it would not otherwise incur, the Fund may have less net investment income during periods when its borrowings are substantial. The interest paid by the Fund on borrowings may be more or less than the yield on the securities purchased with borrowed funds, depending on prevailing market conditions.
Derivatives
The Fund may invest in various derivatives instruments. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is based on, or “derived” from, a traditional security, asset or market index. There are, in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them. There is a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes, among other purposes, to attempt to protect the Fund from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates and as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an instrument’s price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets, and can in some circumstances lead to significant losses.
In addition, new Rule 18f-4 (the “Derivatives Rule”), adopted by the SEC on October 28, 2020, replaces current asset segregation requirements with a new framework for the use of derivatives by registered funds. For funds using a significant amount of derivatives, the Derivatives Rule mandates a fund adopt and/or implement: (i) value at risk limitations in lieu of asset segregation requirements; (ii) a written derivatives risk management program; (iii) new Board oversight responsibilities; and (iv) new reporting and recordkeeping requirements. The
11
Derivatives Rule provides an exception for funds with derivative exposure not exceeding 10% of its net assets, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions. In addition, the Derivatives Rule provides special treatment for reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions and unfunded commitment agreements. In 2022, the SEC will rescind Release 10666 and withdraw letters and similar guidance addressing a fund’s use of derivatives and require a fund to comply with the Derivatives Rule.
Additional legislation may be enacted subsequent to the date of this Prospectus that could negatively affect the assets of a Fund. Legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be implemented, and there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation will not adversely affect the Fund’s performance or ability to achieve its investment objectives.
In addition, regulations adopted by the prudential regulators that took effect with regards to most funds in 2019 require certain banks to include in a range of financial contracts, including derivative and short-term funding transactions, terms delaying or restricting a counterparty’s default, termination and other rights in the event that the bank and/or its affiliates become subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. The regulations could limit a Fund’s ability to exercise a range of cross-default rights if its counterparty, or an affiliate of the counterparty, is subject to bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Such regulations could further negatively impact a Fund’s use of derivatives.
Options. An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price.
The Fund may write (sell) covered call and put options (“covered options”) on stocks, securities, futures contracts, non-physical commodities, indices and foreign currencies, among other assets, in an attempt to track the performance of such underlying asset or index. When the Fund writes a covered call option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying security at the price specified in the option (the “exercise price”) by exercising the option at any time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Fund will realize income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the option is exercised, a decision over which the Fund has no control, the Fund must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered call option, the Fund foregoes, in exchange for the premium less the commission (“net premium”), the opportunity to profit during the option period from an increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price.
When the Fund writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying security to the Fund at the specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Fund will realize income in the amount of the premium received for writing the option. If the put option is exercised, a decision over which the Fund has no control, the Fund must purchase the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered put option, the Fund, in exchange for the premium received, accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the underlying security below the exercise price.
The Fund may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put option by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option previously written. This transaction is called a “closing purchase transaction.” With respect to writing covered options, the Fund will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To close out a position as a purchaser of an option, the Fund may make a “closing sale transaction” which involves liquidating the Fund’s position by selling the option previously purchased. Where the Fund cannot effect a closing purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying securities until an option is exercised or expires.
12
When the Fund writes a call option, it will “cover” its outstanding obligation by owning and earmarking the underlying security or other assets on the books of the Fund’s custodian. When the Fund writes a put option, it will “cover” its outstanding obligation by earmarking assets at the Fund’s custodian.
The Fund may purchase call and put options on any securities in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Fund would ordinarily have an economic gain if the value of the securities increased above the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have an economic loss if the value of the securities remained at or below the exercise price plus the premium during the option period.
The purchase of a put option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a security, which may or may not be held in the Fund’s portfolio, at a specified price during the option period. Put options also may be purchased by the Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which the Fund does not own. Upon exercise, the Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if the value of the securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would realize a loss if the value of the securities remained at or above the exercise price, less the premium. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.
Options on Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on securities indices listed on domestic and on foreign exchanges. Such options give the holder the right to receive a cash settlement during the term of the option based upon the difference between the exercise price and the value of the index. Options on securities indices entail risks in addition to the risks of options on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options positions on securities indices is more likely to occur. Use of options on securities indices also entails the risk that trading in such options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities included in the index is interrupted.
Because options on securities indices require settlement in cash, the Adviser may be forced to liquidate portfolio securities to meet settlement obligations. When the Fund writes a put or call option on a securities index, it will cover the position by earmarking assets with the Fund’s custodian.
Futures Contracts and Related Options. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Fund may invest in futures contracts on, among other things, individual equity securities, securities indices, interest rates, currencies, non-physical commodities, and inflation indices. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Fund must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (“initial margin”). It is expected that the initial margin that the Fund will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% or greater of the value of the specified amount of securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Certain futures contracts are physically settled (i.e., involve the making and taking of delivery of a specified amount of an underlying security or other asset). Some futures contracts, however, are cash settled, which means that the purchase price is subtracted from the current market value of the instrument and the net amount, if positive, is paid to the purchaser by the seller of the futures contract and, if negative, is paid by the purchaser to the seller of the futures contract.
Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
The Fund’s ability to engage in the futures and options on futures strategies depends on the liquidity of the markets in those instruments. Trading interest in various types of futures and options on futures cannot be
13
predicted. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Fund will be able to utilize these instruments effectively. In addition, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures or option on a futures contract position, and the Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. The liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges to limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day.
Futures contracts and related options involve costs and may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract or related option. If a futures contract is used for hedging, an imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security, currency, or other investment being hedged creates risk. Correlation is higher when the investment being hedged underlies the futures contract. Correlation is lower when the investment being hedged is different than the instrument underlying the futures contract, such as when a futures contract on one security or commodity is used to hedge a different security or commodity or when a futures contract in one currency is used to hedge a security denominated in another currency. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and the portfolio position (or anticipated position) intended to be protected, the Fund may realize a loss on the futures contract and/or on the portfolio position intended to be protected. The risk of imperfect correlation generally tends to diminish as the maturity date of the futures contract approaches. To compensate for imperfect correlations, a Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater amount than the hedged investments if the volatility of the price of the hedged investments is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts. Conversely, a Fund may purchase or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged investments is historically less than that of the futures contract.
When the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, it is only required to deposit initial and variation margin as required by relevant regulations, the rules of the contract market and, from time to time, the Fund’s clearing broker. Because the purchase of a futures contract obligates the Fund to purchase the underlying security or other instrument at a set price on a future date, the Fund’s net asset value will fluctuate with the value of the security or other instrument as if it were already in the Fund’s portfolio. Futures transactions have the effect of investment leverage to the extent the Fund does not maintain liquid assets equal to the face amount of the contract. If the Fund combines short and long positions, in addition to possible declines in the values of its investment securities, the Fund will incur losses if the index underlying the long futures position underperforms the index underlying the short futures position.
Other Investment Policies
Swap Agreements. To help enhance the value of its portfolio or manage its exposure to different types of investments, the Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements, interest rate, currency and mortgage swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.”
In a standard over-the-counter (“OTC”) swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments or assets, which may also include separately managed accounts, and the returns are calculated based on a “notional value,” (i.e., the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments). The Fund intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the other party to a swap contract entered into on net basis defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. The Fund will not enter into swap agreements unless the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be an acceptable credit risk to the Fund by the Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Many swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the OTC market.
14
Interest rate swaps are generally traded on exchanges and cleared through clearinghouses. In a typical interest rate swap agreement, one party agrees to make regular payments to a clearing broker equal to a floating interest rate on a specified amount (the “notional principal amount”) in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the same amount for a specified period. If a swap agreement provides for payment in different currencies, the parties may also agree to exchange the notional principal amount. Mortgage swap agreements are similar to interest rate swap agreements, except that notional principal amount is tied to a reference pool of mortgages and may not be traded on an exchange or cleared through a clearinghouse. In a cap or floor, one party agrees, usually in return for a fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. For example, the purchaser of an interest rate cap has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed level; the purchaser of an interest rate floor has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls below an agreed level. A collar entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed range.
Investments in swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments. Use of swaps subjects the Fund to risk of default by the counterparty. If there is a default by the counterparty to such a transaction, there may be contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction although contractual remedies may not be sufficient in the event the counterparty is insolvent. However, the swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market. Swap agreements are sophisticated financial instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. Swaps may involve leverage and can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance, as the potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not necessarily subject to any fixed limit. OTC swap agreements are generally considered as illiquid securities and, therefore, will be limited, along with all of the Fund’s other illiquid securities, to 15% of the Fund’s net assets. In certain circumstances, swaps may be considered liquid if the Fund is permitted to early terminate the swap transaction.
The Fund may enter into exchange-traded and OTC credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the “par value” (generally, the full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund loses its investment and recovers nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the buyer receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Fund receives income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event.
Credit default swap agreements are subject to greater risk than direct investment in the reference obligation. OTC credit default swaps are subject to liquidity, credit and counterparty risks. A buyer in a credit default swap contract will lose its investment and recover nothing should no event of default occur. If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. In addition, collateral posting requirements for OTC credit default swaps are individually negotiated and there is currently no regulatory requirement that a counterparty post collateral to secure its obligations under a credit default swap. Furthermore, there is no requirement that a party be informed in advance when a credit default swap agreement is sold. Accordingly, the Fund may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of its claims. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments.
15
The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile recently as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. The Fund generally may exit its obligations under an OTC credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or, in the case of both OTC and exchange-traded credit default swaps, by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses. If the Fund uses credit default swaps to leverage its portfolio, it will be exposed to additional risks, including the risk that the Fund’s use of leverage will magnify the effect of any losses the Fund incurs since if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.
When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments. The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities, including on a “when-issued” or “delayed delivery” basis in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While the Fund will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased by the Fund under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. For forward commitments that are cash settled, the Fund will designate or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market value of such commitments.
Purchases of securities on a forward commitment basis may involve more risk than other types of purchases. Securities purchased on a forward commitment basis and the securities held in the Fund’s portfolio are subject to changes in value based upon the public’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can involve the risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. On the settlement date of the forward commitment transaction, the Fund will meet its obligations from then available cash flow, sale of securities reserved for payment of the commitment, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from sale of the forward commitment securities themselves (which may have a value greater or lesser than the Fund’s payment obligations). The sale of securities to meet such obligations may result in the realization of capital gains or losses. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can also involve the risk of default by the other party on its obligation, delaying or preventing the Fund from recovering the collateral or completing the transaction.
Euro-Related Risk. The global economic crisis brought several small economies in Europe to the brink of bankruptcy and many other economies into recession and weakened the banking and financial sectors of many European countries. For example, the governments of Greece, Spain, Portugal, and the Republic of Ireland have all experienced large public budget deficits, the effects of which are still yet unknown and may slow the overall recovery of the European economies from the global economic crisis. In addition, due to large public deficits, some European countries may be dependent on assistance from other European governments and institutions or other central banks or supranational agencies such as the International Monetary Fund. Assistance may be dependent on a country’s implementation of reforms or reaching a certain level of performance. Failure to reach those objectives or an insufficient level of assistance could result in a deep economic downturn which could significantly affect the value of the Fund’s European investments.
The Economic and Monetary Union of the European Union (“EMU”) is comprised of the European Union members that have adopted the euro currency. By adopting the euro as its currency, a member state relinquishes control of its own monetary policies. As a result, European countries are significantly affected by fiscal and monetary policies implemented by the EMU and European Central Bank. The euro currency may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the various economies that comprise the EMU and Europe generally.
16
It is possible that one or more EMU member countries could abandon the euro and return to a national currency and/or that the euro will cease to exist as a single currency in its current form. The effects of such an abandonment or a country’s forced expulsion from the euro on that country, the rest of the EMU, and global markets are impossible to predict, but are likely to be negative. The exit of any country out of the euro may have an extremely destabilizing effect on other eurozone countries and their economies and a negative effect on the global economy as a whole. Such an exit by one country may also increase the possibility that additional countries may exit the euro should they face similar financial difficulties. On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (“UK”) left the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit ”, and the UK ceased to be a member of the EU. Following a transition period during which the EU and the UK Government engaged in a series of negotiations regarding the terms of the UK’s future relationship with the EU, the EU and UK Government signed an agreement on December 30, 2020 regarding the economic relationship between the UK and the EU. This agreement became effective on a provisional basis on January 1, 2021. There remains significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. This uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere, and may cause volatility within the EU, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain countries within the EU. In addition, Brexit may create additional and substantial economic stresses for the UK, including a contraction of the UK economy and price volatility in UK stocks, decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty and declines in business and consumer spending as well as foreign direct investment. Brexit may also adversely affect UK-based financial firms that have counterparties in the EU or participate in market infrastructure (trading venues, clearing houses, settlement facilities) based in the EU. Additionally, the spread of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic will stretch the resources and deficits of many countries in the EU and throughout the world, increasing the possibility that countries may be unable to make timely payments on their sovereign debt. These events and the resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on the performance of the Fund.
Money Market Instruments. The Fund may invest in money market instruments. Money market securities are high-quality, dollar-denominated, short-term instruments. They consist of (i) bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, notes and time deposits of highly-rated U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks; (ii) U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; (iii) high-quality commercial paper issued by U.S. foreign corporations; and (iv) debt obligations with a maturity of one year or less issued by corporations with outstanding high-quality commercial paper ratings.
Convertible Securities. Convertible securities may offer higher income than the common stocks into which they are convertible and include fixed-income or zero coupon debt securities, which may be converted or exchanged at a stated or determinable exchange ratio into underlying shares of common stock. Prior to their conversion, convertible securities may have characteristics similar to both non-convertible debt securities and equity securities. While convertible securities generally offer lower yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality, their prices may reflect changes in the value of the underlying common stock. Convertible securities entail less credit risk than the issuer’s common stock.
Asset Coverage. To assure that the Fund’s use of futures and related options, as well as when issued and delayed-delivery transactions, forward currency contracts and swap transactions, are not used to achieve investment leverage, the Fund will cover such transactions, as required under applicable SEC interpretations, either by owning the underlying securities or by earmarking liquid securities with its custodian in an amount at all times equal to or exceeding the Fund’s outstanding commitment with respect to these instruments or contracts.
Warrants and Rights. Warrants are options to purchase equity securities at a specified price and are valid for a specific time period. Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a short duration and are distributed by the issuer to its shareholders. The Fund may purchase warrants and rights, provided that the Fund presently does not intend to invest more than 20% of its net assets at the time of purchase in warrants and rights other than those that have been acquired in units or attached to other securities.
17
Equity Securities. Because it may purchase common stocks and other equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or long periods of time. In addition, common stocks represent a share of ownership in a company, and rank after bonds and preferred stock in their claim on the company’s assets in the event of bankruptcy.
Securities of Other Investment Companies. Such investments are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act unless an SEC exemption is applicable or as may be permitted by rules under the 1940 Act or SEC staff interpretations thereof. The 1940 Act limitations currently provide, in part, that the Fund may not purchase shares of an investment company if (a) such a purchase would cause the Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company; (b) such a purchase would cause the Fund to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company; or (c) more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the aggregate in all investment companies. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund. The Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses.
Privately-Placed Securities. The Fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Investing in such unlisted securities, including investments in new and early stage companies, may involve a high degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by the Fund, or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Further, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
Operating Deficits. The expenses of operating the Fund (including the fees payable to the Adviser) may exceed its income, thereby requiring that the difference be paid out of the Fund’s capital, reducing the Fund’s investments and potential for profitability.
Accuracy of Public Information. To the extent that the Fund invests any of its assets in securities not included in the Underlying Index, the Adviser selects investments for the Fund, in part, on the basis of information and data filed by issuers with various government regulators or made directly available to the Adviser by the issuers or through sources other than the issuers. Although the Adviser evaluates all such information and data and ordinarily seeks independent corroboration when the Adviser considers it appropriate and when such corroboration is reasonably available, the Adviser is not in a position to confirm the completeness, genuineness or accuracy of such information and data.
Trading Limitations. For all securities listed on a securities exchange, including options listed on a public exchange, the exchange generally has the right to suspend or limit trading under certain circumstances. Such suspensions or limits could render certain strategies difficult to complete or continue and subject the Fund to loss. Also, such a suspension could render it impossible for the Fund to liquidate positions thereby exposing it to potential losses. Finally, to the extent that advisory personnel of the Adviser acquire material non-public information in the course of service on the board of directors or creditor’s committee of a company, the Fund may be prevented from buying or selling securities of that company.
Risks of Inverse Floaters. As interest rates rise, inverse floaters produce less current income. A change in prevailing interest rates will often result in a greater change in the interest rate paid by an inverse floater. As a result, inverse floaters may have a greater degree of volatility than other types of interest-bearing securities of similar credit quality.
18
Tracking and Correlation. While the Fund does not expect that its daily returns will deviate significantly from its daily investment objective, several factors may affect the Fund’s ability to achieve this correlation. Among these factors are: (1) the Fund’s expenses, including brokerage (which may be increased by high portfolio turnover) and the cost of the investment techniques employed by the Fund; (2) less than all of the securities in the benchmark index being held by the Fund and securities not included in the benchmark index being held by the Fund; (3) an imperfect correlation between the performance of instruments held by the Fund, such as swaps, futures contracts and other derivatives, and the performance of the underlying securities in the cash market; (4) bid-ask spreads (the effect of which may be increased by portfolio turnover); (5) holding instruments traded in a market that has become illiquid or disrupted; (6) the Fund’s share prices being rounded to the nearest cent; (7) changes to the benchmark index that are not disseminated in advance; (8) the need to conform the Fund’s portfolio holdings to comply with investment restrictions or policies or regulatory or tax law requirements; (9) actual purchases and sales of the shares of the Fund may differ from estimated transactions reported prior to the time share prices are calculated; (10) limit up or limit down trading halts on options or futures contracts which may prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options or futures contracts; and (11) early and unanticipated closings of the markets on which the holdings of the Fund trade, resulting in the inability of the Fund to execute intended portfolio transactions. While a close correlation of the Fund to its benchmark may be achieved on any single trading day, over time the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the NAV of the shares of the Fund may diverge significantly from the cumulative percentage decrease or increase in the benchmark due to a compounding effect.
CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE STANDARDS FOR THE MARKIT INDEX
The Markit Indices Limited (for purposes of this section, the “Underlying Index”) measures the performance of senior secured bank loans from the largest, most liquid issuers. The Underlying Index is a rules-based index consisting of approximately 100 liquid, U.S. dollar-denominated senior secured bank loans that seeks to maximize liquidity while maintaining representation of the broader senior secured loan market. The Underlying Index is sponsored by the Index Provider, which is independent of the Fund and the Adviser.
Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is a subset of the broader senior secured bank loan universe. The Index Provider will consider both fully funded term loans and defaulted loans. Loans in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible loans using defined rules. More specifically, loans eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index (“eligible loans”) must meet set criteria related to loan type, minimum size, liquidity and depth of market, spread, credit rating and minimum time to maturity, including the following:
• |
the size of eligible loans must be at least $500 million; |
• |
the number of prices available for an eligible loan and the length of time such number of prices have been available (a measure of liquidity of the loan) must be, respectively, at least two and at least 50% of all trading days in the prior three-month period (or, for loans that have not yet traded for three months, there must be at least three prices available for at least 50% of all trading days since its issue date); |
• |
eligible loans must be sub-investment grade, as measured either by a composite credit rating based on both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s ratings, or if unrated, must meet the credit spread described below; |
• |
eligible loans must have a minimum interest rate, which must be at least 125 basis points (1.25%) higher than the interest rate of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (LIBOR is a floating rate that banks charge one another for the use of short-term money, and is often used as a peg for setting other interest rates); and |
• |
eligible loans must have a minimum maturity of one year at the time of inclusion in the Underlying Index. |
19
If the number of loans eligible for inclusion in the index exceeds the target number of loans, then the final index constituents will be determined by an additional liquidity ranking procedure that scores all loans in the Markit WSO database daily based on metrics for sources quote, frequency of quotes, number of sources with size, bid-offer spreads, average quote size and movers count. The Index Provider will calculate the Underlying Index daily on the basis of end-of-day prices provided by Markit Loan Pricing services and will re-balance the Underlying Index monthly. Additionally, the Index Provider will conduct an annual review of the parameters used in the selection process, including the target number of loans and the eligibility criteria, with qualitative and quantitative assessment of any developments in the loans market in terms of market size, depth and overall liquidity conditions.
The Index Provider will not provide any information relating to changes to the Underlying Index’s methodology for the inclusion of Component Securities, the inclusion or exclusion of specific Component Securities, or methodology for the calculation of the return of Component Securities, in advance of a public announcement of such changes by the Index Provider. In addition, the Index Provider will not provide recommendations to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of specific securities.
20
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The frequency and amount of portfolio purchases and sales (known as the “turnover rate”) will vary from year to year. The portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year and will not be a limiting factor when the Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate nor will it affect when the Index Provider deems re-balancing of the Underlying Index appropriate. Although the Fund generally does not intend to trade for short-term profits, the securities held by the Fund will be sold whenever the Adviser believes it is appropriate to do so, without regard to the length of time a particular security may have been held. Higher portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater transaction costs, including any brokerage commissions that the Fund will bear directly, and can cause the Fund to recognize more short-term capital gains (which currently are taxable to shareholders at higher rates than long-term capital gains). For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, the Fund’s turnover rate was 215% and 344%, respectively. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate decreased year over year due to decreased capital activity during the year.
21
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The fundamental investment restrictions below may be changed only with the approval of a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund. A “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. Except for investment restrictions designated as fundamental in the Fund’s Prospectus or in this SAI, the investment policies described in the Fund’s Prospectus or this SAI are not fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval.
If a percentage policy set forth in the Prospectus or one of the following percentage investment restrictions is adhered to at the time a security is purchased, later changes in a percentage will not be considered a violation of the policy or restriction unless any excess or deficiency exists immediately after and as a result of such purchase or pertains to the Fund’s limitations on borrowing and investment in illiquid securities.
Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The following investment restrictions are fundamental policies and, as such, may not be changed without the approval of a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities).” The Fund may not:
1. |
Purchase any security that would cause the Fund to concentrate (invest 25% or more of its total assets) in securities of issuers primarily engaged in any particular industry or group of industries (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities), except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this restriction as applied to the Fund, senior loans and loan participations will be considered investments in the industry of the underlying borrower, rather than that of any agent that administers the senior loan or the seller of the loan participation; |
2. |
Issue senior securities or borrow in excess of the amounts permitted by the 1940 Act |
3. |
Underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the Fund, in disposing of Fund securities, may be deemed an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act; |
4. |
Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may (a) invest in securities or other instruments directly or indirectly secured by real estate, (b) invest in securities or other instruments issued by issuers that invest in real estate, and (c) hold for prompt sale, real estate or interests in real estate to which it may gain an ownership interest through the forfeiture of collateral securing loans or debt securities held by it; |
5. |
Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing, selling and entering into financial futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), options on financial futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts, foreign currency spot and forward contracts or other derivative instruments that are not related to physical commodities; and |
6. |
Lend any property or make any loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be loaned to other parties (including the value of collateral received for loans of portfolio securities), but this limitation does not apply to the purchase of debt securities and other Senior Loans in which it is authorized to invest in accordance with its investment objective and policies or to repurchase agreements. † |
|
† |
For avoidance of doubt, with respect to this Fundamental Investment Restriction number 6, the Fund has no current intention to engage in reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending, but the Fund may change this intention at any time without shareholder approval. |
22
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The Fund is also subject to the following non-fundamental investment restrictions and policies that may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. The Fund may not:
1. |
Acquire any illiquid securities if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the market value of the Fund’s net assets would be in investments that are illiquid; |
2. |
Acquire securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act (currently under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased, and may also invest in other investment companies pursuant to exemptions provided in or under the 1940 Act and in accordance with no-action positions of the staff of the SEC); |
3. |
Borrow on margin, notwithstanding, fundamental investment restriction number 2, unless such activity is permitted by applicable law; and |
4. |
If the Fund is invested in by another series of the Trust or by a series of Highland Funds II in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G), it may not acquire securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Sections 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act. |
Other Information. The following commentary is intended to help investors better understand the meaning of the Fund’s fundamental policies by briefly describing limitations, if any, imposed by the 1940 Act. References to the 1940 Act below may encompass rules, regulations or orders issued by the SEC and, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Fund, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff. These descriptions are intended as brief summaries of such limitations as of the date of this SAI; they are not comprehensive and they are qualified in all cases by reference to the 1940 Act (including any rules, regulations or orders issued by the SEC and any relevant interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff). These descriptions are subject to change based on evolving guidance by the appropriate regulatory authority and are not part of the Fund’s fundamental policies.
The 1940 Act currently permits an open-end investment company to borrow money from a bank so long as immediately after any such borrowing the ratio that the value of the total assets of the investment company (including the amount of any such borrowing), less the amount of all liabilities and indebtedness (other than such borrowing) of the investment company, bears to the amount of such borrowing is at least 300%. A lender to the Fund may require that the Fund pledge its assets as collateral. If the Fund were to default on a loan secured by pledged assets, the lender would be entitled to foreclose on and dispose of the pledged assets, but the lender could retain only the amount of assets (or the disposition proceeds of such assets) necessary to pay off the defaulted loan.
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue senior securities or borrow in excess of 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets (after giving effect to any such borrowing), which amount excludes borrowing for temporary purposes and in an amount not more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets at the time the borrowing for temporary purposes is made.
For purposes of non-fundamental investment restriction number 1 above, illiquid securities are securities that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.
For purposes of non-fundamental investment restriction number 3 above, the purchase of Senior Loans, corporate debt securities, and other investment assets with the proceeds of a permitted borrowing, as well as margin payments or other arrangements in connection with transactions in short sales, futures contracts, options, and other financial instruments are not considered to constitute the purchase of securities on margin.
23
NON-DIVERSIFIED STATUS
The Fund’s classification as a “non-diversified” investment company means that the proportion of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act. The Fund, however, intends to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) accorded special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), which imposes its own diversification requirements on the Fund that are less restrictive than the requirements applicable to the “diversified” investment companies under the 1940 Act. As a non-diversified fund, a relatively high percentage of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of a limited number of issuers, primarily within the same economic sector. The Fund’s portfolio securities, therefore, may be more susceptible to any single economic, political, or regulatory occurrence than the portfolio securities of a more diversified investment company.
EXPEDITED SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT
The Fund has entered into Expedited Settlement Agreements with two major dealers in the floating rate loan market, pursuant to which the Fund has the right to designate certain loans it sells to the dealer to settle on or prior to three days from the trade date in exchange for a quarterly fee (the “Agreements”).
These Agreements are designed to reduce settlement times from the standard seven days to three days for eligible loans. While the Agreements are intended to provide the Fund with additional liquidity with respect to such loans, and may not represent the exclusive method of expedited settlement of such loans, no assurance can be given that the Agreements or other methods for expediting settlements will provide the Fund with sufficient liquidity in the event of abnormally large redemptions.
24
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
The Board provides broad oversight of the operations and affairs of the Fund and protects the interests of shareholders. The Board has overall responsibility to manage and control the business affairs of the Fund, including the complete and exclusive authority to establish policies regarding the management, conduct and operation of the Fund’s business. The names and birthdates of the Trustees and officers of the Fund, the year each was first elected or appointed to office, their principal business occupations during the last five years, the number of funds overseen by each Trustee and other directorships or trusteeships they hold are shown below. The business address for each Trustee and officer of the Fund is c/o Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P., 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201.
The “Highland Fund Complex,” as referred to herein consists of: each series of Highland Funds I (“HFI”), each series of Highland Funds II (“HFII”), Highland Global Allocation Fund (“GAF”), Highland Income Fund (“HFRO”), NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund (“NHF”), NexPoint Real Estate Strategies Fund (“NRESF”), and NexPoint Capital, Inc. (the “BDC”), a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act.
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) with the Trust and Length of Time Served, Term of Office1
and Number of Portfolios in the
|
Principal Occupations (s)
Trusteeships Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||
Independent Trustees |
||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich (4/28/1953)
Trustee since December 2013; Indefinite Term
9 funds |
Retired.
Director of KC Concessions, Inc. (since January 2013); Trustee of Realty Capital Income Funds Trust (from January 2014 to December 2016); Director of American Sports Enterprise, Inc. (since January 2013); Chairman and owner, Kane County Cougars Baseball Club (since January 2013); Director of AXAR Acquisition Corp. (formerly AR Capital Acquisition Corp.) (from October 2014 to October 2017); Director of The Midwest League of Professional Baseball Clubs, Inc.; Director of Kane County Cougars Foundation, Inc.; Director of Galen Robotics, Inc.; Chairman and Director of FC Global Realty, Inc. (from May 2017 to June 2018); Chairman; Director of First Capital Investment Corp. (from March 2017 to March 2018); and Director and Special Advisor to Vault Data, LLC (since February 2018). |
Significant experience in the financial industry; significant managerial and executive experience; significant experience on other boards of directors, including as a member of several audit committees. |
25
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) with the Trust and Length of Time Served, Term of Office1
and Number of Portfolios in the
|
Principal Occupations (s)
Trusteeships Held During the Past Five Years |
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership |
||
Independent Trustees |
||||
Ethan Powell (6/20/1975)
Trustee since December 2013; Indefinite Term; Chairman of the Board since December 2013
9 funds |
Principal and CIO of Brookmont Capital Management, LLC since May 2020; CEO, Chairman and Founder of Impact Shares LLC since December 2015; Trustee/Director of the Highland Fund Complex from June 2012 until July 2013 and since December 2013; and Director of Kelly Strategic Management since August 2021.
Trustee of Impact Shares Funds I Trust |
Significant experience in the financial industry; significant executive experience including past service as an officer of funds in the Highland Fund Complex; significant administrative and managerial experience. | ||
Bryan A. Ward (2/4/1955)
Trustee since inception in 2006; Indefinite Term.
9 funds |
Senior Advisor, CrossFirst Bank since April 2019; Private Investor, BW Consulting, LLC since 2014.
Director of Equity Metrix, LLC |
Significant experience on this and/or other boards of directors/trustees; significant managerial and executive experience; significant experience as a management consultant. | ||
Interested Trustee |
||||
John Honis2 (6/16/1958)
Trustee since July 2013; Indefinite Term.
9 funds |
President of Rand Advisors, LLC since August 2013.
Manager of Turtle Bay Resort, LLC (August 2011 – December 2018). |
Significant experience in the financial industry; significant managerial and executive experience, including experience as president, chief executive officer or chief restructuring officer of five telecommunication firms; experience on other boards of directors. |
OFFICERS
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) held with the Trust and
|
Principal Occupations(s) During the Past Five Years |
|
OFFICERS |
||
Dustin Norris (1/6/1984)
Executive Vice President since April 2019; Indefinite Term |
Head of Distribution and Chief Product Strategist at NexPoint since March 2019; President of NexPoint Securities, Inc. since April 2018; Head of Distribution at HCMFA from November 2017 until March 2019; Chief Product Strategist at HCMFA from September 2015 to March 2019; Officer of the Fund Complex since November 2012. |
26
Name, Date of Birth, Position(s) held with the Trust and
|
Principal Occupations(s) During the Past Five Years |
|
Frank Waterhouse (4/14/1971)
Treasurer since May 2015; Principal Accounting Officer since October 2017; Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer since April 2021; Indefinite Term |
Chief Financial Officer of Skyview Group since February 2021; Chief Financial Officer and Partner of Highland Capital Management, L.P. (“HCMLP”) from December 2011 and March 2015, respectively, to February 2021; Treasurer of the Fund Complex since May 2015; Principal Financial Officer October 2017 to February 2021; Principal Executive Officer February 2018 to February 2021. | |
Will Mabry (7/2/1986)
Assistant Treasurer since April 2021; Indefinite Term |
Director, Fund Analysis of Skyview Group since February 2021. Prior to his current role at Skyview Group, Mr. Mabry served as Senior Manager – Fund Analysis, Manager – Fund Analysis, and Senior Fund Analyst for HCMLP. | |
Stephanie Vitiello (6/21/1983)
Secretary since April 2021; Indefinite Term |
Chief Compliance Officer and Counsel of Skyview Group since February 2021. Prior to her current role at Skyview Group, Ms. Vitiello served as Managing Director – Distressed, Assistant General Counsel, Associate General Counsel and In-House Counsel for HCMLP. | |
Jason Post (1/9/1979)
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer since September 2015; Indefinite Term |
Chief Compliance Officer for HCMFA and NexPoint since September 2015; Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer of the Fund Complex since September 2015. Prior to his current role at HCMFA and NexPoint, Mr. Post served as Deputy Chief Compliance Officer and Director of Compliance for HCMLP. |
1 |
On an annual basis, as a matter of Board policy, the Governance and Compliance Committee reviews each Trustee’s performance and determines whether to extend each such Trustee’s service for another year. Effective June 2013, the Board adopted a retirement policy wherein the Governance and Compliance Committee shall not recommend the continued service as a Trustee of a Board member who is older than 80 years of age at the time the Governance and Compliance Committee reports its findings to the Board. |
2 |
Mr. Honis is treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust effective January 28, 2020. From May 1, 2015 to January 28, 2020, Mr. Honis was treated as an Independent Trustee of the Trust. |
Qualifications of Trustees
The following provides an overview of the considerations that led the Board to conclude that each individual serving as a Trustee of the Trust should so serve. Among the factors the Board considered when concluding that an individual should serve on the Board were the following: (i) the individual’s business and professional experience and accomplishments; (ii) the individual’s ability to work effectively with the other members of the Board; (iii) the individual’s prior experience, if any, serving on company boards (including public companies and, where relevant, other investment companies) and the boards of other complex enterprises and organizations; and (iv) how the individual’s skills, experiences and attributes would contribute to an appropriate mix of relevant skills and experience on the Board.
In respect of each current Trustee, the individual’s professional accomplishments and prior experience, including, in some cases, in fields related to the operations of the Trust, were a significant factor in the determination that the individual should serve as a Trustee of the Trust. Each Trustee’s professional experience and additional considerations that contributed to the Board’s conclusion that an individual should serve on the Board are summarized in the table above.
27
Trustees’ Compensation
The officers of the Trust receive no direct remuneration from the Trust. The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid to each of the Trustees by the Fund and the total compensation paid to each of the Trustees by the Highland Fund Complex for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Name of Trustee |
Aggregate
Compensation From the Fund |
Pension or
Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of the Fund’s Expense |
Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total
Compensation from the Highland Funds Complex |
||||||||||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||||||||||
Bryan A. Ward1 |
$ | 3,588 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 160,000 | ||||||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich |
$ | 3,364 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,000 | ||||||||
Ethan Powell1 |
$ | 3,588 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 160,000 | ||||||||
Interested Trustee |
||||||||||||||||
John Honis2 |
$ | 3,364 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 150,000 |
1 |
The amounts in the table reflect the fact that each of the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Board receive an additional $10,000 for their service as Chair. |
2 |
Mr. Honis is treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust effective January 28, 2020. From May 1, 2015 to January 28, 2020, Mr. Honis was treated as an Independent Trustee of the Trust. |
Each Trustee receives an annual retainer of $150,000 payable in quarterly installments and allocated among each portfolio in the Highland Fund Complex. The Trustees do not receive any separate compensation in connection with service on Committees or for attending Board or Committee meetings; however, the Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the Audit Committee each receive an additional annual payment of $10,000 payable in quarterly installments and allocated among each portfolio in the Highland Fund Complex based on relative net assets. The Trustees do not have any pension or retirement plan.
Role of the Board of Trustees, Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Role of the Board of Trustees
The Board oversees the management and operations of the Trust. Like most registered investment companies, the day-to-day management and operation of the Trust is performed by various service providers to the Trust, such as the Adviser, distributor, administrator, custodian, and transfer agent, each of which is discussed in greater detail in this SAI. The Board has appointed senior employees of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s operations. The Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations. For example, the Treasurer provides reports as to financial reporting matters and investment personnel report on the performance of the Trust’s portfolios. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters. Some of these reports are provided as part of formal in person Board meetings which are typically held quarterly, in person, and involve the Board’s review of, among other items, recent Trust operations. The Board also periodically holds telephonic meetings as part of its review of the Trust’s activities. From time to time one or more members of the Board may also meet with management in less formal settings, between scheduled Board meetings, to discuss various topics. In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day- to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.
28
Board Structure and Leadership
The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to perform its oversight function effectively. The Board consists of four Trustees, three of whom are Independent Trustees. Mr. Powell serves as Chairman of the Board. The Trustees meet periodically throughout the year in person and by telephone to oversee the Trust’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers for the Trust and review the Trust’s performance. The Board conducts much of its work through certain standing Committees, and the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and the Governance and Compliance Committee are each chaired by an Independent Trustee.
The Board has established an Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee, a Governance and Compliance Committee and a Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee, each of which are discussed in greater detail below.
Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee. The members of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (formerly named the Audit Committee) are Dr. Froehlich and Messrs. Powell and Ward, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is responsible for (i) approving the Fund’s independent accountants, (ii) reviewing with the Fund’s independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement and the adequacy of the Fund’s internal accounting controls, and (iii) approving professional services provided by the Fund’s independent accountants. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is charged with compliance with Rules 205.2(k) and 205.3(c) of Title 17 of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding alternative reporting procedures for attorneys representing the Trust who appear and practice before the SEC on behalf of the Trust. The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee is also responsible for reviewing and overseeing the valuation of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Board. The Board and Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee will use the services of one or more independent valuation firms to help them determine the fair value of these securities. In addition, each member of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
The Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Mr. Ward acts as the Chairman of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and as the audit committee financial expert.
Governance and Compliance Committee. The Trust’s Governance and Compliance Committee’s function is to oversee and make recommendations to the full Board or the Independent Trustees, as applicable, with respect to the governance of the Trust, selection and nomination of Trustees, compensation of Trustees, and related matters, as well as to oversee and assist Board oversight of the Trust’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and to seek to address any potential conflicts of interest between the Trust and HCMFA in connection with any potential or existing litigation or other legal proceeding related to securities held by the Trust and the Adviser or another client of the Adviser. The Governance and Compliance Committee is also responsible for at least annually evaluating each Trustee and determining whether to recommend each Trustee’s continued service in that capacity. The Governance and Compliance Committee will consider recommendations for Trustee nominees from shareholders sent to the Secretary of the Trust, 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. A nomination submission must include all information relating to the recommended nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxy statements for the election of Trustees, as well as information sufficient to evaluate the recommended nominee’s ability to meet the responsibilities of a Trustee of the Trust. Nomination submissions must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders, and such additional information must be provided regarding the recommended nominee as reasonably requested by the Governance and Compliance Committee. The Governance and Compliance Committee is currently comprised of Dr. Froehlich and Messrs. Ward and Powell, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Dr. Froehlich serves as the Chairman of the Governance and Compliance Committee. The Governance and Compliance Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
29
The Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee. The members of the Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee are Dr. Froehlich, Messrs. Honis, Ward, and Powell. The Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee is responsible for reviewing arrangements with financial intermediaries who provide service to the Trust, including Trust payments to financial intermediaries, and for overseeing any funds that, in the Board’s determination, employ alternative investment strategies. Mr. Honis serves as Chairman of the Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee. The Distribution and Alternatives Oversight Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021
The Board is led by Ethan Powell, who has served as the Chairman of the Board since December 2013. Under certain 1940 Act governance guidelines that apply to the Trust, the Independent Trustees will meet in executive session, at least quarterly. Under the Trust’s governing documents, the Chairman of the Board is responsible for (a) presiding at board meetings, (b) calling special meetings on an as-needed basis, (c) execution and administration of Trust policies including (i) setting the agendas for board meetings and (ii) providing information to board members in advance of each board meeting and between board meetings. The Trust believes that the Chairman, and, as an entity, the full Board, provide effective leadership that is in the best interests of the Trust and each shareholder.
The Board periodically reviews its leadership structure, including the role of the Chairman. The Board also completes an annual self-assessment during which it reviews its leadership and Committee structure and considers whether its structure remains appropriate in light of the Trust’s current operations. The Board believes that its leadership structure, including the current percentage of the Board who are Independent Trustees, is appropriate given its specific characteristics. These characteristics include: (i) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the standing committees, and that the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and the Governance and Compliance Committee meetings are chaired by an Independent Trustee; (ii) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet as needed, together with their independent legal counsel, in the absence of members of management and members of the Board who are “interested persons” of the Trust; and (iii) Mr. Powell’s and Mr. Honis’ previous positions with the Adviser and affiliates of the Adviser enhance the Board’s understanding of the operations of the Adviser.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
The Board’s role is one of oversight, rather than active management. This oversight extends to the Trust’s risk management processes. These processes are embedded in the responsibilities of officers of, and service providers to, the Trust. For example, the Adviser and other service providers to the Trust are primarily responsible for the management of the Trust’s investment risks. The Board has not established a formal risk oversight committee; however, much of the regular work of the Board and its standing Committees addresses aspects of risk oversight. For example, the Trustees seek to understand the key risks facing the Trust, including those involving conflicts of interest; how management identifies and monitors these risks on an ongoing basis; how management develops and implements controls to mitigate these risks; and how management tests the effectiveness of those controls.
In the course of providing that oversight, the Board receives a wide range of reports on the Trust’s activities from the Adviser and other service providers, including reports regarding the Fund’s investment portfolios, the compliance of the Fund with applicable laws, and the Fund’s financial accounting and reporting. The Board also meets periodically with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer to receive reports regarding the compliance of the Fund with the federal securities laws and the Trust’s internal compliance policies and procedures, and meets with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer periodically, including at least annually, to review the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual report, including the Chief Compliance Officer’s risk-based analysis for the Trust.
The Board’s Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee also meets regularly with the Treasurer and Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of the Trust’s financial reporting function. The Board also meets periodically with the portfolio manager of the Fund to receive reports regarding the management of the Fund, including its investment risks.
30
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect each Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s goals, that reports received by the Trustees with respect to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address risks may be limited in their effectiveness. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, risk management oversight by the Board and by the Committees is subject to substantial limitations.
Additionally, as discussed in more detail above under “DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS–Illiquid Securities,” the Trust has implemented the LRM Program and related procedures to manage the liquidity risk of the Fund in accordance with Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act. The Board has designated the Adviser to serve as the administrator of the LRM Program, and the Adviser makes periodic reports to the Board of information necessary in order to allow the Board to fulfill its oversight responsibilities.
Share Ownership
The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustees in the Fund and the aggregate dollar range of equity securities owned by the Trustees in all funds overseen by the Trustees in the Highland Fund Complex as of December 31, 2020.
Name of Trustee |
Dollar Range of Equity
Securities Owned in Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities Owned in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in the Highland Fund Complex |
||||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||
Dr. Bob Froehlich |
$1-$10,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Bryan A. Ward |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Ethan Powell |
$1-$10,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Interested Trustee |
||||||||
John Honis1 |
None | None |
1 |
Effective January 28, 2020, Mr. Honis is treated as an Interested Trustee of the Trust. |
Trustee Positions
As of December 31, 2020, no Independent Trustee nor any of his immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any class of securities of the Adviser or Distributor (as defined under “Distributor”) or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such entities.
Code of Ethics
The Fund, the Adviser and the Fund’s principal underwriter, SEI Investments Distribution Co. (“SEI”) have each adopted codes of ethics that essentially prohibit certain of their personnel, including the Fund’s portfolio manager, from engaging in personal investments that compete or interfere with, or attempt to take advantage of a client’s, including the Fund’s, anticipated or actual portfolio transactions, and are designed to assure that the interests of clients, including Fund shareholders, are placed before the interests of personnel in connection with personal investment transactions. Under the codes of ethics of the Fund and the Adviser, personal trading is permitted by such persons subject to certain restrictions; however, they are generally required to pre-clear most securities transactions with the appropriate compliance officer and to report all transactions on a regular basis.
31
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance
The Fund and its service providers may be required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Consequently, the Fund and its service providers may request additional information from its Authorized Participants (as defined under “Policy on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings” in this SAI) to verify the identity of its Authorized Participants. If at any time the Fund believes an Authorized Participant may be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may choose not to establish a new account or may be required to “freeze” an Authorized Participant’s account. The Fund and its service providers also may be required to provide a governmental agency with information about transactions that have occurred in an Authorized Participant’s account or to transfer monies received to establish a new account, transfer an existing account or transfer the proceeds of an existing account to a governmental agency. In some circumstances, the Fund or its service providers may not be permitted to inform the Authorized Participant that it has taken the actions described above.
Proxy Voting Policies
The Board has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies in respect of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to the Adviser, to vote the Fund’s proxies in accordance with the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy. The Board has approved the Proxy Voting Policy. Pursuant to the Proxy Voting Policy, the Adviser will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy is attached as Appendix B.
The Fund’s proxy voting records for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (855) 799-4757 and (ii) on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Information as of June 30 each year will generally be available on or about the following August 31.
Policy on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
The Trust has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings, which is reviewed on an annual basis. The Board must approve all material amendments to this policy. A complete schedule of the Fund’s portfolio holdings as of the end of each fiscal quarter will be filed with the SEC (and publicly available) within 60 days of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters and within 70 days of the second and fourth quarters. In addition, the Fund disseminates information about its portfolio holdings each day the Fund is open for business through the Exchange, the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) and/or third party service providers. Limited information regarding the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available daily on (http://www.highlandfunds.com) the portfolio composition file (“PCF”) and the IOPV file, which contain equivalent portfolio holdings information, will be made available as frequently as daily to the Fund’s service providers to facilitate the provision of services to the Fund and to certain other entities (“Entities”) in connection with the dissemination of information necessary for transactions in Creation Units, as contemplated by exemptive orders issued by the SEC and Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act, and other legal and business requirements pursuant to which the Fund creates and redeems shares. Entities are generally limited to NSCC members and subscribers to various fee-based services, including large institutional investors (“Authorized Participants”) that have been authorized by the Distributor to purchase and redeem Creation Units and other institutional market participants that provide information services. Each business day, Fund portfolio holdings information will be provided to the Distributor or other agent for dissemination through the facilities of the NSCC and/or through other fee-based services to NSCC members and/or subscribers to the fee-based services, including Authorized Participants, and to entities that publish and/or analyze such information in connection with the process of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units or trading shares of the Fund in the secondary market.
Daily access to the PCF and IOPV file is permitted (i) to certain personnel of those service providers that are involved in portfolio management and providing administrative, operational, or other support to portfolio management, including Authorized Participants, and (ii) to other personnel of the Adviser and the Fund’s
32
distributor, administrator, custodian and fund accountant who are involved in functions which may require such information to conduct business in the ordinary course.
Portfolio holdings information may not be provided prior to its public availability (“Non-Standard Disclosure”) in other circumstances except where appropriate confidentiality arrangements limiting the use of such information are in effect. Non-Standard Disclosure may be authorized by the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer or, in his absence, any other authorized officer of the Trust if he determines that such disclosure is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders, no conflict exists between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders and those of the Adviser or Distributor and such disclosure serves a legitimate business purpose. The length of lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed shall be determined by the officer authorizing the disclosure.
In addition, the composition of the in-kind creation basket and the in-kind redemption basket is publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the NSCC.
Additionally, no compensation or other consideration is received by the Fund, the Adviser or any other person for Non Standard Disclosures. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information will prevent the misuse of such information by individuals or firms in possession of such information.
Book Entry Only System
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depositary for the shares. The shares of the Fund are represented by global securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Except as provided below, certificates will not be issued for shares.
DTC has advised the Fund as follows: it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the 1934 Act. DTC was created to hold securities of its participants (“DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by NYSE Arca, Inc. and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”). DTC agrees with and represents to DTC Participants that it will administer its book-entry system in accordance with its rules and by-laws and requirements of law. Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants).
Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares. The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such laws may impair the ability of certain investors to acquire beneficial interests in shares. Beneficial Owners of shares are not entitled to have shares registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and are not considered the registered holder thereof. Accordingly, each Beneficial Owner must rely on the procedures of
33
DTC, the DTC Participant and any Indirect Participant through which such Beneficial Owner holds its interests, to exercise any rights of a holder of shares. The Fund understands that under existing industry practice, in the event the Fund requests any action of holders of shares, or a Beneficial Owner desires to take any action that DTC, as the record owner of all outstanding shares, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the DTC Participants to take such action and that the DTC Participants would authorize the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners acting through such DTC Participants to take such action and would otherwise act upon the instructions of Beneficial Owners owning through them. As described above, the Fund recognizes DTC or its nominee as the owner of all shares for all purposes. Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Fund and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Fund upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Fund a listing of shares holdings of each DTC Participant. The Fund shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Fund shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Fund shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
Distributions of shares shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants. The Fund has no responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.
DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Fund shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of shares, unless the Fund makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Exchange.
No dividend reinvestment service is provided by the Fund. However, certain brokers may make a dividend reinvestment service available to their clients. Brokers offering such services may require investors to adhere to specific procedures and timetables in order to participate. Investors interested in such a service should contact their broker for availability and other necessary details.
34
INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). HCMFA is owned by Highland Capital Management Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“HCM Services, Inc.”), and its general partner Strand Advisors XVI, Inc., of which James Dondero is the sole stockholder. HCM Services, Inc. is controlled by Mr. Dondero and Mark Okada by virtue of their respective share ownership.
HCMFA has entered into a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Skyview Group (“Skyview”), effective February 25, 2021, pursuant to which HCMFA will receive administrative and operational support services to enable it to provide the required advisory services to the Fund. The Adviser, and not the Fund, will compensate all Adviser and Skyview personnel who provide services to the Fund.
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive a monthly fee, computed and accrued daily, at the annual rate of 0.45% of the Fund’s Average Daily Managed Assets of the Fund. “Average Daily Managed Assets” of the Fund means the average daily value of the total assets of the Fund, less all accrued liabilities of the Fund (other than the aggregate amount of any outstanding borrowings constituting financial leverage).
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, HCMFA, among other things: (i) continuously furnishes an investment program for the Fund; (ii) places orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the accounts of the Fund; and (iii) votes, exercises consents and exercises all other rights pertaining to such securities on behalf of the Fund.
HCMFA carries out its duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement at its own expense. The Fund pays its own ordinary operating and activity expenses, such as legal and auditing fees, investment advisory fees, administrative fees, custodial fees, transfer agency fees, the cost of communicating with shareholders and registration fees, as well as other operating expenses such as interest, taxes, brokerage, insurance, bonding, compensation of Independent Trustees of the Fund and extraordinary expenses.
The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance (or reckless disregard) of its obligations or duties thereunder on the part of HCMFA, HCMFA shall not be subject to liability to the Fund for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which the Investment Advisory Agreement relates.
Additionally, the Investment Advisory Agreement remains in force for an initial two year period and from year to year thereafter, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board or (b) a vote of the majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities; provided that in either event continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval. Each Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of the Fund’s Board, or by a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Adviser, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ prior written notice to the other party. Each Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, or upon the termination of the relevant Investment Advisory Agreement.
35
The table below sets forth the advisory fees paid by the Fund, as well as any fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, for the past three fiscal years:
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Gross Advisory Fee |
$ | 275,713 | $ | 884,120 | $ | 2,113,535 | ||||||
Expense Waiver/Reimbursement1 |
$ | (428,153 | ) | $ | (713,412 | ) | $ | (971,987 | ) | |||
Net Advisory Fee/Reimbursement |
$ | (152,440 | ) | $ | 170,708 | $ | 1,141,548 |
1 |
The Adviser has contractually agreed to limit the total annual operating expenses (exclusive of taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, acquired fund fees and expenses, extraordinary expenses and dividend expense on short sales) of the Fund to 0.55% of Average Daily Managed Assets of the fund (the “Expense Cap”). The Expense Cap will continue through at least October 31, 2022, and may not be terminated prior to this date without the action or consent of the Fund’s Board. |
36
INFORMATION REGARDING PORTFOLIO MANAGER
The portfolio manager of Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF is Matt Pearson. The following table provides information about funds and accounts, other than the Fund, for which the portfolio manager is primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management.
As of June 30, 2021, Matt Pearson did not manage any other client accounts.
Compensation Structure – HCMFA
HCMFA’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors, including the pre-tax relative performance of a portfolio manager’s underlying account, the pre-tax combined performance of the portfolio manager’s underlying accounts, and the pre-tax relative performance of the portfolio manager’s underlying accounts measured against other employees. Compensation of the Fund’s portfolio managers may also be based, in part, on the one and three-year performance of the Fund relative to the Markit iBoxx USD Liquid Leveraged Loan Index. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a discretionary bonus and various retirement benefits.
Base compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their seniority and/or their position with HCMFA, which may include the amount of assets supervised and other management roles within HCMFA. Base compensation is determined by taking into account current industry norms and market data to ensure that HCMFA pays a competitive base compensation.
Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation, which can be a substantial portion of total compensation. Discretionary compensation can include a discretionary cash bonus paid to recognize specific business contributions and to ensure that the total level of compensation is competitive with the market.
Because each person’s compensation is based on his or her individual performance, HCMFA does not have a typical percentage split among base salary, bonus and other compensation. Senior portfolio managers who perform additional management functions may receive additional compensation in these other capacities. Compensation is structured such that key professionals benefit from remaining with HCMFA.
Conflicts of Interest – HCMFA
The Adviser and/or its general partner, limited partners, officers, affiliates and employees provide investment advice to other parties and manage other accounts and investment vehicles similar to the Fund. For the purposes of this section, the term “Highland” shall include the Adviser and its affiliated investment advisors and all affiliates listed on its Form ADV, as filed via an amendment with the SEC March 31, 2021 (CRD No. 149653).
In connection with such other investment management activities, the Adviser and/or its general partner, limited partners, officers, affiliates and employees may decide to invest the funds of one or more other accounts or recommend the investment of funds by other parties, rather than the Fund’s monies, in a particular security or strategy. In addition, the Adviser and such other persons will determine the allocation of funds from the Fund and such other accounts to investment strategies and techniques on whatever basis they consider appropriate or desirable in their sole and absolute discretion.
The Adviser has built a professional working environment, a firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another.
37
The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, the Adviser furnishes advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and the Adviser may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts that are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to the Adviser or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees) that may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund. In addition, the Adviser, its affiliates and any of their partners, directors, officers, stockholders or employees may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Adviser recommends to the Fund. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action that the Adviser, or any of its affiliates, or any of their partners, directors, officers, stockholders or employees or any member of their families may take with respect to the same securities. Moreover, the Adviser may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Adviser’s (or its affiliates’) partners, directors, officers or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Adviser or any of its affiliates or partners, directors, officers and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information.
The Adviser, its affiliates or their partners, directors, officers or employees similarly serve or may serve other entities that operate in the same or related lines of business, including accounts managed by an investment adviser affiliated with the Adviser. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds or to other clients, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of the Fund. As a result, the Adviser will face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to the Fund and other funds and clients. In order to enable such affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of the clients for which they have responsibility, the Adviser will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner , pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser and its advisory affiliates that are designed to manage potential conflicts of interest, which may, subject to applicable regulatory constraints, involve pro rata co-investment by the Fund and such other clients or may involve a rotation of opportunities among the Fund and such other clients. The Fund will only make investments in which the Adviser or an affiliate hold an interest to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and SEC staff interpretations.
Conflicts may arise in cases when clients and/or the Adviser and other affiliated entities invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more clients own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other clients may own public securities of the same issuer. In addition, one or more clients may invest in securities, or other financial instruments, of an issuer that are senior or junior to securities, or financial instruments, of the same issuer that are held by or acquired for, one or more other clients. For example, if such issuer encounters financial problems, decisions related to such securities (such as over the terms of any workout or proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants) may raise conflicts of interests. In such a distressed situation, a client holding debt securities of the issuer may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas a client holding equity securities of the issuer might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. In the event of conflicting interests within an issuer’s capital structure, Highland will generally pursue the strategy that Highland believes best reflects what would be expected to be negotiated in an arm’s length transaction, but in all instances with due consideration being given to Highland’s fiduciary duties to each of its accounts (without regard to the nature of the accounts involved or fees received from such accounts). This strategy may be recommended by one or more Highland investment professionals. A single person may make decisions with respect to more than one part of an issuer’s capital structure. Highland personnel board members may still make recommendations to the applicable investment professional(s). A portfolio manager with respect to any applicable Highland registered investment company clients (“Retail Accounts”) will make an independent determination as to which course of action he or she determines is in the best interest of the applicable Retail Accounts. Highland may use external counsel for guidance and assistance.
38
The Adviser and its affiliates have both subjective and objective procedures and policies in place designed to manage potential conflicts of interest involving clients so that, for example, investment opportunities are allocated in a fair and equitable manner among the Fund and such other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to the Fund. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in favor of the Fund.
Another type of conflict may arise if one client account buys a security and another client account sells or shorts the same security. Currently, such opposing positions are generally not permitted within the same account without prior trade approval by the Chief Compliance Officer. However, a portfolio manager may enter into opposing positions for different clients to the extent each such client has a different investment objective and each such position is consistent with the investment objective of the applicable client. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more affiliated client accounts may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of other client accounts.
Because certain client accounts may have investment objectives, strategies or legal, contractual, tax or other requirements that differ (such as the need to take tax losses, realize profits, raise cash, diversification, etc.), an affiliated advisor may purchase, sell or continue to hold securities for certain client accounts contrary to other recommendations. In addition, an affiliated advisor may be permitted to sell securities or instruments short for certain client accounts and may not be permitted to do so for other affiliated client accounts.
As a result of the Fund’s arrangements with Highland, there may be times when Highland, the Adviser or their affiliates have interests that differ from those of the Fund’s shareholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest. Highland and the Adviser are under common ownership, and the Fund’s officers serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as the Fund does, or of investment funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Similarly, the Adviser or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of the Fund or its shareholders. For example, the Fund’s officers have, and will continue to have, management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by the Adviser and its affiliates. The Fund’s investment objective may overlap, in part or in whole, with the investment objective of such affiliated investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and other investment funds or accounts advised by or affiliated with the Adviser. The Adviser will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, the Fund can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to it fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
The Adviser may direct the Fund to acquire or dispose of investments in cross trades between the Fund and other clients of the Adviser or its affiliates in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and SEC staff interpretations, the Fund may make and/or hold an investment, including an investment in securities, in which the Adviser and/or its affiliates have a debt, equity or participation interest, and the holding and sale of such investments by the Fund may enhance the profitability of the Adviser’s own investments in such companies.
39
Ownership of Securities
The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities of the Fund beneficially owned by the portfolio manager. This information is provided as of June 30, 2021.
Name of Portfolio
|
Dollar Range of Fund Equity Securities
Beneficially Owned by Portfolio Manager |
|
Matt Pearson |
$1 - $10,000 |
40
ADMINISTRATOR
Under the Administration Agreement with SEI Investments Global Funds Services, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (the “Administrator”), the Administrator provides administration services to the Fund, as well as other services including fund accounting, shareholder services and a contact center. The Administrator receives a monthly administration fee from the Fund, calculated and assessed in arrears based on the aggregate net assets of the Fund, subject to an annual minimum fee. For fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, the Fund paid administration fees to the Administrator in the amount of $ 51,376, $129,104 and $347,021, respectively.
DISTRIBUTOR
Under a Distribution Agreement with SEI Investments Distribution Co., One Freedom Valley Drive Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (the “Distributor”), shares of the Fund are offered for sale on a continuous basis only in Creation Units, as described in the Prospectus and in the “Purchase and Redemption of Shares” section of this SAI below. Fund shares in amounts less than Creation Units are not distributed by the Distributor. As of June 30, 2021, no fees were paid by the Fund to the Distributor.
The Fund has adopted a Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which payments of up to 0.25% may be made as reimbursement or compensation for distribution related activities and other services with respect to the Fund. Under its terms, the Plan remains in effect from year to year, provided such continuance is approved annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services provided by the Distributor without approval by the shareholders of the Fund, and all material amendments of the Plan also require Board approval. The Plan may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as such vote is defined in the 1940 Act).
During each of the previous three fiscal years ending June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, the Fund did not pay any fees to the Distributor as compensation for services. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the Distributor did not incur expenses on behalf of any of the Fund in connection with distributions under the Plan.
TRANSFER AGENT
BNY, 240 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10286 provides transfer agency and dividend disbursing services for the Fund. As part of these services, BNY maintains records pertaining to the sale, redemption, and transfer of Fund shares and distributes the Fund’s securities and cash distributions to shareholders.
CUSTODIAN
BNY is the custodian for the Fund. BNY is responsible for holding all securities, other investments and cash, receiving and paying for securities purchased, delivering against payment securities sold, receiving and collecting income from investments, making all payments covering expenses and performing other administrative duties, all as directed by authorized persons. BNY does not exercise any supervisory function in such matters as purchase and sale of portfolio securities, payment of dividends or payment of expenses.
41
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
As of June 18, 2020, Cohen & Company, Ltd., an independent registered public accounting firm located at 1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800, Cleveland, OH 44115, serves as independent registered accounting firm to the Fund. The independent registered public accounting firm audits and reports on the annual financial statements, reviews certain regulatory reports and U.S. federal income tax returns, and performs other professional accounting, auditing and tax services when approved to do so by the Audit Committee. Certain information for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been audited and reported on by other independent registered public accounting firms.
42
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Selection of Broker-Dealers; Order Placement
Subject to the overall review of the Fund’s Board, the Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities and other portfolio holdings of the Fund, for selecting the broker or dealer to be used and for negotiating any commission rates paid. In underwritten offerings, securities usually are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.
The Adviser and its affiliates manage other accounts, including private funds and individual accounts that invest in Fund investments. Although investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of such other accounts, investments of the type the Fund may make also may be made on behalf of such other accounts. When the Fund and one or more other accounts is prepared to invest in, or desires to dispose of, the same investment, available investments or opportunities for each are allocated in a manner believed by the Adviser to be equitable over time. The Adviser may (but is not obligated to) aggregate orders, which may include orders for accounts in which the Adviser or its affiliates have an interest, to purchase and sell securities to obtain favorable execution or lower brokerage commissions, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations. Although the Adviser believes that, over time, the potential benefits of participating in volume transactions and negotiating lower transaction costs should benefit all participating accounts, in some cases these activities may adversely affect the price paid or received or the size of the position obtained by or disposed of for the Fund. Where trades are aggregated, the investments or proceeds, as well as the expenses incurred, will be allocated by the Adviser in a manner designed to be equitable and consistent with the Adviser’s fiduciary duty to the Fund and its other clients (including its duty to seek to obtain best execution of client trades).
Commission Rates; Brokerage and Research Services
The Adviser seeks to obtain “best execution,” considering the execution price and overall commission costs paid and other factors. The Adviser routes its orders to various broker-dealers for execution at its discretion. Factors involved in selecting brokerage firms include the size, type and difficulty of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the quality of service, the quality of research and investment information provided and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. Within the framework of the policy of obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution, the Adviser does consider “brokerage and research services” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) provided by brokers who effect portfolio transactions with the Adviser or the Fund. “Brokerage and research services” are services that brokerage houses customarily provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and research reports on particular issuers and industries.
In addition, the investment advisory agreement between the Trust and the Adviser relating to the Fund authorizes the Adviser, on behalf of the Fund, in selecting brokers or dealers to execute a particular transaction and in evaluating the best overall terms available, to consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) provided to the Fund and/or other accounts over which the Adviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The fees under the investment advisory agreement relating to the Fund will not be reduced by reason of the Fund’s receiving brokerage and research services. Such services include analyses and reports regarding issuers, industries, economic trends, portfolio strategy, and may effect securities transactions and perform certain functions related thereto. In addition, such services may include advice concerning the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities and the availability of particular securities or buyers or sellers of securities. The research services received from broker-dealers that execute transactions on behalf of the Fund may be useful to the Adviser in servicing the Fund as well as all of the Adviser’s accounts and not all of these services may be used in connection with the particular Fund or funds generating the commissions. Consistent with limits
43
established by the Federal securities laws, the Fund may pay broker-dealer commissions for agency transactions that exceed the amount of commissions charged by other broker-dealers in recognition of their research and brokerage services.
The following table shows the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund over the past three fiscal years:
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2020 |
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2019 |
||||||||||
Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF |
$ | 2,563 | $ | 6,095 | $ | 29,852 |
The Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to firms that provided research and brokerage services during the year ended June 30, 2021.
Certain Affiliations
The Fund and HCMFA are currently affiliated with NexBank Securities, Inc. (“NexBank”) and NexPoint Securities, Inc. (“NSI”), FINRA member broker-dealers that are indirectly controlled by the principals of HCMFA and NSI. Absent an exemption from the SEC or other regulatory relief, the Fund is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers. The Fund may utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, subject to compliance with policies and procedures adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. These policies and procedures are designed to provide that commissions, fees or other remuneration received by any affiliated broker or its affiliates for agency transactions are reasonable and fair compared to the remuneration received by other brokers in comparable transactions.
For fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, the Fund paid no brokerage commissions to NexBank or NSI.
In addition, the Fund and HCMFA are currently affiliated with NexBank, which also does business as Barrier Advisors, NexBank SSB, a state chartered bank, and Governance Re Ltd. (“Governance Re”), an insurance company, both of which are indirectly controlled by the principals of HCMFA and NSI. NexBank and Governance Re may offer certain services to portfolio companies whose securities, including loans, are owned by one or more registered investment companies advised by HCMFA (the “Portfolio Companies”). For example, NexBank may provide agent services for Portfolio Companies under credit agreements pursuant to which the Fund may be a lender or may offer strategic, financial and operational advisory services to Portfolio Companies; and Governance Re may offer insurance services to the Portfolio Companies. NexBank, Governance Re and other affiliated service providers may receive fees from Portfolio Companies or other parties for services provided.
The Fund’s Board will, in accordance with specific procedures and policies adopted by the Board, review any investment or operational decisions that are brought to the attention of the Board and that may present potential conflicts of interest between HCMFA and the Fund.
44
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S SHARES
The Fund is a series of the Trust, a Delaware statutory trust formed on February 28, 2006. The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest in separate series and classes of each series. The Trust is not required to hold regular annual shareholder meetings, but may hold special meetings for consideration of proposals requiring shareholder approval, such as changing fundamental policies or upon the written request of 10% of the Trust’s shares to replace its Trustees. The Trust’s Board is authorized to classify or reclassify the unissued shares of the Trust into one or more separate series of shares representing a separate, additional investment portfolio or one or more separate classes of new or existing series. Shares of all series will have identical voting rights, except where by law certain matters must be approved by the requisite proportion of the shares of the affected series. Each share of any class when issued has equal dividend, liquidation (see “Purchase and Redemption of Shares”) and voting rights within the class for which it was issued and each fractional share has those rights in proportion to the percentage that the fractional share represents a whole share. Shares will be voted in the aggregate except where otherwise required by law and except that each class of each series will vote separately on certain matters pertaining to its distribution and shareholder servicing arrangements.
There are no conversion or preemptive rights in connection with any shares of the Fund. All shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of the offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable.
The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares of the Trust can elect 100% of the Trustees if the holders choose to do so, and, in that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board.
Description of the Trust
Under Delaware law, shareholders of a statutory trust shall have the same limitation of personal liability that is extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the trust’s governing instrument. The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) provides that shareholders shall not be personally liable to any person in connection with any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, that at such time is owned or held by or for the account of a particular series. Moreover, the Declaration of Trust expressly provides that the shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability that is extended to shareholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated in the State of Delaware.
The Declaration of Trust provides that no Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or any series of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any person, unless, as to liability to the Trust or its shareholders, the Trustees engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their offices.
The Trust shall continue without limitation of time subject to the provisions in the Declaration of Trust concerning termination by action of the Trustees, and without any vote of the Trust’s shareholders, except as may be required under the 1940 Act.
Trust Matters
The Trust reserves the right to create and issue a number of series shares, in which case the shares of each series would participate equally in the earnings, dividends and assets of the particular series and would vote separately to approve investment advisory agreements or changes in fundamental investment policies, but shares of all series would vote together in the election or selection of Trustees and on any other matters as may be required by applicable law.
45
Upon liquidation of the Trust or any series, shareholders of the affected series would be entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of their respective series available for distribution to such shareholders.
Shareholder Approval
Other than elections of Trustees, which is by plurality, any matter for which shareholder approval is required by the 1940 Act requires the affirmative “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund or the Trust at a meeting called for the purpose of considering such approval. For other matters, generally an affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such matter (assuming a quorum is present) shall be required for approval of such matter.
Information for Shareholders
All shareholder inquiries regarding administrative procedures, including the purchase and redemption of shares, should be directed to the Distributor, SEI Investments Distribution Co., One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456. For assistance, call (855) 799-4757 or visit the Fund’s website at http://www.highlandfunds.com.
46
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
As of September 30, 2021, the Trustees and officers of the Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the then outstanding shares of the Fund.
A person who beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of such control may be presumed to control the Fund. A control person could potentially control the outcome of any proposal submitted to the shareholders for approval, including changes to the Fund’s fundamental policies or terms of the investment advisory agreement with the Adviser.
A principal shareholder is any person who owns (either of record or beneficially) 5% or more of any class of outstanding shares of the Fund. Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares nominally held by DTC, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC Participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund, as of September 30, 2021 is set forth below:
Name and Address |
Shares
Held |
Percentage
Owned |
||||||
BNY MELLON, US PROXY DEPARTMENT 525 WILLIAM PENN PLACE, SUITE 0400 PITTSBURGH, PA 15259 |
344,157 | 14.34 | % | |||||
NFS LLC 200 SEAPORT BOULEVARD BOSTON, MA 02210 UNITED STATES |
335,281 | 13.97 | % | |||||
TD AMERITRADE 200 SOUTH 108TH AVENUE OMAHA, NE 68154 UNITED STATES |
275,180 | 11.47 | % | |||||
SSB&T CO. ONE LINCOLN STREET BOSTN, MA 02111 |
189,400 | 7.89 | % | |||||
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC. 211 MAIN STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 UNITED STATES |
188,955 | 7.87 | % | |||||
MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC 522 FIFTH AVENUE, 13TH FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10036 |
186,248 | 7.76 | % | |||||
PERSHING LLC ONE PERSHING PLAZA JERSEY CITY, NJ 07399 UNITED STATES |
157,052 | 6.54 | % | |||||
JPMS / JPMC 383 MADISON AVENUE NEW YORK, NY 10179 UNITED STATES |
147,256 | 6.14 | % |
47
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
The Fund issues and redeems shares only in aggregations of Creation Units. A Creation Unit is comprised of 100,000 shares. The value of a Creation Unit at the Fund’s inception was $2,000,000.
The Board reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of shares outstanding of the Fund, and may make a corresponding change in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, in the event that the per shares price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Board.
Purchase and Issuance of Creation Units. The Fund issues and sells shares only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at their NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined herein), of an order in proper form. A “Business Day” with respect to the Fund is any day on which the Exchange is open for business.
Creation Units of shares may be purchased only by or through a DTC Participant that has entered into an Authorized Participant Agreement with the Distributor. Such Authorized Participant will agree pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, as the case may be, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Balancing Amount (as defined below) if required and the Transaction Fee described in the Prospectus. The Authorized Participant may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Balancing Amount. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement, and that therefore orders to purchase Creation Units of shares may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Fund expects to enter into Authorized Participant Agreements with only a small number of DTC Participants.
Creation Deposit. The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of shares of the Fund generally consists of cash only (including the appropriate Transaction Fee). However, the Fund also reserves the right to permit or require the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (“Deposit Securities”) constituting a representation of the Underlying Index, along with the Balancing Amount and the appropriate Transaction Fee (collectively, the “Creation Deposit”) as consideration for the purchase of a Creation Unit. The “Balancing Amount” will be the amount equal to the differential, if any, between the total aggregate market value of the Deposit Securities and the NAV of the Creation Units being purchased and will be paid to, or received from, the Trust after the NAV has been calculated.
The Custodian, using information provided by the Administrator, makes available through the NSCC on each Business Day, either immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange or the night before, the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security to be included in the current Creation Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day). Such Creation Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of shares the Fund until such time as the next-announced Creation Deposit composition is made available. The Custodian, using information provided by the Administrator, will also make available through the NSCC on each Business Day information about the previous day’s Balancing Amount.
The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities required for a Creation Deposit for the Fund changes as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time by the Adviser with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the securities constituting the relevant securities index. In addition, the Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (i.e., a
48
“cash in lieu” amount) to be added to the Balancing Amount to replace any Deposit Security or Deposit Securities which may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery or for other similar reasons. The adjustments described above will reflect changes, known to the Adviser on the date of announcement to be in effect by the time of delivery of the Creation Deposit, in the composition of the subject index being tracked by the Fund, or resulting from stock splits and other corporate actions.
In addition to the list of names and numbers of securities constituting the current Deposit Securities of a Creation Deposit, on each Business Day, the Balancing Amount effective through and including the previous Business Day, per outstanding share of the Fund, will be made available.
Shares may be issued in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a greater value than the NAV of the shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since, in addition to the available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Balancing Amount, plus (ii) 105% of the market value of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”). An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Trust, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Trust in an amount at least equal to 115% of the daily mark-to-market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Participation Agreement will permit the Trust to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. Authorized Participants will be liable to the Trust for the costs incurred by the Trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Distributor plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Trust and deposited into the Trust. In addition, a Transaction Fee, as listed below, will be charged in all cases. The delivery of shares so purchased will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor.
All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.
Purchases through and outside the Clearing Process. An Authorized Participant may place an order to purchase (or redeem) Creation Units (i) through the Continuous Net Settlement clearing processes of NSCC as such processes have been enhanced to effect purchases (and redemptions) of Creation Units, such processes being referred to herein as the “Clearing Process,” or (ii) outside the Clearing Process. To purchase or redeem through the Clearing Process, an Authorized Participant must be a member of NSCC that is eligible to use the Continuous Net Settlement system. For purchase orders placed through the Clearing Process, the Authorized Participant Agreement authorizes the Distributor to transmit through the Fund’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) to NSCC, on behalf of an Authorized Participant, such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the Authorized Participant’s purchase order. Pursuant to such trade instructions to NSCC, the Authorized Participant agrees to deliver the requisite deposit securities and the Balancing Amount to the Trust, together with the Transaction Fee and such additional information as may be required by the Distributor. A purchase order must be received by the Distributor at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time if transmitted by mail or by 3:00 p.m. Eastern time if transmitted by telephone, facsimile or other electronic means permitted under the Participant Agreement in order to receive that day’s Closing NAV per Share.
An Authorized Participant that wishes to place an order to purchase Creation Units outside the Clearing Process must state that it is not using the Clearing Process and that the purchase instead will be effected through a transfer of securities and cash directly through DTC. Purchases (and redemptions) of Creation Units settled outside the Clearing Process will be subject to a higher Transaction Fee than those settled through the Clearing Process. Purchase orders effected outside the Clearing Process are likely to require transmittal by the Authorized
49
Participant earlier on the Transmittal Date than orders effected using the Clearing Process. The Creation Deposit transfer must be ordered on the Transmittal Date in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Fund by no later than 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time of the next Business Day immediately following such Transmittal Date. The cash equal to the Cash Amount must be transferred directly to the Fund through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Fund no later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. Those persons placing orders outside the Clearing Process should ascertain the deadlines applicable to DTC and the Federal Reserve Bank wire system by contacting the operations department of the broker or depository institution effectuating such transfer.
Rejection of Purchase Orders. The Trust reserves the absolute right to reject a purchase order transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect to the Fund if (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the purchaser or group of purchasers, upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the Fund; (c) the deposit securities delivered are not as specified by the Adviser and the Adviser has not consented to acceptance of an in-kind deposit that varies from the designated deposit securities; (d) acceptance of the purchase transaction order would have certain adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (e) the acceptance of the purchase transaction order would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (f) the acceptance of the purchase order transaction would otherwise, in the discretion of the Trust or the Adviser, have an adverse effect on the Trust or the rights of beneficial owners; (g) the value of a cash purchase amount, or the value of the Balancing Amount to accompany an in-kind deposit, exceeds a purchase authorization limit extended to an Authorized Participant by the custodian and the Authorized Participant has not deposited an amount in excess of such purchase authorization with the custodian prior to the relevant cut-off time for the Fund on the Transmittal Date; or (h) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Trust, the Distributor and the Adviser make it impractical to process purchase orders. The Trust shall notify a prospective purchaser of its rejection of the order of such person. The Trust and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of purchase transaction orders nor shall either of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.
Redemption of Creation Units. Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Distributor on any Business Day. The Trust will not redeem shares in amounts less than Creation Units. Beneficial owners also may sell shares in the secondary market, but must accumulate enough shares to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit of shares. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.
The Custodian, using information provided by the Administrator, through the NSCC, makes available prior to the opening of business on the Exchange on each Business Day, the identity of the Fund securities that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form on that day. Fund securities received in redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of cash; however, the Fund also reserves the right to make the redemptions entirely or partly in the announced Fund securities plus or minus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund securities, less a redemption transaction fee.
Redemptions of shares for Fund securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, and the Fund reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash if the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific Fund securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund securities under such laws. An Authorized Participant or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Fund securities applicable to the redemption of a Creation Unit may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. This would specifically prohibit delivery of Fund securities that are
50
not registered in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a redeeming investor that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act. The Authorized Participant may request the redeeming beneficial owner of the shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment.
The Fund, however, may suspend the right of redemption and postpone payment for more than seven days: (i) during periods when trading on the Exchange is closed on days other than weekdays or holidays; (ii) during periods when trading on the Exchange is restricted; (iii) during any emergency which makes it impractical for the Fund to dispose of its securities or fairly determine the NAV of the Fund; and (iv) during any other period permitted by the SEC for your protection.
Placement of Redemption Orders through and outside Clearing Process. Orders to redeem Creation Units of the Fund through the Clearing Process must be delivered through an Authorized Participant that is a member of NSCC that is eligible to use the Continuous Net Settlement System. A redemption order must be received by the Distributor prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time if transmitted by mail or by 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time if transmitted by telephone, facsimile or other electronic means permitted under the Participant Agreement in order to receive that day’s closing NAV per Share. All other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement must be followed in order for you to receive the NAV determined on that day. The requisite cash or Fund securities and the Balancing Amount will be transferred by the third NSCC Business Day following the date on which such request for redemption is deemed received.
Orders to redeem Creation Units of the Fund outside the Clearing Process must be delivered through a DTC Participant that has executed the Participant Agreement. A DTC Participant who wishes to place an order for redemption of Creation Units of the Fund to be effected outside the Clearing Process need not be a “participating party” under the Authorized Participant Agreement, but such orders must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that redemption of Creation Units will instead be effected through transfer of Shares directly through DTC. A redemption order must be received by the Distributor prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time if transmitted by mail or by 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time if transmitted by telephone, facsimile or other electronic means permitted under the Authorized Participant Agreement in order to receive that day’s closing NAV per Share. All other procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement must be followed in order for you to receive the NAV determined on that day. The order must be accompanied or preceded by the requisite number of shares of the Fund specified in such order, which delivery must be made through DTC to the Custodian no later than 11:00am Eastern Time on the next Business Day immediately following such Transmittal Date (“DTC Cut-Off Time”). All other procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement must be properly followed. After the Transfer Agent has deemed an order for redemption outside the Clearing Process received, the Transfer Agent will initiate procedures to transfer the requisite cash and, if applicable, Fund securities, which are expected to be delivered within three Business Days following the Transmittal Date on which such redemption order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent.
Transaction Fees. Authorized Participants are charged standard creation and redemption transaction fees (“Transaction Fees”) to offset transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance and redemption of Creation Units. There is a fixed and a variable component to the total Transaction Fee. A fixed Transaction Fee is applicable to each creation or redemption transaction, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased or redeemed. In addition, a variable Transaction Fee equal to a percentage of the value of each Creation Unit purchased or redeemed is applicable to each creation or redemption transaction. An additional charge of up to 1% of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard transaction fee, may be imposed for (i) in-kind creations effected outside the normal Clearing Process, and (ii) cash creations (to offset the Trust’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with using cash to purchase the requisite Deposit Securities).
Purchasers of shares in Creation Units are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Trust. Investors will also bear the costs of transferring securities from the Fund to their account or on their order. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services.
51
Continuous Offering. The method by which Creation Units of shares are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units of shares are issued and sold by the Fund on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the 1933 Act, may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the 1933 Act. For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent shares and sells some or all of the shares comprising such Creation Units directly to its customers; or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether a person is an underwriter for the purposes of the 1933 Act depends upon all the facts and circumstances pertaining to that person’s activities. Thus, the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter. Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Broker-dealer firms should note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary market transaction), and thus dealing with shares that are part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of section 4(3)(C) of the 1933 Act, would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by section 4(3) of the 1933 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus-delivery obligation with respect to shares are reminded that under 1933 Act Rule 153 a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to a national securities exchange member in connection with a sale on the national securities exchange is satisfied by the fact that the Fund’s Prospectus is available at the national securities exchange on which the shares of the Fund trade upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to transactions on a national securities exchange and not with respect to “upstairs” transactions.
52
INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion is a summary of some of the important U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to an investment in the Fund. Your investment may have other tax implications. The discussion reflects provisions of the Code, existing Treasury regulations, rulings published by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and other applicable authorities, as of the date of this SAI. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or subject to new legislation or administrative or judicial interpretations. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax law concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders (including shareholders owning large positions in the Fund), and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Please consult your tax advisor about foreign, federal, state, local or other tax laws applicable to you.
Taxation of the Fund
The Fund has elected to be treated and intends each year to qualify and to be eligible to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things:
(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as described below);
(b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets consists of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, (x) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as described below); and
(c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, for such year.
In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (generally, a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that satisfies certain qualifying income requirements but derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income sources described in paragraph (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code Section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Certain ETFs and certain master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) in which the Fund may invest may qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships.
53
For purposes of meeting the diversification requirement described in (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification requirement described in (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet diversification test in (b) above.
If the Fund qualifies as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income or gains distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).
If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution test (described respectively in (a), (b) and (c) above), the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any taxable year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions might be eligible for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and to be treated as “qualified dividend income” and thus taxable at the lower net capital gain rate in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals, provided in both cases, the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.
The Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and may distribute its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). Any investment company taxable income retained by the Fund will be subject to Fund-level tax at regular corporate rates. The Fund may also retain for investment its net capital gain. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to Fund-level tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a timely notice to its shareholders who would then, in turn, be (i) required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly-filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund would be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (defined below), its taxable income and its earnings and profits, the Fund generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after October 31, or if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to any such portion of the taxable year) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary loss, if any, from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, and its (ii) other net ordinary loss, if any, attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.
54
If the Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year, plus any such amounts retained from the prior year, the Fund would be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, the Fund’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also for these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year.
A dividend paid to shareholders in January of a year generally is deemed to have been paid by the Fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year. The Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against the Fund’s net investment income. Instead, subject to certain limitations, the Fund may carry net capital losses forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable year. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Fund retains or distributes such gains. Carryforward losses may be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration. Any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. The Fund’s ability to use net capital losses to offset gains may be limited as a result of certain (i) acquisitive reorganizations and (ii) shifts in the ownership of the Fund by a shareholder owning or treated as owning 5% or more of the stock of the Fund. The Fund’s available capital loss carryforwards will be set forth in its annual shareholder report for each fiscal year.
Fund Distributions
Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from gains earned by the Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares pursuant to DTC’s Dividend Reinvestment Service (see “Dividends and Other Distributions” in the Fund’s Prospectus).
The Fund (or broker or other financial intermediary through which you own your shares) will send you information after the end of each calendar year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund. Ordinary income dividends and Capital Gain Dividends (defined below) may also be subject to state, local or other taxes.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions of investment income reported by the Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund level.
55
In order for some portion of the dividends received by the Fund shareholder to be “qualified dividend income,” the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. In general, a dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.
In general, distributions of investment income reported by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. If the aggregate dividends received by the Fund during any taxable year are 95% or more of its gross income (excluding long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of its distributions to be eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income.
Dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of the Fund generally will qualify for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by application of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). The Fund does not expect a significant portion of its distributions to be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.
If the Fund receives dividends from another investment company that qualifies as a RIC and the investment company reports such dividends as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, as applicable, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the investment company.
The Fund’s dividends representing distributions of interest income and capital gains or distributions from entities that are not corporations for U.S. tax purposes will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. In addition, any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by the Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
56
Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, the Code generally allows individuals and certain other non-corporate entities a deduction for 20% of “qualified publicly traded partnership income,” such as income from MLPs. However, the Code does not include any provision for a RIC to pass the character of its qualified publicly traded partnership income through to its shareholders. As a result, certain investors who invest directly in MLPs will be able to receive the benefit of such deductions, while a shareholder in the Fund, if the Fund invests in MLPs, will not.
Section 1411 of the Code generally imposes a Medicare contribution tax of 3.8% is imposed on the net investment income of certain individuals, estates and trusts to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. “Net investment income” generally includes for this purpose, among other things, (i) distributions paid by the Fund, including any capital gain dividends, and (ii) net gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of shares of the Fund. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Fund.
Return of Capital Distributions
If the Fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares.
Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects either unrealized gains or realized but undistributed income or gains that were therefore included in the price that the shareholder paid. Such distributions may reduce the fair market value of the Fund’s shares below the shareholder’s cost basis in those shares. As described above, the Fund is required to distribute realized income and gains regardless of whether the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.
Tax Implications of Certain Fund Investments
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that are acquired by the Fund will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in the Fund’s income (and required to be distributed by the Fund) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having market discount. Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though the payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
57
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance may be treated as having OID or “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). Generally, the Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
A portion of the Fund’s investments in loans and other debt obligations may be treated as having market discount, acquisition discount and/or OID, which, in some cases, could be significant.
Some preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer the payment of distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring the payment of its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any such deferred distribution even though the Fund has not yet actually received the cash distribution.
If the Fund holds the foregoing kinds of obligations, or other obligations subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or, if necessary, by liquidation of portfolio securities (including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so). The Fund may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Fund realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend or ordinary dividend, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.
Investments in high-yield debt obligations (known as “junk”) or other distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund investing in or holding such securities. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund as necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
A portion of the OID paid or accrued on certain high-yield discount obligations owned by the Fund may not be deductible to the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends-received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the obligation is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such OID.
Any transactions by the Fund in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations or certain foreign currency options, futures contracts or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent years.
Any equity investments by the Fund in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could potentially subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the PFIC or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the PFIC. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, the Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, the Fund may elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in
58
which case the Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. The Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.
The Fund’s income from or its gains or proceeds in respect of the disposition of its investments in foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. These withholding and other taxes will decrease the Fund’s yield on the securities subject to such taxes. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.
The Fund’s derivatives transactions, as well as any hedging, straddle and short sale transactions, generally are subject to one or more special tax rules (including, for instance, notional principal contract, mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital and/or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. In addition, because these and other tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.
In addition, certain of the Fund’s derivatives transactions and investments in foreign currency-denominated debt instruments as well as any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies or its hedging activities are likely to produce a difference between the Fund’s book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including net realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.
To the extent the Fund participates in short sales by contracting for the sale of securities it does not own and later purchasing securities necessary to close the sale, the character of the gain or loss realized on such a short sale is determined by reference to the property used to close the short sale and is thus generally short-term. Because net short-term capital gain (after reduction by any long-term capital loss) is generally taxed at ordinary income rates, the Fund’s short sale transactions can increase the percentage of the Fund’s gains that are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
Backup Withholding
The Fund (or a broker or other financial intermediary through which shares are held) generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund (or intermediary) with a correct taxpayer
59
identification number (“TIN”), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund (or intermediary) that he or she is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is 24%. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.
Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Fund Shares
The sale, exchange or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss to the shareholder. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to those shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed under the “wash-sale” rule of the Code if other substantially identical shares of the Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their Capital Gain Dividends with capital loss from other sources. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting the circumstances under which capital loss may be offset against capital gain and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers. Upon the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through an intermediary, the intermediary may be required to provide you and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund shares you redeemed or exchanged. See the Prospectus for more information.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations
Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct holders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Non-U.S. Shareholders;
Distributions by the Fund to shareholders that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“foreign shareholders”) properly reported by the Fund as (1) Capital Gain Dividends, (2) short-term capital gain dividends, and (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, generally will not be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax.
In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions from U.S. source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by the Fund in a written notice to shareholders.
The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or
60
periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests (“USRPI”) as described below. The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder that (A) has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. The Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts. Distributions by the Fund to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, and interest-related dividends (e.g., dividends attributable to dividend and foreign-source interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate). Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.
A foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States, (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of USRPIs apply to the foreign shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund (as described below).
Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from the Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will, in general, be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax.
If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein and are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Special rules apply to distributions to certain foreign shareholders from a RIC that is a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or former USRPHC or would be a USRPHC absent certain exclusions from the definition of USRPIs. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs — USRPIs are defined generally as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC or former USRPHC — the fair market value of which, during specified testing periods, equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. The Fund generally does not expect that it will be a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of the special exceptions referred to above, and thus does not expect these special tax rules to apply.
In order to qualify for any exemption from withholding described above (to the extent applicable) or for lower withholding tax rates under applicable income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup
61
withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisers in this regard.
A foreign shareholder may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal tax on income referred to above.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders
Under current law, a RIC serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a RIC if shares in that RIC constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).
A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if a RIC recognizes excess inclusion income derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICS or equity interests in TMPs if the amount of such income recognized by the RIC exceeds the RIC’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the RIC).
In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in section 664 of the Code) that realizes any UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a RIC to the extent it recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of the RIC and that RIC recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the RIC will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, a RIC may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the RIC.
CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.
Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts
Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Fund could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in the Fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (“FBAR”). Shareholders should consult a tax adviser, and persons investing in the Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary, regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.
Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to
62
comply with FATCA or an IGA, a Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. If a payment by a Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund or its agent is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends). Proposed Treasury Regulations, which are currently effective, would eliminate the withholding tax on Capital Gain Dividends and gross proceeds of sales of shares that was scheduled to go into effect in 2019.
Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation. Persons investing in the Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary regarding the application of this reporting and withholding regime to their investments in the Fund.
Creation and Redemption of Creation Units
An Authorized Participant that purchases Creation Units in exchange for cash, portfolio securities or a combination thereof is generally expected to recognize a gain or a loss with respect to the portfolio securities on the exchange. The gain or loss generally will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the sum of the cash paid by the Authorized Participant and the Authorized Participant’s aggregate basis in any securities surrendered by the Authorized Participant. An Authorized Participant that redeems Creation Units for cash and/or portfolio securities generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the Authorized Participant’s basis in the Creation Units surrendered and the sum of the cash received by the Authorized Participant and the aggregate market value of any securities received by the Authorized Participant. In certain cases, however, the IRS may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Authorized Participants exchanging securities should consult their own tax adviser with respect to whether or when a loss might be deductible.
Gain or loss recognized by an Authorized Participant upon a purchase of Creation Units in exchange for Component Securities or other debt instruments may be capital or ordinary gain or loss depending on the circumstances. Any capital gain or loss realized upon a purchase of Creation Units in exchange for Component Securities or other debt instruments generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon a redemption of Creation Units generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Creation Units have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Authorized Participants should consult their own tax adviser with respect to the tax treatment to them of any creation or redemption transaction.
Substantial Share Purchases by Authorized Participants
The Fund has the right to reject an order for a purchase of shares of the Fund if the purchaser (or group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Fund also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.
Shares Purchased Through Tax Qualified Plans
Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans or tax-advantaged arrangements. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of shares of the Fund as an investment through such plans and arrangements and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.
63
General Considerations
The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific U.S. federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of shares of the Fund, as well as the effects of state, local, foreign and other tax law and any proposed tax law changes.
64
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements and notes thereto of the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 are incorporated into this SAI by reference and have been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the financial statements, appears in the Fund’s 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, as filed with the SEC on September 9, 2021 (file # 811-21866).
The audited financial statements incorporated by reference into the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of Cohen & Company, Ltd., given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting. The Fund’s Annual Report is available without charge by calling the Fund at (855) 799-4757 or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov).
65
APPENDIX A — RATINGS CATEGORIES
Ratings in General. A rating of a rating service represents the service’s opinion as to the credit quality of the security being rated. However, the ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality or guarantees as to the creditworthiness of an issuer. Consequently, the Adviser believes that the quality of debt securities should be continuously reviewed and that individual analysts give different weightings to the various factors involved in credit analysis. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security because it does not take into account market value or suitability for a particular investor. When a security has received a rating from more than one service, each rating should be evaluated independently. Ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by the rating services from other sources that they consider reliable. Ratings may be changed, suspended or withdrawn as a result of changes in or unavailability of such information, or for other reasons. The following is a description of the characteristics of ratings used by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”).
Moody’s
Global Long-term Rating Scale
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
A-1
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*
* |
By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security. |
Global Short-Term Rating Scale
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments.
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
A-2
S&P
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations: (i) likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (ii) nature of and provisions of the obligation, and the promise we impute; and (iii) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
A-3
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C
An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-4
A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet is financial commitments.
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments.
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it subject to a distressed exchange offer.
SPUR (S&P Underlying Rating)
A SPUR rating is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
A-5
APPENDIX B
HIGHLAND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT FUND ADVISORS, L.P.
POLICY REGARDING PROXY VOTING
Purpose and Scope
The purpose of these voting policies and procedures (the “Policy”) is to set forth the principles and procedures by which Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (the “Company”) votes or gives consents with respect to the securities owned by Clients for which the Company exercises voting authority and discretion.1 For avoidance of doubt, this includes any proxy and any shareholder vote or consent, including a vote or consent for a private company or other issuer that does not involve a proxy. These policies and procedures have been designed to help ensure that votes are cast in the best interests of Clients in accordance with the Company’s fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”).
This Policy applies to securities held in all Client accounts (including Retail Funds and other pooled investment vehicles) as to which the Company has explicit or implicit voting authority. Implicit voting authority exists where the Company’s voting authority is implied by a general delegation of investment authority without reservation of proxy voting authority to the Client.
If the Company has delegated voting authority to an investment sub-adviser with respect to any Retail Fund, such sub-adviser will be responsible for voting all proxies for such Retail Funds in accordance with the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies. The Compliance Department, to provide oversight over the proxy voting by sub-advisers and to ensure that votes are executed in the best interests of the Retail Funds, shall (i) review the proxy voting policies and procedures of each Retail Fund sub-adviser to confirm that they comply with Rule 206(4)-6, both upon engagement of the sub-adviser and upon any material change to the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures, and (ii) require each such sub-adviser to provide quarterly certifications that all proxies were voted pursuant to the sub-adviser’s policies and procedures or to describe any inconsistent votes.
General Principles
The Company and its affiliates engage in a broad range of activities, including investment activities for their own accounts and for the accounts of various Clients and providing investment advisory and other services to Clients. In the ordinary course of conducting the Company’s activities, the interests of a Client may conflict with the interests of the Company, other Clients and/or the Company’s affiliates and their clients. Any conflicts of interest relating to the voting of proxies, regardless of whether actual or perceived, will be addressed in accordance with these policies and procedures. The guiding principle by which the Company votes all proxies is to vote in the best interests of each Client by maximizing the economic value of the relevant Client’s holdings, taking into account the relevant Client’s investment horizon, the contractual obligations under the relevant advisory agreements or comparable documents and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. The Company does not permit voting decisions to be influenced in any manner that is contrary to, or dilutive of, this guiding principle.
Voting Procedures
Third-Party Proxy Advisors
The Company may engage a third-party proxy advisor (“Proxy Advisor”) to provide proxy voting recommendations with respect to Client proxies. Proxy Advisor voting recommendation guidelines are generally designed to increase investors’ potential financial gain. When considering whether to retain or continue retaining
1 |
In any case where a Client has instructed the Company to vote in a particular manner on the Client’s behalf, those instructions will govern in lieu of parameters set forth in the Policy. |
B-1
any particular Proxy Advisor, the Compliance Department will ascertain, among other things, whether the Proxy Advisor has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues. In this regard, the Compliance Department will consider, among other things: the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Advisor’s staffing and personnel; the robustness of its policies and procedures regarding its ability to (a) engage with issuers and ensure that its proxy voting recommendations are based on current and accurate information and (b) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that the Compliance Department determines would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the Proxy Advisor. To identify and address any conflicts that may arise on the part of the Proxy Advisor, the Compliance Department will ensure that the Proxy Advisor notifies the Compliance Department of any relevant business changes or changes to its policies and procedures regarding conflicts.
Third-Party Proxy Voting Services
The Company may utilize a third-party proxy voting service (“Proxy Voting Service”) to monitor holdings in Client accounts for purposes of determining whether there are upcoming shareholder meetings or similar corporate actions and to execute Client proxies on behalf of the Company pursuant to the Company’s instructions, which shall be given in a manner consistent with this Policy. The Compliance Department will oversee each Proxy Voting Service to ensure that proxies have been voted in a manner consistent with the Company’s instructions.
Monitoring
Subject to the procedures regarding Nonstandard Proxy Notices described below, the Compliance Department of the Company shall have responsibility for monitoring Client accounts for proxy notices. Except as detailed below, if proxy notices are received by other employees of the Company, such employees must promptly forward all proxy or other voting materials to the Compliance Department.
Portfolio Manager Review and Instruction
From time to time, the settlement group of the Company may receive nonstandard proxy notices, regarding matters including, but not limited to, proposals regarding corporate actions or amendments (“Nonstandard Proxy Notices”) with respect to securities held by Clients. Upon receipt of a Nonstandard Proxy Notice, a member of the settlement group (the “Settlement Designee”) shall send an email notification containing all relevant information to the Portfolio Manager(s) with responsibility for the security and [ .com]. Generally, the relevant Portfolio Manager(s) shall deliver voting instructions for Nonstandard Proxy Notices by replying to the email notice sent to the Portfolio Manager(s) and [ .com] by the Settlement Designee or by sending voting instructions to [ .com] and copying [ .com]. Any conflicts for Nonstandard Proxy Notices should also be disclosed to the Compliance Department. In the event a Portfolio Manager orally conveys voting instructions to the Settlement Designee or any other member of the Company’s settlement group, that Settlement Designee or member of the Company’s settlement group shall respond to the original notice email sent to [ .com] detailing the Portfolio Manager(s) voting instructions.
With regard to standard proxy notices, on a weekly basis, the Compliance Department will send a notice of upcoming proxy votes related to securities held by Clients and the corresponding voting recommendations of the Proxy Advisor to the relevant Portfolio Manager(s). Upon receipt of a proxy notice from the Compliance Department, the Portfolio Manager(s) will review and evaluate the upcoming votes and recommendations. The Portfolio Managers may rely on any information and/or research available to him or her and may, in his or her discretion, meet with members of an issuer’s management to discuss matters of importance to the relevant Clients and their economic interests. Should the Portfolio Manager determine that deviating from the Proxy Advisor’s recommendation is in a Client’s best interest, the Portfolio Manager shall communicate his or her voting instructions to the Compliance Department.
B-2
In the event that more than one Portfolio Manager is responsible for making a particular voting decision and such Portfolio Managers are unable to arrive at an agreement as to how to vote with respect to a particular proposal, they should consult with the applicable Chief Compliance Officer (the “CCO”) for guidance.
Voting
Upon receipt of the relevant Portfolio Managers’ voting instructions, if any, the Compliance Department will communicate the instructions to the Proxy Voting Service to execute the proxy votes.
Supplemental Information of Issuers
In the event that the Company becomes aware that an issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) supplemental information in response to a Proxy Advisor’s voting recommendation, sufficiently in advance of the submission deadline which would reasonably be expected to affect the Company’s voting determination, the Compliance Department will review such supplemental information and provide the supplemental information to the relevant Portfolio Manager(s). The Portfolio Manager shall communicate to the Compliance Department whether or not the previously provided voting instructions should be changed, and the Compliance Department document the extent to which the supplemental information was considered and/or impacted the voting.
Non-Votes
It is the general policy of the Company to vote or give consent on all matters presented to security holders in any vote, and these policies and procedures have been designated with that in mind. However, the Company reserves the right to abstain on any particular vote if, in the judgment of the CCO, or the relevant Portfolio Manager, the effect on the relevant Client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant in relation to the Client’s portfolio, if the costs associated with voting in any particular instance outweigh the benefits to the relevant Clients or if the circumstances make such an abstention or withholding otherwise advisable and in the best interests of the relevant Clients not to vote. Such determination may apply in respect of all Client holdings of the securities or only certain specified Clients, as the Company deems appropriate under the circumstances. As examples, a Portfolio Manager may determine: (a) not to recall securities on loan if, in his or her judgment, the matters being voted upon are not material events affecting the securities and the negative consequences to Clients of disrupting the securities lending program would outweigh the benefits of voting in the particular instance or (b) not to vote proxies relating to certain foreign securities if, in his or her judgment, the expense and administrative inconvenience outweighs the benefits to Clients of voting the securities.
Conflicts of Interest
The Company’s Compliance Department is responsible for monitoring voting decisions for any conflicts of interest, regardless of whether they are actual or perceived. All voting decisions contrary to the recommendation of a Proxy Advisor require a mandatory conflicts of interest review by the Compliance Department, which will include a consideration of whether the Company or any Portfolio Manager or other person recommending or providing input on how to vote has an interest in the vote that may present a conflict of interest.
In addition, all Company investment professionals are expected to perform their tasks relating to the voting of proxies in accordance with the principles set forth above, according the first priority to the best interest of the relevant Clients. If at any time a Portfolio Manager or any other investment professional becomes aware of a potential or actual conflict of interest regarding any particular voting decision, he or she must contact the Compliance Department promptly and, if in connection with a proxy that has yet to be voted, prior to such vote. If any investment professional is pressured or lobbied, whether from inside or outside the Company, with respect to any particular voting decision, he or she should contact the Compliance Department promptly. The CCO will
B-3
use his or her best judgment to address any such conflict of interest and ensure that it is resolved in accordance with his or her independent assessment of the best interests of the relevant Clients.
In the event of a conflict, the Company may choose to address such conflict by: (i) voting in accordance with the Proxy Advisor’s recommendation; (ii) the CCO determining how to vote the proxy (if the CCO approves deviation from the Proxy Advisor’s recommendation, then the CCO shall document the rationale for the vote); (iii) “echo voting” or “mirror voting” the proxy in the same proportion as the votes of other proxy holders that are not Clients; or (iv) with respect to Clients other than Retail Funds, notifying the affected Client of the material conflict of interest and seeking a waiver of the conflict or obtaining such Client’s voting instructions. Where the Compliance Department deems appropriate, third parties may be used to help resolve conflicts. In this regard, the CCO or his or her delegate shall have the power to retain fiduciaries, consultants or professionals to assist with voting decisions and/or to delegate voting or consent powers to such fiduciaries, consultants or professionals.
Where a conflict of interest arises with respect to a voting decision for a Retail Fund, the Company shall disclose the conflict and the rationale for the vote taken to the Retail Fund’s Board of Directors/Trustees at the next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. The Compliance Department will maintain a log documenting the basis for the decision and will furnish the log to the Board of Trustees.
Material Conflicts of Interest
The following relationships or circumstances are examples of situations that may give rise to a material conflict of interest for purposes of this Policy. This list is not exclusive or determinative; any potential conflict (including payments of the types described below but less than the specified threshold) should be identified to the Company’s Compliance Department:
(i) |
The issuer is a Client of the Company, or of an affiliate, accounting for more than 5% of the Company’s or affiliate’s annual revenues. |
(ii) |
The issuer is an entity that reasonably could be expected to pay the Company or its affiliates more than $1 million through the end of the Company’s next two full fiscal years. |
(iii) |
The issuer is an entity in which a “Covered Person” (as defined in the Company’s Policies and Procedures Designed to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading and to Comply with Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Code of Ethics”)) has a beneficial interest contrary to the position held by the Company on behalf of Clients. |
(iv) |
The issuer is an entity in which an officer or partner of the Company or a relative of any such person is or was an officer, director or employee, or such person or relative otherwise has received more than $150,000 in fees, compensation and other payment from the issuer during the Company’s last three fiscal years; provided, however, that the Compliance Department may deem such a relationship not to be a material conflict of interest if the Company representative serves as an officer or director of the issuer at the direction of the Company for purposes of seeking control over the issuer. |
(v) |
The matter under consideration could reasonably be expected to result in a material financial benefit to the Company or its affiliates through the end of the Company’s next two full fiscal years (for example, a vote to increase an investment advisory fee for a Retail Fund advised by the Company or an affiliate). |
(vi) |
Another Client or prospective Client of the Company, directly or indirectly, conditions future engagement of the Company on voting proxies in respect of any Client’s securities on a particular matter in a particular way. |
(vii) |
The Company holds various classes and types of equity and debt securities of the same issuer contemporaneously in different Client portfolios. |
B-4
(viii) |
Any other circumstance where the Company’s duty to serve its Clients’ interests, typically referred to as its “duty of loyalty,” could be compromised. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a conflict of interest described above shall not be considered material for the purposes of this Policy in respect of a specific vote or circumstance if:
The securities in respect of which the Company has the power to vote account for less than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities, but only if: (i) such securities do not represent one of the 10 largest holdings of such issuer’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) such securities do not represent more than 2% of the Client’s holdings with the Company.
The matter to be voted on relates to a restructuring of the terms of existing securities or the issuance of new securities or a similar matter arising out of the holding of securities, other than common equity, in the context of a bankruptcy or threatened bankruptcy of the issuer.
Recordkeeping
Following the submission of a proxy vote, the Fund will maintain a report of the vote and all relevant documentation.
The Fund shall retain records relating to the voting of proxies and the Company shall conduct due diligence, including on Proxy Voting Services and Proxy Advisors, as applicable, to ensure the following records are adequately maintained by the appropriate party:
(i) |
Copies of this Policy and any amendments thereto. |
(ii) |
A current copy of the Proxy Advisor’s voting guidelines, as amended. |
(iii) |
A copy of each proxy statement that the Company receives regarding Client securities, including any supplemental information an issuer files with the SEC that the Company becomes aware of. The Company may rely on a third party to make and retain, on the Company’s behalf, a copy of a proxy statement, provided that the Company has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request. |
(iv) |
Records of each vote cast by the Company on behalf of Clients. The Company may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on the Company’s behalf, a record of the vote cast, provided that the Company has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request. |
(v) |
A copy of any documents created by the Company that were material to making a decision how to vote or that memorializes the basis for that decision. |
(vi) |
A copy of each written request for information on how the Company voted proxies on behalf of the Client, and a copy of any written response by the Company to any (oral or written) request for information on how the Company voted. |
B-5
These records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the Company’s fiscal year during which the last entry was made in the records, the first two years in an appropriate office of the Company.2
Enforcement of this Policy
It shall be the responsibility of the Compliance Department to handle or coordinate the enforcement of this Policy. The Compliance Department will periodically sample proxy voting records to ensure that proxies have been voted in accordance with this Policy, with a particular focus on any proxy votes that require additional analysis (e.g., proxies voted contrary to the recommendations of a Proxy Advisor).
If the Compliance Department determines that a Proxy Advisor or Proxy Voting Service may have committed a material error, the Compliance Department will investigate the error, taking into account the nature of the error, and seek to determine whether the Proxy Advisor or Proxy Voting Service is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future.
In addition, no less frequently than annually, the Compliance Department will review the adequacy of this Policy to ensure that it has been implemented effectively and to confirm that this Policy continues to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of Clients.
Disclosures to Clients and Investors
As a matter of policy, the Company does not disclose how it expects to vote on upcoming proxies. Additionally, the Company does not disclose the way it voted proxies to unaffiliated third parties without a legitimate need to know such information. Conflicts of Interest are otherwise described in the offering documents of the Company’s Clients. This Policy is, however, subject to change at anytime without notice.
2 |
If the Company has essentially immediate access to a book or record (on the Company’s proprietary system or otherwise) through a computer located at an appropriate office of the Company, then that book or record will be considered to be maintained at an appropriate office of the Company. “Immediate access” to books and records includes that the Company has the ability to provide promptly to SEC examination staff hard copies of the books and records or access to the storage medium. The party responsible for the applicable books and records as described above shall also be responsible for ensuring that those books and records for the first two years are either physically maintained in an appropriate office of the Company or that the Company otherwise has essentially immediate access to the required books and records for the first two years. |
B-6
PART C: Other Information
Item 28. |
Exhibits |
Item 29. |
Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund |
See Item 31.
Item 30. |
Indemnification |
Section 4.2 of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
(a) Highland Funds I (the “Trust”) hereby agrees, solely out of the assets of the affected Series, to indemnify each Person who at any time serves as Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such Person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth above in this Article IV by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or the respective Series of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any Person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee was (1) authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment
or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any Person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum (being one-third of such Trustees) of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion conclude that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (1) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (2) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (3) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority, solely out of the assets of the affected Series, to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent as corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
Section 6 of each Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser provides as follows:
(a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify the Adviser and each of the Adviser’s partners, officers, employees, and agents (including any individual who serves at the Adviser’s request as director, officer, partner, trustee or the like of another corporation) and controlling persons (each such person being an “Indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth above in this paragraph or thereafter by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as he had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “Disabling Conduct”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Trust
and did not involve Disabling Conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of the Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust shall not be obligated to provide any such indemnification to the extent such provision would waive any right that the Trust cannot lawfully waive.
(b) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that he is entitled to such indemnification and if the Trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (1) the Indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (2) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances or, (3) a majority of a quorum of Trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
(c) All determinations with respect to indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct or, (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
(d) Each Indemnitee shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or other person may also be a Trustee.
(e) The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which he may be lawfully entitled.
Section 19 of the Underwriting Agreement with NexPoint Securities, Inc. (the “Distributor”) provides as follows:
(a) The Funds agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Distributor and each of their directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, against any loss, liability, claim, damages or expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damages or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising by reason of any person acquiring any Shares, based upon the grounds that a registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, shareholder reports or other information filed or made public a Fund (as from time to time amended) included an alleged untrue statement of a material fact or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, or any other statute or the common law. However, the Fund does not agree to indemnify the Distributor or hold it harmless to the extent that the statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the Distributor. In no case: (i) is the indemnity of a Fund in favor of the Distributor or any person indemnified to be deemed to protect the Distributor or any person against any liability to the Fund or its security holders to which the Distributor or such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement; or (ii) is a Fund to be liable under its indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph with respect to any claim made against the Distributor or any person indemnified unless the Distributor or person, as the case may be, shall have notified the particular Fund in writing of the claim promptly after the summons or other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claims shall have been served upon the Distributor or any such person (or after the Distributor or such person shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However, failure to notify a Fund of any claim shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which it may have to any person against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of its indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph. The Fund shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense, or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any litigation or proceeding brought to enforce any claims, and if the Fund elects to assume the defense, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Fund. In the event the Fund elects to assume the defense of any litigation or proceeding and retain counsel, the Distributor, officers or directors or controlling person(s), and any other defendant(s) in the litigation or proceeding, shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by them. If the Fund does not elect to assume the defense of any litigation or proceeding, it will reimburse the Distributor, officers or directors or controlling person(s), or any other defendant(s) in the suit covered by the indemnification set forth in this Agreement for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them. The Fund agrees to notify the Distributor promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it or any of its officers, directors or controlling person(s) in connection with the issuance or sale of any of the Shares.
(b) The Distributor also covenants and agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless the Funds and each of their officers, trustees and each person, if any, who control a Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, against any loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending any alleged loss, liability, damages, claim or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising by reason of: (i) any person acquiring any Shares, based upon the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or any other statute or common law, alleging: (a) any wrongful act of the Distributor or any of its employees; or (b) that any sales literature, advertisements, information, statements or representations used or made by the Distributor or any of its affiliates or employees or that the registration statement, prospectus, or statement of additional information (as from time to time amended) included an alleged untrue statement of a material fact or an alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading , insofar as the statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to a Fund by or on behalf of the Distributor. In no case: (i) is the indemnity of the Distributor in favor of a Fund or any person indemnified to be deemed to protect the Fund or any person against any liability to which the Fund or such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement; or (ii) is the Distributor to be liable under its indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph with respect to any claim made against a Fund or any person indemnified unless the Fund or person, as the case may be, shall have notified the Distributor in writing of the claim promptly after the summons or other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon the Fund or any such person (or after the Fund or such person shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However, failure to notify the Distributor of any claim shall not relieve the Distributor from any liability which it may have to the Fund or any person against whom the action is brought otherwise than on account of its indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph. In the case of any notice to the Distributor it shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any litigation or proceeding brought to enforce the claim, and if the Distributor elects to assume the defense, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and satisfactory to the Fund, to its officers and to any controlling person(s) or any other defendant(s) in the suit covered by the indemnification set forth in this Agreement. In the event that the Distributor elects to assume the defense of any litigation or proceeding and retain counsel, the Fund or controlling person(s), and any other defendant(s) in the litigation or proceeding, shall bear the fees and expense of any additional counsel retained by them. If the Distributor does not elect to assume the defense of any litigation or proceeding, it will reimburse the Fund, officers or controlling person(s), or any other defendant(s) in the litigation or proceeding covered by the indemnification set forth in this Agreement, for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them. The Distributor agrees to notify a Fund promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it, its officers, its directors or its controlling person(s) in connection with the Fund and sale of any of the Shares.
Section 12 of the Administration Agreement with HCMFA provides as follows:
(a) The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless HCMFA and its affiliates from all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims and liabilities (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under the Securities Laws and any state and foreign securities and blue sky laws) (collectively, “Losses”) arising directly or indirectly from any action or omission to act which HCMFA takes (i) at the request or on the direction of or in reliance on the advice of the Trust or (ii) upon Oral Instructions or Written Instructions; provided, however, neither HCMFA nor any of its affiliates, shall be indemnified against any liability (or any expenses incident to such liability) arising out of HCMFA’s or its affiliates’ own willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Trust shall not be liable to HCMFA or its affiliates for any consequential, special or indirect losses or damages which HCMFA or its affiliates may incur or suffer as a consequence of this Agreement, whether or not the likelihood of such damages or losses was known by the Trust.
Section 5 of the Master Administration Agreement and Master Sub-Administration Agreement with SEI provides as follows:
THE DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR SHALL BE CONFINED TO THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND NO IMPLIED DUTIES ARE ASSUMED BY OR MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATOR. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ARISING OUT OF THE ADMINISTRATOR’S BAD FAITH, FRAUD, GROSS NEGLIGENCE (AS DEFINED HEREIN), WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR CRIMINAL MISCONDUCT WHEN PROVIDING THE SERVICES, THE ADMINISTRATOR’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO THE FUND WILL BE LIMITED TO MONETARY DAMAGES MUTUALLY AGREED UPON FROM TIME TO TIME IN A SEPARATE WRITING EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES (THE “AGREEMENT TERMS LETTER”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrator shall not be responsible for any breach in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement due to (i) the failure or delay of the Trust or its agents to perform its obligations under this Agreement or (ii) the Administrator’s reliance on the Trust Data. Each party shall have the duty to mitigate its damages for which another party may become responsible. As used in this Section 5, the term “Administrator” shall include the officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents of the Administrator as well as that entity itself. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATOR OR THE TRUST BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER NON-
DIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY IS PREDICATED ON CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER THEORY AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE FUND OR THE ADMINISTRATOR IS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.
The Administrator may, from time to time, provide to the Trust services and products (“Special Third Party Services”) from external third party sources that are Pricing Sources or other similar service providers (“Special Third Party Vendors”). The Trust acknowledges and agrees that the Special Third Party Services are confidential and proprietary trade secrets of the Special Third Party Vendors. Accordingly, the Trust shall honor reasonable requests by the Administrator and the Special Third Party Vendors to protect their proprietary rights in their data, information and property including requests that the Trust place copyright notices or other proprietary legends on printed matter, print outs, tapes, disks, film or any other medium of dissemination. The Trust further acknowledges and agrees that all Special Third Party Services are provided on an “AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS” basis solely for such the Trust’s internal use, and as an aid in connection with the receipt of the Services. The Trust may use Special Third Party Services as normally required on view-only screens and hard copy statements, reports and other documents necessary to support such the Trust’s investors; however the Trust shall not distribute any Special Third Party Services to other third parties (other than to the Trust’s Representatives (defined below) who need to receive such information or Special Third Party Services in order for the Trust to perform its obligations under this Agreement. THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY VENDORS AND THE ADMINISTRATOR MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, OR ANY OTHER MATTER WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY SERVICES. NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATOR NOR THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY VENDORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY THE FUND IN THE USE OF ANY OF THE SPECIAL THIRD PARTY SERVICES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LIABILITY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES.
The Trust shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Administrator from and against and the Administrator shall have no liability in connection with any and all actions, suits and claims, whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable investigation expenses) arising directly or indirectly out of: (i) any act or omission of the Administrator in carrying out its duties hereunder or as a result of the Administrator’s reliance upon any instructions, notice or instrument that the Administrator believes is genuine and signed or presented by an authorized Person of the Trust; provided that this indemnification shall not apply if any such loss, damage or expense is caused by or arises from the Administrator’s bad faith, fraud, Gross Negligence, willful misconduct or criminal misconduct in the performance of the Services; (ii) any violation by the Trust or any agent of the Trust of any applicable investment policy, law or regulation; (iii) any misstatement or omission in Trust Materials or any the Trust Data; (iv) any material breach by the Trust of any representation, warranty or agreement contained in this Agreement; (v) any act or omission of the Trust, the Trust’s former administrator prior to the Effective Date, a Special Third Party Vendor, the Trust’s other service providers (such as custodians, prime brokers, transfer agents, investment advisers and sub-adviser(s); (vi) any pricing error caused by the failure of the Trust’s investment adviser or sub-adviser to provide a trade ticket or for incorrect information included in any trade ticket; or (vii) any act or omission of the Administrator as a result of the Administrator’s compliance with the Regulations, including, but not limited to, returning an investor’s investment or restricting the payment of redemption proceeds.
The Administrator may apply to the Trust, the Trust’s sponsor or any Person acting on the Trust’s behalf at any time for instructions and may consult counsel for the Trust or the Trust’s sponsor or with accountants, counsel and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Administrator’s duties hereunder, and the Administrator shall not be liable or accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the advice of counsel, accountants or other experts provided that Administrator has consulted with an authorized Person of the Trust and received authorization from such authorized Person of the Trust regarding the Administrator’s proposed course of action or non-action specific to the Trust or a Fund. Also, the Administrator shall not be liable for actions taken pursuant to any document which it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper Person or Persons. The Administrator shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officer, employee or agent of the Trust until receipt of written notice thereof. To the extent that the Administrator consults with the Trust counsel pursuant to this provision, any such expense shall be borne by the Trust.
The Administrator shall have no liability for its reliance on the Trust Data or the performance or omissions of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, transfer agents, sub-transfer agents, custodians, prime brokers, placement agents, third party marketers, asset data service providers, investment advisers (including, without limitation, the sponsor) or sub-advisers, current or former third party service providers, Pricing Sources, software providers, printers, postal or delivery services, prior administrators, telecommunications providers and processing and settlement services. The Administrator may rely on and shall have no duty to investigate or confirm the accuracy or adequacy of any information provided by any of the foregoing third parties.
The Administrator shall have no obligations with respect to any laws relating to the distribution, purchase or sale of securities. Further, the Trust assumes full responsibility for the preparation, contents and distribution of its Trust Materials and its compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
The indemnification rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses on an as-incurred basis in the event of any pending or threatened litigation or Action with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited;
provided however, that the Administrator shall promptly reimburse the Trust for any such advanced expenses to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Administrator is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If in any case the Trust is asked to indemnify or hold the Administrator harmless, the Administrator shall promptly advise the Trust of the pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and the Administrator will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the Trust promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification, but failure to do so shall not affect the rights hereunder.
The Trust shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity provision. If the Trust elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Trust and satisfactory to the Administrator, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the Trust elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the Administrator shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it. If the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it will advance to the Administrator the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Administrator. None of the parties hereto shall settle or compromise any action, suit, proceeding or claim if such settlement or compromise provides for an admission of liability on the part of the indemnified party without such indemnified party’s written consent.
Notwithstanding any disclaimers by the Administrator of liability to a Fund herein, the Administrator shall not be absolved of liability for any of its acts or omissions in connection with any Services performed pursuant to this Agreement to the extent such liability arises out of the Administrator’s bad faith, fraud, Gross Negligence, willful misconduct or criminal misconduct.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Trust of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Trust in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Trust will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
In addition, the Trust will maintain a trustees and officers liability insurance policy under which the Trust and its trustees and officers will be named insureds.
Item 31. |
Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser |
(a) The description of the business of HCMFA, the investment adviser, is set forth under the caption “Management of the Funds” in the Prospectuses and under the caption “Management” in the SAI, each forming part of this Registration Statement. The information as to other businesses, if any, and the directors and officers of HCMFA is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the SEC through the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD) on September 1, 2021 (CRD No. 149653) and as amended through the date hereof, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) NexPoint Advisors, L.P. and NexPoint Securities, Inc. each with its principal place of business located at 200 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201, are registered investment advisers affiliated with HCMFA.
The following person is a non-executive officer of NexPoint Advisors, L.P. and HCMFA:
(1) |
Jason Post, Chief Compliance Officer |
The following persons are executive officers of the general partner of HCMFA and Strand Advisors XVI, Inc.:
(2) |
Dustin Norris, Executive Vice President |
(3) |
Stephanie Vitiello, Secretary |
(4) |
Frank Waterhouse, Treasurer |
(5) |
Will Mabry, Assistant Treasurer |
The following persons are executive officers of the general partner of NexPoint Advisors, L.P. and NexPoint Advisors GP, LLC:
(1) |
James Dondero, President |
(2) |
Dustin Norris, Executive Vice President |
(3) |
Frank Waterhouse, Treasurer |
(4) |
Stephanie Vitiello, Secretary |
(5) |
Will Mabry, Assistant Treasurer |
The following persons are executive officers of NexPoint Securities, Inc.:
(1) |
Dustin Norris, President |
The following persons are non-executive officers of NexPoint Securities, Inc.:
(1) |
Eric Holt, Chief Compliance Officer |
(2) |
Brian Mitts, Financial and Operations Principal |
Item 32. |
Principal Underwriters |
(a) NSI serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:
Highland Funds I (certain series)
Highland Funds II
NexPoint Real Estate Strategies Fund
NexPoint Capital, Inc.
SEI serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:
SEI Daily Income Trust
SEI Tax Exempt Trust
SEI Institutional Managed Trust
SEI Institutional International Trust
The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund
The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II
Bishop Street Funds
SEI Asset Allocation Trust
SEI Institutional Investments Trust
City National Rochdale Funds (f/k/a CNI Charter Funds)
Causeway Capital Management Trust
SEI Offshore Opportunity Fund II
ProShares Trust
Community Capital Trust (f/k/a Community Reinvestment Act Qualified Investment Fund)
SEI Offshore Advanced Strategy Series SPC
SEI Structured Credit Fund, LP
Global X Funds
ProShares Trust II
SEI Special Situations Fund
Exchange Traded Concepts Trust (f/k/a FaithShares Trust)
Schwab Strategic Trust
RiverPark Funds Trust
Adviser Managed Trust Fund
SEI Core Property Fund
New Covenant Funds
Highland Funds I (certain series)
KraneShares Trust
SEI Insurance Products Trust
The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III
SEI Catholic Values Trust
SEI Hedge Fund SPC
SEI Energy Debt Fund
Gallery Trust
Schroder Series Trust
City National Rochdale Select Strategies Fund
Metaurus Equity Component Trust
Impact Shares Trust
City National Rochdale Strategic Credit Fund
Symmetry Panoramic Trust
Frost Family of Funds
Delaware Wilshire Private Markets Fund
SEI provides numerous financial services to investment managers, pension plan sponsors and bank trust departments. These services include portfolio evaluation, performance measurement and consulting services and automated execution, clearing and settlement of securities transactions.
(b) NSI’s main business address is 200 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201. The following is a list of the managers and officers of NSI:
Name and Principal Business Address* |
Positions and Offices with Underwriter |
Positions and Offices with Registrant |
||
Dustin Norris | President | Executive Vice President | ||
Brian Mitts | Financial and Operations Principal | None | ||
Eric Holt | Chief Compliance Officer | None |
SEI’s main business address is One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456. The following is a list of the directors and officers of SEI:
Name and Principal Business Address* |
Positions and Offices with Underwriter |
Positions and Offices with Registrant |
||
William Doran | Director | None | ||
Paul Klauder | Director | None | ||
Wayne Withrow | Director | None | ||
Kevin Barr | Director, President and Chief Executive Officer | None | ||
Maxine Chou | Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer & Treasurer | None | ||
Jennifer Campisi | Chief Compliance Officer, Anti-Money Laundering Officer & Assistant Secretary | None | ||
John Munch | General Counsel & Secretary | None | ||
Mark Held | Senior Vice President | None | ||
John Coary | Vice President & Assistant Secretary | None | ||
Lori White | Vice President & Assistant Secretary | None | ||
Judith Rager | Vice President | None | ||
Jason McGhin | Vice President | None | ||
Gary Michael Reese | Vice President | None | ||
Robert Silvestri | Vice President | None |
(c) Not applicable.
Item 33. |
Location of Accounts and Records |
(1) |
DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., 2000 Crown Colony Drive Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-09534 (records relating to its function as transfer agent). |
(2) |
NexPoint Securities, Inc., 200 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201 (records relating to its function as distributor). |
(3) |
Bank of New York Mellon, 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286 (records relating to its function as custodian for the Trust and transfer agent for the Senior Loan ETF). |
(4) |
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P., 300 Crescent Court, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75201 (records relating to its function as adviser and as administrator). |
(5) |
SEI Investments Distribution Co., One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (records relating to its function as distributor). |
(6) |
SEI Investments Global Fund Services, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456 (records relating to its function as administrator and sub-administrator). |
(7) |
Skyview Group, 2101 Cedar Springs Road, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75201 (records relating to its function as administrator). |
Item 34. |
Management Services |
Not applicable.
Item 35. |
Undertakings |
Not applicable.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 94 under the Securities Act and Amendment No. 97 under the 1940 Act to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas on this 28th day of October, 2021.
By: |
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
|
Frank Waterhouse Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer, and Principal Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 94 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||||||
/s/ Ethan Powell* Ethan Powell |
Trustee | October 28, 2021 | ||||||
/s/ Dr. Bob Froehlich* Dr. Bob Froehlich |
Trustee | October 28, 2021 | ||||||
/s/ John Honis* John Honis |
Trustee | October 28, 2021 | ||||||
/s/ Bryan A. Ward* Bryan A. Ward |
Trustee | October 28, 2021 |
* By: |
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
|
Frank Waterhouse | ||
Attorney in Fact* |
October 28, 2021
* |
Pursuant to Powers of Attorney dated June 8, 2021 filed herein. |
Exhibit Index
Exhibit No. |
||
(d)(3)(i) |
Amendment No. 1 dated October 25, 2021 to the Investment Advisory Agreement between HCMFA and the Registrant with respect to Merger Arbitrage Fund | |
(e)(1)(i) |
Amended Schedule A dated October 25, 2021 to the Distribution Agreement between NSI and the Registrant | |
(g)(1)(iv) |
Amendment 4 to Master Custodian Agreement dated December 21, 2020 between BNY and NRESF, NHF, Highland Funds I, Highland Funds II, Highland Income Fund, Highland Global Allocation Fund and Gambier Bay, LLC | |
(h)(1)(ii) |
Amendment No. 2 to Administration Services Agreement dated October 25, 2021 between HCMFA and the Registrant | |
(h)(5) |
Expense Limitation and Recoupment Agreement dated October 25, 2021 between HCMFA and the Registrant on behalf of Senior Loan ETF | |
(h)(6) |
Expense Limitation and Recoupment Agreement dated October 25, 2021 between HCMFA and the Registrant on behalf of the Merger Arbitrage Fund | |
(j)(1) |
Consent of K&L Gates LLP | |
(j)(2) |
Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
(j)(3) |
Powers of Attorney dated June 8, 2021 | |
(m) |
Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan with respect to the series of Highland Funds I listed on Exhibit A | |
(n) |
Amended and Restated Multi-Class Rule 18f-3 Plan dated October 25, 2021 with respect to the series of Highland Funds I | |
(p)(1) |
Code of Ethics of the Registrant |
AMENDMENT NO.1 TO INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
This Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Advisory Agreement (the Agreement) is made October 25, 2021, by and between Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the Adviser), and Highland Funds I, a Delaware statutory trust (the Trust), on behalf of its series, NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund (f/k/a Highland Merger Arbitrage Fund) (the Fund).
WHEREAS, the Trust is engaged in business as an open-end management investment company and is registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act); and
WHEREAS, the Adviser is engaged principally in the business of rendering investment management services and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; and
WHEREAS, the Trust has retained the Adviser to provide investment management services pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement dated May 12, 2016 (the Original Agreement);
WHEREAS, the Trust and the Adviser amended the Original Agreement on June 5, 2017 (the First Amended and Restated Agreement);
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
Section 4 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety, effective as of the date hereof, as follows:
SECTION 4. Advisory Fee.
In return for the services and facilities to be provided to the Fund by the Adviser as provided in Section 2 hereof, the Fund will pay the Adviser a monthly fee, computed and accrued daily, based on an annual rate of 1.00% of the Funds Average Daily Managed Assets, so long as the Adviser has not waived all or a portion of such compensation. Average Daily Managed Assets of the Trust shall mean the average daily value of the total assets of the Trust, less all accrued liabilities of the Trust (other than the aggregate amount of any outstanding borrowings constituting financial leverage). The Adviser may waive a portion of its fees. If this Agreement becomes effective subsequent to the first day of a month or shall terminate before the last day of a month, compensation for such month shall be computed in a manner consistent with the calculation of the fees payable on a monthly basis. Subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, the accrued fees will be payable monthly as promptly as possible after the end of each month during which this Agreement is in effect.
Except as expressly set forth above, the First Amended and Restated Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
[Signature Page Follows]
1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.
HIGHLAND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT FUND ADVISORS, L.P. | ||
By: |
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
|
Name: | Frank Waterhouse | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. | ||
HIGHLAND FUND I, | ||
On behalf of its series, | ||
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund | ||
By: |
/s/ Dustin Norris |
|
Name: |
Dustin Norris |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President |
2
Schedule A
To the Distribution Agreement List of Funds
Dated as of October 25, 2021
All Share Classes of the Following Funds:
Highland Funds I:
NexPoint Event Driven Fund
Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund
Highland Funds II:
Highland Small-Cap Equity Fund
AMENDMENT
TO
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
This Amendment (Amendment) is made as of the 21st day of December, 2020, by and between each Fund listed on Annex A to the Agreement (as defined below) (each, a Fund) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (BNY Mellon).
BACKGROUND:
A. |
BNY Mellon and each Fund entered into a Custody Agreement dated as of October 3, 2018, as amended (the Agreement) relating to BNY Mellons provision of services to each Fund. |
B. |
The parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. |
TERMS:
The parties hereby agree that:
1. |
Annex A to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Annex A attached hereto. |
2. |
Miscellaneous. |
(a) |
As hereby amended and supplemented, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. |
(b) |
The Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the complete understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior communications with respect thereto. |
(c) |
This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The facsimile signature of any party to this Amendment shall constitute the valid and binding execution hereof by such party. |
(d) |
This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. |
[Signature page follows.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below on the date and year first above written.
Annex A
(Amended and Restated as of December 21, 2020)
FUNDS
Group A
NexPoint Real Estate Strategies Fund
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund
NexPoint Real Estate Capital, LLC*
NexPoint Real Estate Opportunities, LLC*
Group B
Highland Funds I
Highland Healthcare Opportunities Fund (formerly, Highland Long/Short Healthcare Fund)
Highland Merger Arbitrage Fund
Highland Opportunistic Credit Fund
Highland Funds II
Highland Energy MLP Fund
Highland Fixed Income Fund
Highland Socially Responsible Equity Fund (formerly, Highland Premier Growth Equity Fund)
Highland Small-Cap Equity Fund
Highland Total Return Fund
Highland Global Allocation Fund
GAF REIT Sub II, LLC*
Highland Income Fund (formerly, Highland Floating Rate Opportunities Fund)
HFRO Sub, LLC
Gambier Bay, LLC
* REIT Subsidiary
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO ADMINISTRATION SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Amendment No. 2 to the Administration Services Agreement (the Agreement) is made October 25, 2021, by and between Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the Highland), and Highland Funds I, a Delaware statutory trust (the Trust).
WHEREAS, Highland provides administration services to the Trust pursuant to an Administration Services Agreement (the Original Agreement) dated December 15, 2011; and
WHEREAS, Highland and the Trust desire to amend the Original Agreement in order to add NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund (f/k/a Highland Merger Arbitrage Fund) to the series of the Trust receiving the services contemplated in the Original Agreement; and
WHEREAS, Section 17 of the Original Agreement provides that the Original Agreement may be changed by a written amendment;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
Exhibit A of the Original Agreement shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the Exhibit A attached hereto, effective as of the date set forth above.
Except as expressly set forth above, the Original Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
[Signature Page Follows]
1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.
HIGHLAND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT FUND ADVISORS, L.P. | ||
By: |
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
|
Name: | Frank Waterhouse | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. | ||
HIGHLAND FUND I | ||
By: |
/s/ Dustin Norris |
|
Name: | Dustin Norris | |
Title: | Executive Vice President |
2
EXHIBIT A
Portfolio |
Administration Fee |
|
NexPoint Event Driven Fund | 0.20% | |
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund | 0.20% |
3
October 25, 2021
LETTER AGREEMENT
Highland Funds I (the Trust)
300 Crescent Court, Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Re: Expense Limitation and Recoupment Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Letter Agreement documents (i) an undertaking by Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (the Adviser) to limit the total operating expenses of the Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF (the Fund), a series of the Trust, and (ii) our agreement regarding the extent to which the Adviser will, under certain circumstances, receive payment from the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, as recoupment of certain amounts paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser to the Fund in fulfillment of the undertaking described above. This Letter Agreement shall terminate (i) in the event the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Adviser terminates with respect to the Fund, (ii) at the sole discretion of the Funds Board of Trustees on 30 days prior written notice to the Adviser, or (iii) upon mutual agreement between the Adviser and the Funds Board of Trustees.
Effective November 1, 2021 and until at least October 31, 2022, the Adviser hereby undertakes to limit the total annual operating expenses (exclusive of taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses) of the Fund to 0.55% of average daily net assets attributable to any class of the Fund (the Expense Cap).
The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, hereby agrees that it will be obligated to pay the Adviser all amounts previously paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser with respect to the Fund pursuant to the Expense Cap, provided that the amount of such additional payment in any year, together with all other expenses of the Fund, in the aggregate, would not cause the Funds total annual operating expenses in any such year to exceed the amount of the Expense Cap or any other agreed upon expense limitation for that year, and provided further that no additional payments by the Trust will be made with respect to amounts paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser more than thirty-six (36) months after the date the Fund accrues a liability with respect to such amounts paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser. The Adviser may not recoup any amounts previously paid, waived or reimbursed hereunder before payment of the Funds operating expenses for the year in which the Adviser intends to recoup such amounts.
Any payments by the Trust under this Letter Agreement shall be in addition to all amounts otherwise payable to the Adviser as an advisory fee or any other fee for services to the Fund under the Investment Advisory Agreement or any other agreement with the Trust, as applicable.
This Letter Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that
nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Sincerely,
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P.
By: Strand Advisors XVI, Inc., its general partner
By: |
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
|||
Name: | Frank Waterhouse | |||
Title: | Treasurer |
ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED
Highland Funds I
on behalf of its series, Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF
By: |
/s/ Will Mabry |
|||
Name: | Will Mabry | |||
Title: | Assistant Treasurer |
October 25, 2021
LETTER AGREEMENT
Highland Funds I (the Trust)
300 Crescent Court, Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Re: Expense Limitation and Recoupment Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Letter Agreement documents (i) an undertaking by Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P. (the Adviser) to limit the total operating expenses of the NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund (the Fund), a series of the Trust, and (ii) our agreement regarding the extent to which the Adviser will, under certain circumstances, receive payment from the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, as recoupment of certain amounts paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser to the Fund in fulfillment of the undertaking described above. This Letter Agreement shall terminate (i) in the event the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Adviser terminates with respect to the Fund, (ii) at the sole discretion of the Funds Board of Trustees on 30 days prior written notice to the Adviser, or (iii) upon mutual agreement between the Adviser and the Funds Board of Trustees.
Effective November 1, 2021 and until at least October 31, 2022, the Adviser hereby undertakes to limit the total annual operating expenses (exclusive of fees paid by the Fund pursuant to its distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, interest payments, acquired fund fees and expenses, extraordinary expenses and dividend expense on short sales) of the Fund to 1.50% of average daily net assets attributable to any class of the Fund (the Expense Cap).
The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, hereby agrees that it will be obligated to pay the Adviser all amounts previously paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser with respect to the Fund pursuant to the Expense Cap, provided that the amount of such additional payment in any year, together with all other expenses of the Fund, in the aggregate, would not cause the Funds total annual operating expenses in any such year to exceed the amount of the Expense Cap or any other agreed upon expense limitation for that year, and provided further that no additional payments by the Trust will be made with respect to amounts paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser more than thirty-six (36) months after the date the Fund accrues a liability with respect to such amounts paid, waived or reimbursed by the Adviser. The Adviser may not recoup any amounts previously paid, waived or reimbursed hereunder before payment of the Funds operating expenses for the year in which the Adviser intends to recoup such amounts.
Any payments by the Trust under this Letter Agreement shall be in addition to all amounts otherwise payable to the Adviser as an advisory fee or any other fee for services to the Fund under the Investment Advisory Agreement or any other agreement with the Trust, as applicable.
This Letter Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Sincerely,
Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P.
By: Strand Advisors XVI, Inc., its general partner
By: |
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
|||
Name: | Frank Waterhouse | |||
Title: | Treasurer |
ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED
Highland Funds I
on behalf of its series, NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund
By: |
/s/ Will Mabry |
|||
Name: | Will Mabry | |||
Title: | Assistant Treasurer |
CONSENT OF COUNSEL
We hereby consent to the use of our name and the references to our firm under the caption Legal Counsel included in or made a part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 94 to the Registration Statement of Highland Funds I (File No. 333-132400), on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
/s/ K&L Gates LLP |
||
K&L Gates LLP |
October 28, 2021
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated August 30, 2021, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights of Highland Funds I comprising NexPoint Event Driven Fund (formerly Highland Healthcare Opportunities Fund) and NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund, for the year ended June 30, 2021, and to the references to our firm under the headings Financial Highlights in the Prospectus and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Financial Statements in the Statement of Additional Information.
/s/ Cohen & Company, Ltd.
COHEN & COMPANY, LTD.
Cleveland, Ohio
October 28, 2021
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated August 30, 2021, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights of Highland/iBoxx Senior Loan ETF, for the year ended June 30, 2021, and to the references to our firm under the headings Financial Highlights in the Prospectus and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Financial Statements in the Statement of Additional Information.
/s/ Cohen & Company, Ltd.
COHEN & COMPANY, LTD.
Cleveland, Ohio
October 28, 2021
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
HIGHLAND FUNDS II
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Highland Funds I and Highland Funds II (collectively the Trusts) and the undersigned Trustee constitutes and appoints each of Dustin Norris, Frank Waterhouse, Will Mabry, and Stephanie Vitiello (with full power to each of them to act alone) his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him/her and on his/her behalf and in his/her place and stead in any and all the capacities to make, execute and sign on behalf of the Trusts the registration statement of the Trusts and any and all amendments and supplements to the registration statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and to file any of the foregoing and any and all exhibits and other documents requisite in connection therewith with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Trusts, granting unto said attorneys and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as to the undersigned officers and Trustee themselves might or could do.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trusts have caused this Power of Attorney to be executed in its name by its Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer and attested by its Secretary, and the undersigned Trustee has hereunto set his hand this 8th day of June 2021.
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
Frank Waterhouse Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer |
ATTEST
/s/ Stephanie Vitiello |
Stephanie Vitiello |
Secretary |
TRUSTEE: |
/s/ Dr. Bob Froehlich |
Dr. Bob Froehlich |
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
HIGHLAND FUNDS II
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Highland Funds I and Highland Funds II (collectively the Trusts) and the undersigned Trustee constitutes and appoints each of Dustin Norris, Frank Waterhouse, Will Mabry, and Stephanie Vitiello (with full power to each of them to act alone) his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him/her and on his/her behalf and in his/her place and stead in any and all the capacities to make, execute and sign on behalf of the Trusts the registration statement of the Trusts and any and all amendments and supplements to the registration statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and to file any of the foregoing and any and all exhibits and other documents requisite in connection therewith with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Trusts, granting unto said attorneys and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as to the undersigned officers and Trustee themselves might or could do.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trusts have caused this Power of Attorney to be executed in its name by its Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer and attested by its Secretary, and the undersigned Trustee has hereunto set his hand this 8th day of June 2021.
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
Frank Waterhouse Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer |
ATTEST |
/s/ Stephanie Vitiello |
Stephanie Vitiello |
Secretary |
TRUSTEE: |
/s/ John Honis |
John Honis |
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
HIGHLAND FUNDS II
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Highland Funds I and Highland Funds II (collectively the Trusts) and the undersigned Trustee constitutes and appoints each of Dustin Norris, Frank Waterhouse, Will Mabry, and Stephanie Vitiello (with full power to each of them to act alone) his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him/her and on his/her behalf and in his/her place and stead in any and all the capacities to make, execute and sign on behalf of the Trusts the registration statement of the Trusts and any and all amendments and supplements to the registration statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and to file any of the foregoing and any and all exhibits and other documents requisite in connection therewith with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Trusts, granting unto said attorneys and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as to the undersigned officers and Trustee themselves might or could do.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trusts have caused this Power of Attorney to be executed in its name by its Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer and attested by its Secretary, and the undersigned Trustee has hereunto set his hand this 8th day of June 2021.
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
Frank Waterhouse Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer |
ATTEST |
/s/ Stephanie Vitiello |
Stephanie Vitiello |
Secretary |
TRUSTEE: |
/s/ Ethan Powell |
Ethan Powell |
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
HIGHLAND FUNDS II
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Highland Funds I and Highland Funds II (collectively the Trusts) and the undersigned Trustee constitutes and appoints each of Dustin Norris, Frank Waterhouse, Will Mabry, and Stephanie Vitiello (with full power to each of them to act alone) his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him/her and on his/her behalf and in his/her place and stead in any and all the capacities to make, execute and sign on behalf of the Trusts the registration statement of the Trusts and any and all amendments and supplements to the registration statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and to file any of the foregoing and any and all exhibits and other documents requisite in connection therewith with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Trusts, granting unto said attorneys and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as to the undersigned officers and Trustee themselves might or could do.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trusts have caused this Power of Attorney to be executed in its name by its Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer and attested by its Secretary, and the undersigned Trustee has hereunto set his hand this 8th day of June 2021.
/s/ Frank Waterhouse |
Frank Waterhouse Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Executive Officer |
ATTEST |
/s/ Stephanie Vitiello |
Stephanie Vitiello |
Secretary |
TRUSTEE: |
/s/ Bryan Ward |
Bryan Ward |
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
HIGHLAND FUNDS II
CLASS A SHARES, CLASS C SHARES AND CLASS T SHARES
AMENDED AND RESTATED
RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION PLAN
Highland Funds I, a Delaware statutory trust, and Highland Funds II, a Massachusetts statutory trust, each engages in business as an open-end management investment company and is registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Act), on behalf of its series listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time (each a Fund), adopts the following distribution plan with respect to each Fund (the Plan) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (the Rule) under the Act for the purpose of providing personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts and to facilitate the distribution of shares of each Fund.
I. |
Service and Distribution Fees |
Each Fund shall pay a service fee at the annual rate of 0.25% of the net assets of each of its Class A Shares and Class C Shares, if any, and a distribution fee at the annual rate as shall be set forth in Exhibit A of the average daily net assets of its Class A Shares, of the average daily net assets of its Class C Shares, and of the average daily net assets of its Class T Shares, if any. Such fees shall be accrued daily and paid monthly in arrears (or shall be accrued and paid at such other intervals as the Board may determine).
II. |
Payments of Fees under the Plan |
Each Fund shall make all payments of service and distribution fees under this Plan to the principal underwriter of the shares of the Fund (the Distributor) on the 20th day of each month or, if such day is not a business day, on the next business day thereafter. A Fund shall not pay, nor shall the Distributor be entitled to receive, any amount under this Plan if such payment would result in the Distributors receiving amounts in excess of those permitted by applicable law or by rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
III. |
Use of Fees |
The Distributor may pay part or all of the service and distribution fees it receives from a Fund as commissions, asset-based sales charges or other compensation to financial service firms (including, but not limited to, any affiliate of the Distributor) that sell Fund Shares or as reimbursements to financial service firms or other entities (including, but not limited to, any affiliate of the Distributor) that provide shareholder services to and/or maintenance of accounts of record or of beneficial owners of Fund Shares (including third-party administrators of qualified plans). This provision does not obligate the Distributor to make any such payments nor limit the use that the Distributor may make of the fees it receives.
IV. |
Reporting |
The Distributor shall provide to the Funds Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, written reports setting forth all Plan expenditures and the purposes for those expenditures. Amounts payable under this paragraph are subject to any limitations on such amounts prescribed by applicable laws or rules.
V. |
Other Payments Authorized |
Payments by a Fund or the Distributor and its affiliates other than as set forth in Section I which may be indirect financing of distribution costs are authorized by this Plan.
VI. |
Continuation; Amendment; Termination |
This Plan shall continue in effect with respect to a Fund or Class of Shares only so long as specifically approved for that Fund and Class at least annually as provided in the Rule. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the service fee or distribution fee with respect to a Fund and Class of Shares without such shareholder approval as is required by the Rule and any applicable orders of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and all material amendments of the Plan must be approved in the manner described in the Rule. The Plan may be terminated with respect to any Fund or Class of Shares at any time as provided in the Rule without payment of any penalty.
VII. |
Agreements Related to the Plan |
All agreements with any person relating to implementation of this Plan shall be in writing, and any agreement related to this Plan shall provide that such agreement (a) shall be approved, as provided in the Rule, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such agreement and shall continue in effect for a period of more than one year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually as provided in the Rule, (b) may be terminated at any time, as provided in the Rule without payment of any penalty, and (c) shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment as such term is defined in the Act.
Adopted: December 16, 2016
Amended: December 9, 2017
Amended: October 25, 2021
EXHIBIT A
Fund |
Distribution Fee
Annual Limit |
|||||||||||
Class A | Class C | Class T | ||||||||||
HIGHLAND FUNDS I |
||||||||||||
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund |
0.10 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.25 | % | ||||||
NexPoint Event Driven Fund |
0.10 | % | 0.60 | % | 0.25 | % | ||||||
HIGHLAND FUNDS II |
||||||||||||
Highland Small-Cap Equity Fund |
0.00 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.25 | % |
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
HIGHLAND FUNDS II
AMENDED AND RESTATED
RULE 18f-3 MULTI-CLASS PLAN
This Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multi-Class Plan (the Multi-Class Plan) is adopted pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Act), to provide for the issuance and distribution of multiple classes of shares by each of the investment companies (each a Trust) and, if applicable, on behalf of its series (each a Fund) listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time, in accordance with the terms, procedures and conditions set forth below. A majority of the Trustees of each Trust, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust within the meaning of the Act, have found this Multi-Class Plan, including the expense allocations, to be in the best interests of each Fund and each Class of Shares constituting a Fund.
A. |
Definitions. As used herein, the terms set forth below shall have the meanings ascribed to them below. |
1. |
The Act the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. |
2. |
CDSC contingent deferred sales charge. |
3. |
CDSC Period the period of time following acquisition during which Shares are assessed a CDSC upon redemption. |
4. |
Class a class of Shares of a Fund. |
5. |
Class A Shares shall have the meaning ascribed in Section B.1. |
6. |
Class C Shares shall have the meaning ascribed in Section B.2. |
7. |
Class Y Shares shall have the meaning ascribed in Section B.3. |
8. |
Class Z Shares shall have the meaning ascribed in Section B.4. |
9. |
Class T Shares shall have the meaning ascribed in Section B.5. |
10. |
Class Expenses shall have the meaning ascribed in Section E.1. |
11. |
Distribution Expenses expenses and any element of profit referred to in a Plan of Distribution and/or board resolutions, incurred in activities that are primarily intended to result in the distribution and sale of Shares. |
12. |
Distribution Fee a fee paid by a Trust in respect of the asset of a Class of the Fund to the Distributor pursuant to the Plan of Distribution relating to the Class. |
13. |
Distributor the principal underwriter of the Shares of a Fund. |
14. |
FINRA Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. |
15. |
Fund Expenses shall have the meaning ascribed in Section E.2. |
16. |
Plan of Distribution any plan adopted under Rule 12b-1 under the Act with respect to payment of a Distribution Fee. |
17. |
Prospectus(es) the prospectus(es), including the statement(s) of additional information incorporated by reference therein, covering the Shares of the referenced Class or Classes of a Fund, as in effect from time to time. |
18. |
SEC Securities and Exchange Commission. |
19. |
Service Fee a fee paid to financial intermediaries, including the Distributor and its affiliates, for the ongoing provision of personal services to shareholders of a Class and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts relating to a Class pursuant to the Plan of Distribution relating to the Class. |
20. |
Share a share of beneficial interest in a Trust. |
21. |
Trust Highland Funds I and Highland Funds II. |
22. |
Trust Expenses shall have the meaning ascribed in Section E.2. |
23. |
Trustees the Trustees of each Trust. |
B. |
Classes. Each Trust on behalf of a Fund may offer one or more of the following Classes: |
1. |
Class A Shares. Class A Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value (2) plus a front-end sales charge set forth in the Prospectus from time to time, which may be reduced, waived or eliminated in any manner not prohibited by the Act or FINRA as set forth in the Prospectus. Class A Shares bought without a front-end sales charge may be subject to a CDSC, as described in the Prospectus. The offering price of Class A Shares subject to a front-end sales charge shall be computed in accordance with the Act. Class A Shares shall be subject to ongoing Distribution Fees or Service Fees approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Prospectus. In addition, Class A Shares may reimburse the Distributor or other persons for shareholder servicing or sub-transfer agency services, in amounts calculated in a manner approved from time to time by the Trustees, as described in the Prospectus. |
Class A shares shall only be available to those investors as outlined in the Prospectus.
No provision of this Plan will preclude the Trustees from identifying, from time to time pursuant to Rule 22d-1 under the Act, certain persons who may be eligible to purchase Class A shares pursuant to special arrangements with respect to the front-end sales load.
2. |
Class C Shares. Class C Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value, (2) subject to a CDSC, as described in the Prospectus, for the CDSC Period set forth in Section C.1., and (3) subject to ongoing Distribution Fees and Service Fees approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Prospectus. In addition, Class C Shares may reimburse the Distributor or other persons for shareholder servicing or sub-transfer agency services, in amounts calculated in a manner approved from time to time by the Trustees, as described in the Prospectus. Class C shares shall only be available to those investors as outlined in the Prospectus. |
3. |
Class Y Shares. Class Y shares (formerly designated Class D shares) shall be (1) offered at net asset value, (2) offered without imposition of a sales charge, and (3) offered without imposition of a service or distribution fee. Class Y shares shall only be available to those investors as outlined in the Prospectus. |
4. |
Class Z Shares. Class Z Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value, (2) sold without a front-end sales load or CDSC, and (3) offered to certain institutions and other eligible investors. Purchasers of Class Z Shares must purchase the minimum amount of Shares as set forth in the Prospectus. In addition, Class Z Shares may reimburse the Distributor or other persons for shareholder servicing or sub-transfer agency services, in amounts calculated in a manner approved from time to time by the Trustees, as described in the Prospectus. Class Z shares shall only be available to those investors as outlined in the Prospectus. |
5. |
Class T Shares. Class T Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value (2) plus a front-end sales charge set forth in the Prospectus from time to time, which may be reduced, waived or eliminated in any manner not prohibited by the Act or FINRA as set forth in the Prospectus. The offering price of Class T Shares subject to a front-end sales charge shall be computed in accordance with the Act. Class T Shares shall be subject to ongoing Distribution Fees approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Prospectus. In addition, Class T Shares may reimburse the Distributor or other persons for shareholder servicing or sub-transfer agency services, in amounts calculated in a manner approved from time to time by the Trustees, as described in the Prospectus. |
Class T shares shall only be available to those investors as outlined in the Prospectus.
No provision of this Plan will preclude the Trustees from identifying, from time to time pursuant to Rule 22d-1 under the Act, certain persons who may be eligible to purchase Class T shares pursuant to special arrangements with respect to the front-end sales load.
C. |
CDSC. A CDSC may be imposed upon redemption of Class A Shares bought without a front-end sales charge, as described in the Prospectus, and upon redemption of Class C Shares, subject to the following conditions: |
1. |
CDSC Period. The CDSC Period shall be 18 months for Class A Shares in HFI, one year for Class A Shares in HFII, and one year for Class C Shares in both Trusts. Each CDSC Period begins on the day on which the purchase was made. |
2. |
CDSC Rate. The CDSC rate shall be approved by the Trustees. |
3. |
Disclosure and changes. The CDSC rates and CDSC Period shall be disclosed in the Prospectus and may be increased or decreased at the discretion of the Trustees in a manner not prohibited by the Act or FINRA. |
4. |
Method of calculation. The CDSC shall be assessed on an amount equal to the lower of the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption. No CDSC shall be assessed on Shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions. When Shares are redeemed, the Fund will automatically redeem those Shares (if any) not subject to a CDSC and then those Shares held by the shareholder for the longest period. |
5. |
Waiver. A CDSC otherwise due upon the redemption of Shares of any Class may be reduced or waived under certain circumstances as disclosed in the Prospectus and as permitted by Rule 6c-10 under the Act. |
D. |
Service and Distribution Fees. Class A Shares shall be subject to a Distribution Fee not in excess of 0.10% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class and a Service Fee not in excess of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class. Class C Shares shall be subject to a Distribution Fee not in excess of 0.75% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class for all Funds, except Highland Floating Rate Opportunities Fund and Highland Opportunistic Credit Fund, which shall be subject to a Distribution Fee not in excess of 0.60% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class, and a Service Fee not in excess of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class. Class T Shares shall be subject to a Distribution Fee not in excess of 0.25% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class. All other terms and conditions with respect to Service Fees and Distribution Fees shall be governed by the plan adopted by the Trust with respect to such fees and Rule 12b-1 of the Act. |
E. |
Allocation of Liabilities, Expenses, Income and Gains Among Classes. |
1. |
Each Class of a Fund shall pay the expenses associated with their different distribution and shareholder servicing arrangements (Class Expenses). Other expenses applicable to a particular class, such as incremental transfer agency fees (but not including advisory, administration or custodial fees or other expenses related to the management of a Trusts and a Funds assets), will also be considered Class Expenses for purposes of this Multi-Class Plan. |
2. |
The gross income of a Fund generally shall be allocated to each Class on the basis of net assets. To the extent practicable, certain expenses (other than Class Expenses as defined above, which shall be allocated more specifically) shall be subtracted from the gross income on the basis of the net assets of each Class of a Fund. These expenses include: |
(a) |
Expenses incurred by a Trust (including, but not limited to, fees of Trustees, insurance, and legal counsel) not attributable to a Fund or to a particular Class of a Fund (Trust Level Expenses); and |
(b) |
Expenses incurred by a Fund not attributable to any particular Class of a Funds Shares (for example, advisory fees, custodial fees, or other expenses relating to the management of a Funds assets) (Fund Expenses). |
3. |
Expenses of a Fund shall be apportioned to each Class of Shares depending upon the nature of the expense item. Trust Level Expenses and Fund Expenses shall be allocated among the Classes of Shares based on their relative net asset values in relation to the net asset value of a Trust or a Fund, as applicable. Class Expenses shall be allocated to the particular Class to which they are attributable. In addition, certain expenses may be allocated differently if their method of imposition changes. Thus, if a Class Expense can no longer be attributed to a Class, it may be charged to a Fund for allocation among Classes, as determined by the Trustees. |
4. |
Each Trust reserves the right to utilize any other appropriate method to allocate income and expenses among the Classes, including those specified in Rule 18f-3(c)(1), provided that a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of that Trust (as defined in the Act) determine that the method is fair to the shareholders of each Class and that the annualized rate of return of each Class will generally differ from that of the other Classes only by the expense differentials among the Classes. |
F. |
Exchange Privilege. Holders of Class A Shares, Class C Shares, Class Y Shares, Class Z Shares and Class T Shares shall have such exchange privileges as set forth in the Prospectuses for such Class. Exchange privileges may vary among Classes and among holders of a Class. |
G. |
Conversion Features. None of the Classes of Shares convert to any other Class of Shares. |
H. |
Dividends and Distributions. Each Fund pays dividends and capital gain distributions as described in its Prospectus. All dividends and/or distributions will be paid in the form of additional Shares of the Class to which the dividends and/or distributions relate or in cash, depending on the election of each shareholder. Dividends paid by a Fund are calculated in the same manner and at the same time with respect to each Class. |
I. |
Reports to Trustees. The Trustees may request such information as the Trustees may from time to time deem to be reasonably necessary to evaluate this Multi-Class Plan. |
J. |
Additional Classes of Shares. The Trustees have the authority to create additional classes, or change existing classes, from time to time, in accordance with Rule 18f-3 of the 1940 Act. |
K. |
Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Variations |
Specific sales charges, discounts and waivers are available for shareholders who purchase Fund shares through certain financial intermediaries. Please refer to the Appendix to the Funds Prospectus for the sales charge or waivers that are applicable to certain financial intermediaries.
L. |
Amendment. Any material amendment to this Multi-Class Plan shall be approved by the affirmative vote of both (a) a majority of the Trustees of the Trust and (b) a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the Act). |
Adopted: December 16, 2016
Amended: December 9, 2017
Amended: October 19, 2018
Amended: December 5, 2019
Amended: October 28, 2020
Amended: October 25, 2021
EXHIBIT A
List of Funds
HIGHLAND FUNDS I
NexPoint Event Driven Fund
NexPoint Merger Arbitrage Fund
HIGHLAND FUNDS II
Highland Small-Cap Equity Fund
CODE OF ETHICS
of
Highland Funds I, Highland Funds II,
NexPoint Strategic Opportunities Fund, NexPoint Capital, Inc., NexPoint Real Estate Strategies Fund, Highland Income Fund, and Highland Global Allocation Fund
(each a Fund and collectively, the Funds)
A. |
Legal Requirement. |
Rule 17j-1(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), makes it unlawful for any Trustee or Director (Board Member) or officer of a Fund or a Funds investment advisor, NexPoint Advisors, L.P. or Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors, L.P., as applicable (together, the Advisor), as well as certain other persons, in connection with the purchase or sale by such person of a security held or to be acquired by a Fund:
(1) |
To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund; |
(2) |
To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
(3) |
To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or |
(4) |
To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund. |
A security is held or to be acquired by the Fund if within the most recent 15 days it (i) is or has been held by a Fund, or (ii) is being or has been considered by the Fund or the Advisor for purchase by the Fund. A security held or to be acquired by a Fund also includes any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a security described in the preceding sentence. A purchase or sale of a security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.
B. |
Fund Policy. |
It is the policy of each Fund that no access person1 of the Fund or of the Advisor shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) set forth above.
1 |
An access person is each board member, officer or advisory person of a Fund or the Advisor (hereinafter, Access Person). |
An advisory person is (i) any director/trustee, officer or employee of a Fund or the Advisor (or of a fund in a control relationship to a Fund or the Advisor) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales, and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to a Fund or the Advisor who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of securities by the Company (hereinafter, Advisory Person).
C. |
Procedures. |
1. To provide the Fund with information to enable it to determine with reasonable assurance whether the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) are being observed:
(a) |
Within 10 days of becoming an Access Person, all Access Persons (other than board members who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, Independent Board Members) must submit to the Funds Chief Compliance Officer (the Chief Compliance Officer) a statement of all securities in which such Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.2 |
This statement must include (i) the title, number of shares and principal amount of each reportable security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person, (ii) the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of such Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person and (iii) the date of submission by the Access Person. This statement also must be submitted by all new Fund employees who are Access Persons upon their employment by the Fund.
(b) |
When an account is established by an Access Person (other than an Independent Board Member) in which any securities were held during a quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person such Access Person is required to send written notification (which include email notification) of such fact to the Chief Compliance Officer before engaging in any personal securities transactions through such account, but in any event within 10 days of the end of the calendar quarter in which the account was opened. Such report must include (i) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account, (ii) the date the account was established and (iii) the date the report was submitted by the Access Person. A letter in substantially the form annexed hereto as Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time, will be sent to the broker-dealer involved, allowing such Access Person to maintain the account and directing that duplicate confirmations of transactions in the account be sent to the Chief Compliance Officer. |
2 |
Beneficial ownership of a security is determined in the same manner as it would be for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act) except that such determination should apply to all securities. Generally, you should consider yourself the beneficial owner of securities held by your spouse, your minor children, a relative who shares your home, or other persons if, by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, you obtain from such securities benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership. You should also consider yourself the beneficial owner of securities if you can vest or revest title in yourself, now or in the future. Any report by an Access Person required under this Code of Ethics may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
-2-
(c) |
Investment Personnel3 and Advisory Persons are prohibited from engaging in any personal securities transaction involving reportable securities without obtaining prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.4 |
(d) |
Investment Personnel are generally prohibited from participating in IPOs5 and Limited Offerings.6 However, an Investment Person may participate in an IPO or a Limited Offering if he or she obtains prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in an IPO or Limited Offering pursuant to the Pre-Clearance Procedures. In connection with any decision by the Chief Compliance Officer to approve transactions by Investment Personnel acquiring direct or indirect beneficial ownership in any securities in an initial public offering or a Limited Offering, the Chief Compliance Officer will prepare a report of the decision that takes into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for the Company and its shareholders, and whether the opportunity is being offered to an individual by virtue of his or her position with the Company. Any Investment Personnel receiving approval from the Chief Compliance Officer to acquire securities in an IPO or a Limited Offering must disclose that investment when they participate in the Funds subsequent consideration of an investment in such issuer and any decision by the Fund to invest in such issuer will be subject to an independent review by Investment Personnel with no personal interest in the issuer. |
(e) |
Each Access Person (other than an Independent Board Member) is prohibited from buying or selling a security within at least seven calendar days before the Fund trades in that security. |
(f) |
All Investment Personnel and any other Access Persons who obtain information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a security are prohibited from engaging in any personal securities transaction on a day the Fund has a pending buy or sell order involving the same security until the Funds order is executed or withdrawn. |
3 |
Investment personnel is (i) any employee of a Fund or the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Company or the Advisor) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund, and (ii) any natural person who controls the Fund or the Advisor and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company. |
4 |
Such prior approval includes any prior approval pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section titled Pre-Clearance Procedures of the Advisors Code of Ethics Policy, as such procedures may be amended from time to time. |
5 |
IPO means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act. |
6 |
Limited Offering means an offering or a private placement of securities that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the 1933 Act. |
-3-
(g) |
Each Access Person shall submit reports in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix B, as may be amended from time to time, to the Chief Compliance Officer, showing all transactions in reportable securities in which the person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. Such reports shall be filed no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, but need not show transactions over which such person had no direct or indirect influence or control or with respect to transactions pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.7 An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under this Section if the report would duplicate information contained in Certifications of Transactions reports submitted through the Advisors Financial Tracking Personal Trading System, broker trade confirmations, or account statements received by the Chief Compliance Officer with respect to the Access Person in the time period required above, if all information required to be in the quarterly transaction report is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements. |
(h) |
Each Access Person, other than an Independent Board Member, shall submit an annual report in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix C, as may be amended from time to time, to the Chief Compliance Officer, showing as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted (i) the title, number of shares and principal amount of each reportable security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership, (ii) the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of such Access Person and (iii) the date of submission by the Access Person. |
(i) |
Each Independent Board Member shall not be required to submit the quarterly report required under subparagraph (g), unless during the quarter said board member engaged in a transaction in a reportable security when he or she knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his other official duties as a board member, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the date of the transaction, the Fund purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, the security. |
(j) |
All Access Persons (other than an Independent Board Members) are prohibited from receiving a gifts, regardless of value, other than unsolicited perishable items. |
(k) |
Investment personnel must receive authorization from the Chief Compliance Officer prior to serving as a board member of any publicly-traded company. Authorization will be based upon a determination that the board service would be consistent with the interests of the Fund and its shareholders. |
7 |
Automatic Investment Plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan, 401k plan or similarly structured plan. |
-4-
(l) |
All Access Persons are required to certify annually to the Chief Compliance Officer that they have (i) read and understand this Code of Ethics and recognize that they are subject to its terms and conditions, (ii) complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and (iii) disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to this Code of Ethics. Such certification shall be provided on substantially the form annexed hereto as Appendix D, as may be amended from time to time. |
In accordance with Rule 17j-1, reportable securities do not include direct obligations of the United States Government, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments,8 including repurchase agreements, and shares of registered open-end investment companies (excluding open-end investment companies and Funds advised by the Advisor). Further, in light of the investment objectives and policies of the Fund, the Funds Board does not believe that transactions by its Access Persons in any securities other than the securities which the Fund is permitted to purchase would be prohibited by Rule 17j-1. Accordingly, a reportable security does not include securities which the Fund is not permitted to acquire under its investment objective and policies set forth in its then-current prospectus under the Securities Act of 1933. If the investment objective and policies of the Fund change in the future, the Funds Board will reconsider the scope of this reporting requirement in light of such change and Rule 17j-1.
2. The Chief Compliance Officer shall notify each Access Person of the Fund who may be required to make reports pursuant to this Code that such person is subject to its reporting requirements and shall deliver a copy of this Code to each such person. Each Access Person must read (and acknowledge that he or she has done so on substantially the form annexed hereto as Appendix E, as may be amended from time to time) and must retain this Code.
3. The Advisor shall adopt, maintain and enforce a separate code of ethics with respect to its personnel who are access persons in compliance with Rule 17j-1, and shall forward to the Chief Compliance Officer copies of the code, all future amendments and modifications thereto, the names of all persons who are now or hereafter required to report their securities transactions pursuant to the code, and a copy of each report submitted by such persons. To the extent any Access Persons of the Fund are subject to the code of ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 by the Advisor, the reporting procedures under this Code of Ethics shall not apply to such Access Persons.
4. The Chief Compliance Officer shall:
(a) |
review all reports required to be made by the Funds Access Persons pursuant to this Code; |
8 |
High quality short-term debt instruments means any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. |
-5-
(b) |
maintain copies of the code of ethics adopted by the Advisor pursuant to Rule 17j-1 and the names of the persons who are required to report their securities transactions pursuant to such code; |
(c) |
receive and review copies of all reports to be made under the code of ethics adopted by the Advisor in compliance with Rule 17j-1; and |
(d) |
submit to the Funds Board at its regularly scheduled quarterly meeting a written report listing (i) the names of those persons who were required to submit reports for the prior quarter under this Code or the code of ethics adopted by the Advisor but failed to and (ii) any material violations that occurred during the prior quarter of this Code or the code of ethics adopted by the Advisor. |
5. At least once a year, each of the Fund and the Advisor must provide the Funds Board with a written report that (i) describes issues that arose during the previous year under its respective code of ethics, including information about material code violations and sanctions imposed in response to these material violations, and (ii) certifies to the Funds Board that the Fund or the Advisor, as the case may be, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating its code of ethics. A copy of each report required by this Section must be preserved with the Funds records for the period required by Rule 17j-1.
6. The Funds Board shall oversee the operation of this Code and review with the Chief Compliance Officer, counsel to the Fund and, if appropriate, representatives of the Adviser, the reports provided to it pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph and material violations of this Code and the code of ethics adopted by the Advisor in compliance with Rule 17j-1. The Funds Board shall consider what sanctions, if any, should be imposed with respect to this Code.
7. This Code and any material changes to the Code must be approved by the Funds Board, including a majority of Independent Board Members. Each such approval must be based on a determination that this Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by Rule 17j-1. Before approving this Code or any amendment thereto, the Board must receive a certification from the Fund that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from violating this Code. The Funds Board shall approve material changes to this Code no later than six months after adoption of such changes.
8. This Code, a copy of each report by an Access Person, a record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under the Code, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by Investment Personnel of securities under Section C.1(d) of the Code, a record of any Code violation and any action taken as a result of the violation must be preserved with the Funds records for the period required by Rule 17j-1.
-6-
APPENDIX A
Date:
Contact:
Broker/Dealer:
Telephone:
Address:
Re: (Access Persons Name)
Dear
We have been informed that , [state title] of is maintaining an account with .
Account Numbers:
This letter will serve to inform you that we do not object to the maintenance of this account, provided that you promptly send duplicate copies of all confirmations and statements to the undersigned marked Personal and Confidential.
Sincerely yours,
APPENDIX B
QUARTERLY PERSONAL INVESTMENT REPORT
Date of Report:
To: Chief Compliance Officer
From:
Date of Transaction:
Name of Security:
Interest Rate and Maturity Date (As Applicable):
Number of Shares:
Principal Amount ($):
Price Per Share ($):
Purchase:
Sale: Other:
Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank with or through which the Transaction was effected:
Comments:
Signature:
Approved By:
APPENDIX C
ANNUAL PERSONAL HOLDINGS REPORT*
Date of Report:
To: Chief Compliance Officer
From:
Name of Security Number of Shares Principal Amount($)
Names of Brokers, Dealers or Banks with whom you maintain an Account in which any Securities are held for your direct or indirect benefit:
Signature:
Approved By:
* Information must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before this report is submitted.
APPENDIX D
ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS
I certify that:
1. I have read and understand the Code and recognize that I am subject to its terms and conditions.
2. During the past year, I have complied with the Codes procedures.
3. During the past year, I have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the Codes procedures.
|
Signature |
Dated: |
|
|
Print Name |
APPENDIX E
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of the Funds and recognize that I am subject to its terms and conditions. I have disclosed all reported personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the Codes procedures and will continue to do so.
|
|
|||||
NAME | DATE |